Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Radnor

RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS

for the

RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT

RADNOR TOWNSHIP, DELAWARE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA

NON-TECHNICAL / DIVISIONS 00-01 SPECIFICATIONS

January 21, 2021

BRESLIN ARCHITECTS ARCHITECTS PLANNERS ALLENTOWN PENNSYLVANIA

NON-TECHNICAL / DIVISIONS 00-01 SPECIFICATIONS

PROPOSED RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS FOR THE RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT

January 21, 2021

BRESLIN ARCHITECTS ARCHITECTS 1226 Union Boulevard Telephone 610-437-9626 Allentown, Pennsylvania 18109 Fax 610-437-4769 www.breslinarchitects.com Email [email protected]

LEHIGH VALLEY ENGINEERING MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT 1 West Broad Street, Suite 500 Telephone 610-866-3820 Bethlehem, Pennsylvania 18018 Fax 610-866-3830 www.consolidatedengineers.com Email (mechanical) [email protected] Email (electrical) [email protected]

BAKER, INGRAM & ASSOCIATES STRUCTURAL CONSULTANT 1547 Oregon Pike Telephone 717-290-7400 Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17601 Fax 717-290-7402 www.bakeringram.com Email [email protected]

ELA GROUP, INC. SITE/CIVIL CONSULTANT 743 South Broad Street Telephone 717-626-7271 Lititz, Pennsylvania 17543 Fax 717-406-1000 www.elagroup.com Email [email protected]

ATLANTIC AQUATIC ENGINEERING, INC. POOL CONSULTANT 1823 Deep Run Road Telephone 215-766-0409 Pipersville, Pennsylvania 18947 Fax 215-766-8175 www.atlanticaquatic.com Email [email protected]

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

TABLE OF CONTENTS NON-TECHNICAL / DIVISIONS 00-01

The following specifications with the same date as the drawings shall be made a part of the Construction Documents:

NON-TECHNICAL/DIVISIONS 00-01 SPECIFICATIONS

BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PAGE Advertisement for Bids 1 2 Instructions to Bidders C-1 C-11 004116 General Construction Bid Form – Proposal D-1 D-11 004117 HVAC Construction Bid Form – Proposal D-1 D-11 004118 Electrical Construction Bid Form – Proposal D-1 D-12 004119 Plumbing Construction Bid Form – Proposal D-1 D-10 Bid Bond Form E-1 E-5 Agreement of Surety 1 1 Letter of Insurer 1 1 Non-Collusion Affidavit 1 3 Contractor’s Qualification Statement (AIA Document A305-2020) 1 11 Addendum to Contractor’s Qualification Statement 1 1

CONTRACT FORMS Agreement Between Owner and Contractor F-1 F-8 Performance Bond G-1 G-6 Labor and Material Payment Bond H-1 H-5

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT General Conditions of the Contract 1 51 Prevailing Minimum Wage Determination 1 12 Current Prevailing Wage Act Debarments 1 2 Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act 1 7 Regulations for Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act 1 10 Part I – Pennsylvania Statutes 1 7 Part II – Federal Statutes 1 2 Construction Documents Abbreviations General Construction 1 4 Construction Documents Abbreviations Plumbing – HVAC – Electrical – Fire Protection Construction 1 1

EXHIBITS Exhibit A Agreement for Delivery of Electronic Documents with Contractors 1 2 Exhibit B Substitution Request Form 1 4 Exhibit C Guidance for Businesses in the Construction Industry Permitted 1 4 To Operate During the COVID-19 Disaster Emergency Exhibit D Guidance Regarding COVID-19 1 1 Exhibit E Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification 1 4 Exhibit F Subcontractor Certification of Compliance 1 1 Exhibit G Application and Certificate for Payment G702/CMa 1 3 Exhibit H Certificate of Substantial Completion G704/CMa 1 2 Exhibit I Change Order G701/CMa 1 2 Exhibit J Construction Change Directive G714/CMa 1 2 Exhibit K Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims G706 1 2 Exhibit L Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens G706A 1 2 Exhibit L-1Certification and Partial Release 1 2 Exhibit M Consent of Surety to Final Payment G707 1 2

A-1

Exhibit N Consent of Surety to Final Reduction in or Partial Release 1 2 of Retainage G707A Exhibit O Safety and Health Management Plan Compliance 1 1 Exhibit P 3D Computer Model User Release and Terms 1 3 of Use Agreement Exhibit Q Certification of Punchlist Completion 1 1 Exhibit R SP 4-164 Pennsylvania State Police Request for 1 1 Criminal Record Check Exhibit S PDE-6004 Arrest/Conviction Report and Certification Form 1 3 Exhibit T CY 113 Pennsylvania Child Abuse History Certification 1 4 Exhibit U Commonwealth of PA Public Works Employment 1 1 Verification Form Exhibit V FBI Fingerprint Service Codes – Act 114 1 1 Exhibit W Request for Interpretation/Information (RFI) 1 1

GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION Report of Geotechnical Exploration by David Blackmore & Associates, Inc. 1 46 September 8, 2020

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010820 Safety and Health Management Plan 010820 011000 Summary of Work 011000 011200 Summary of Multiple Contracts 011200 012200 Unit Prices 012200; 1-2 012300 Alternates 012300; 1-2 012500 Substitution Procedures 012500; 1-3 012901 Payment Procedures for Asphalt Paving 012901; 1-2 013100 Project Management and Coordination 013100; 1-8 013117 Coordination Drawings 013117; 1-13 013200 Construction Progress Documentation 013200; 1-22 013300 Submittal Procedures 013300; 1-9 014000 Quality Control Services 014000; 1-6 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 016000 Product Requirements 016000; 1-7 017300 Execution 017300; 1-11 017330 Cutting and Patching 017330; 1-5 017419 Construction Waste Management 017419 017700 Closeout Procedures 017700; 1-7 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data 017823; 1-9 017840 Project Record Documents 017840; 1-3 017900 Demonstration and Training 017900; 1-6

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Bound under separate cover

PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Bound under separate cover

HVAC CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Bound under separate cover

ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Bound under separate cover

END OF NON-TECHNICAL / DIVISIONS 00-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS

A-2

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS for the RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT RADNOR, PENNSYLVANIA

Sealed bids will be received in duplicate by the Radnor Township School District, at the district Administration Building, 135 S. Wayne Avenue, Wayne, PA 19087 until 2:00 PM EST on Thursday, February 18, 2021. At that time, Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud in the Radnor Middle School LGI, 150 Louella Avenue, Wayne, PA 19087. Contractors will not be permitted to attend but can view the bid opening via Radnor Township School District YouTube Live Stream.

Bids submitted before 2:00 PM, Thursday, February 18, 2021, must be in a sealed envelope, clearly marked on the outside “BID FOR Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Project,” and received by overnight mail or delivered to the undersigned, Radnor Township School District Administration Office, 135 South Wayne Avenue, Wayne, Pennsylvania, 19087.

Sealed bids will be received for any and/or all of the following separate Prime Contracts, which include all work indicated on the Contract Documents:

Contract No. 1: General Construction Contract No. 2: HVAC Construction Contract No. 3: Electrical Construction Contract No. 4: Plumbing and Fire Protection Construction

The Project Architect is Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects, 1226 Union Boulevard, Allentown, PA 18109, Telephone: 610-437-9626. The Construction Manager is Fidevia Construction Management and Consulting, 750 Lititz Pike, Lititz, PA 17543, Telephone: 717-625-3433.

The Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Security in the amount of ten percent of the total amount of Bid. All Bids must be effective for sixty (60) days from the date of Bid opening.

Contract Documents for the work can be obtained by applying to Fidevia Construction Management and Consulting, 750 Lititz Pike, Lititz, PA 17543, Telephone: 717-625-3433. Contractors must supply the following information with their request for documents: company name, contact person, phone number, fax number and email address. Contractors are required to create a free account on www.box.com to access documents.

A Pre-Bid Virtual Conference will be held at 10:00 AM on Thursday, January 28, 2021. Radnor Township School District will host this meeting via their Zoom Webinar service. Participating Contractors are requested to access the district website www.rtsd.org to access the link for the Pre-Bid Virtual Conference. In the lower right of the district homepage access “Quick Links”, “Bids and RFP’s”, “Radnor High School Additions and Renovations”. On-Site, pre-bid conferences will be scheduled at the Pre-Bid Virtual Conference.

Representatives of the Owner, Architect, and Construction Manager will be present to discuss the project. Attendance is not mandatory but is highly recommended. The Construction

1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Manager will provide Addenda considered necessary in response to questions asked at the conference to all prospective Bidders of record.

OWNER’S CONTACT: Mr. Bill Dolan Director of Operations 135 South Wayne Avenue Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087 Phone: 610-688-8100, ext. 6103

Bids must be accompanied by a certified check and/or bond, with corporate surety authorized to do business in Pennsylvania.

This project is subject to the Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act, approved August 15, 1961, P.L. 987 (Act No. 442), as amended and supplemented, and reference is made to the prevailing minimum wage rates applicable to this project which have been promulgated by the Secretary of Labor and Industry.

Bidders shall refer to provisions of the Federal and State statutes, rules and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of the public natural resources that affect the project; said statement of provisions being submitted, as part of the specifications, pursuant to Section 3301 of the Pennsylvania Procurement Code, 62 Pa,C.S.

The Radnor Township School District reserves the right to accept or reject any or all Bids or portions thereof.

By Order of the Board of School Directors Radnor Township School District

Ms. Michelle A. Diekow Business Administrator

2 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Bid Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the Proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form – Proposal, Bid Bond Form, Agreement of Surety, Non-Collusion Affidavit, Contractor’s Qualification Statement, Addendum to Contractor’s Qualification Statement, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The Proposed Contract Documents consists of the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter ‘Agreement’), Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, General Conditions of the Contract, Certificate of Insurance, Specifications, Drawings, and all Addenda issued prior to the execution of the Agreement.

1.2 Complete set of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Architect assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. Bid Documents consist of Contract Documents (and all reference standards), Specifications, Addenda, and Drawings. Bidder is responsible to make sure that the set of Bidding Documents is complete and that any printed contract document is legible and represents properly all the information as represented in the bid document PDF file. The latest version of Adobe Reader should be used to view and print the files.

1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Agreement that modify or interpret the Contract Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections.

1.4 A Bid or Proposal is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work (as defined in the General Conditions of the Contract) for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bid Documents.

1.5 An Alternate Bid is an amount stated in the Bid Form – Proposal to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted.

1.6 A Bidder is a person or entity that submits a Bid.

BID FORM – PROPOSAL

2. The Bid Form – Proposal, bound in these specifications, is for the information and convenience of bidders and is not to be detached from the Specifications, or filled out or executed. The Architect will supply separate duplicate copies.

2.1 The following information must be completed and submitted with the appropriate Bid Form – Proposal.

2.1.1 Executed Bid Bond. 2.1.2 Agreement of Surety. 2.1.3 Letter of Insurer. 2.1.4 Executed Non-Collusion Affidavit. 2.1.5 Contractor’s Qualification Statement. 2.1.6 Addendum to Contractor’s Qualification Statement.

C-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

PREPARATION OF THE BID FORM – PROPOSAL

3. Bids and all their attachments shall be submitted in DUPLICATE on the Bid Forms included with the Bidding Documents; NO additional copies will be provided. The blank spaces in the proposal shall state the prices written in ink or typewritten in words and numerals, (numerals only for unit prices), for each and every item for which a description is given. In case of discrepancy, the written words shall be considered as being the bid price. The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly. If the proposal is made by an individual, in addition to his signature, his post office address should be shown; if made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of partnership should be shown and be signed by at least one general partner; if made by a corporation, the proposal should be signed by the president or vice president, and secretary or assistant secretary, identify the name, business address and state of incorporation for the corporate, and have the corporation seal affixed.

4. The Bid Form – Proposal shall not be altered. Altered Bid Forms may be considered non-responsive and may be rejected.

5. Bidder shall use complete sets of Bid Documents in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bid Documents.

6. In making copies of the Bid Documents available, the Owner and Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bid Documents.

7. All requested alternates as defined in Division 01 or the Bid Documents shall be bid and shall enter a response to all requested Alternates. If no change in the Base Bid is required for an Alternate, enter “No Change.” If the bidder is not providing a bid for an Alternate, enter “No Bid.” If no response is provided, including entering “No Bid,” and the Owner elects to accept that Alternate, the Bidder’s Proposal may be rejected.

8. Unit Prices: Provide Unit Prices filled-in on the Bid Form-Proposal in accordance with requirements specified in the proposal/bid form and bidding requirements. Unit costs will be used for adjustment of the Contract Sum if any are required. The Owner reserves the right to reject and Unit Price bid.

9. Allowances: Include all quantity/material allowances listed on the Bid Form-Proposal and project Drawings and Specifications in the Base Bid price. Do not adjust allowances for any Alternates unless specifically listed in the Alternate.

BID SECURITY

10. A proposal for any Contract shall be rejected unless accompanied by a Bid Security in the amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the Base Bid. Bid Security shall be in the form of a certified check, bank cashier’s or trust company treasurer’s check, or a bid bond in the form set forth herein, naming as Payee or Obligee, as appropriate, Radnor Township School District.

11. The Owner may declare the Bid Security forfeited to the Owner if, following the issuance of a Notice of Intent to Award to the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, such Bidder fails to deliver the items required under paragraph 42 of these Instructions to Bidders within ten (10) days thereafter.

C-2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

12. If a Bid Bond is used for Bid Security, it shall be submitted in duplicate on the form included in the Bid Documents, and the Attorney-in-Fact who executed the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of its Power of Attorney, authorizing said Attorney-in-Fact to act on behalf of the surety. The Power of Attorney must be dated the same date as the Bid Bond and both the Bid Bond and Power of Attorney shall have affixed the raised corporate seal of the surety. The Bid Bond form must be executed by a surety licensed and authorized to conduct business as a surety within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, have an AM Best rating of “A-” or higher and a financial rating of Class X or higher and shall be named in the current list of companies holding Certificates of Authority as accepted sureties on Federal Bonds and as acceptable reinsuring companies as published in Circular 570 (as amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, US Treasury Department, and the amount of the bond shall not exceed the underwriting risk of such surety set forth in said Circular or revision thereof.

13. The Bid Security of Bidders will be returned (unless forfeited pursuant to paragraph 11 above) at the Bidder’s request, upon (i) the execution of the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor by Owner, or (ii) the rejection of all Bids by Owner or (iii) the expiration of the firm Bid period set forth in paragraph 23 of these Instructions to Bidders. The Owner shall not be liable for any interest on all Bid security which is held in accordance with these instructions to Bidders.

AGREEMENT OF SURETY

14. Each bidder shall submit in duplicate an Agreement of Surety certifying that the Surety will provide the bidder with a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount. The Agreement of Surety shall be in the form included in the Bid Documents. The Agreement of Surety shall be executed by a surety satisfying the requirements set forth in paragraph 12 above and shall be accompanied by the necessary Power of Attorney as noted in paragraph 12 above.

CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

15. Each bidder shall submit a Qualification Statement in duplicate with his proposal on forms furnished by the Architect (A.I.A. document A305, 2020 Edition) and sworn to before a notary public. Forms shall be completed with current information as of the date of receipt of bids. The Contractor's Qualification Statement shall have attached the Contractor's recently completed calendar or fiscal year financial statement with audit attached. The financial statement shall be dated no earlier than 12 months prior to the date of receipt of bids.

ADDENDA

16. During the bidding period, bidders may be furnished addenda, modifying or interpreting the Bid Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections, if any, which shall be included in the work covered by the proposal and become a part of the contract documents. The bidder shall acknowledge in his proposal, in the space provided, the addenda that he has received, identifying the addenda by their numbers and dates. Addenda will be issued electronically via wetransfer.com. Addenda issued in accordance with this paragraphs shall be binding upon all Bidders; however, failure to acknowledge an addendum issued in accordance with this paragraph may result in rejection of the Bid.

C-3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

17. If any prospective bidder on the proposed contract finds discrepancies or omissions or is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications or other proposed contract documents, he should at once submit to the Architect a written request for an interpretation thereof. The bidder submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by an addendum duly issued via wetransfer.com to each prospective bidder who has received a set of such documents. Owner shall not be required to respond to any ‘Request for Interpretations” received within three (3) days of Bid date.

18. All interpretations, additions, alterations, corrections and changes to the Bid Documents will be made by addenda. Interpretations, additions, alterations, corrections and changes of the Bid Documents made in any other manner shall not be binding upon Owner and Bidder shall not rely upon them.

19. All questions must be submitted in writing as follows. Phone calls are not permitted.

19.1 All questions must be sent to: Julian Pelekanakis ([email protected]) Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects

19.2 All Mechanical and Plumbing related questions must be copied to: Dave Derkits ([email protected]) Lehigh Valley Engineering

19.3 All Electrical related questions must be copied to: Chad Derstine ([email protected]) Lehigh Valley Engineering

19.4 All Civil/Site questions must be copied to: Hugh Cadzow ([email protected]) ELA Group, Inc.

19.5 All questions must be copied to: James Miller ([email protected]) Fidevia Construction Management and Consulting

DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS

20. Each proposal must be delivered by the bidder to Mr. Bill Dolan, Director of Operations, at the Radnor High School Gymnasium, 130 King of Prussia Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087 prior to the prevailing time and date stated in the “Advertisement for Bids.” Envelopes containing proposals shall be sealed and the name of the bidder and the contract that is being bid shall be marked in the upper left hand corner. Envelopes shall be addressed to Mr. Bill Dolan, Director of Operations. If a Bidder elects to submit a bid by mailing rather than hand delivery, the sealed bid envelope described above shall be enclosed in a mailing envelope addressed as set forth above and must be received at the Radnor Township School District Office, 135 South Wayne Avenue, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087 prior to the prevailing time and date stated in the “Advertisement for Bids.”

C-4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

OPENING OF PROPOSALS

21. Proposals will be opened and read on the date and at the location stated in the “Advertisement for Bids” commencing after the prevailing time for receiving bids. Bidders or their authorized agents should be present. Bids received by the Owner after the time and date set for opening, will not be opened or considered.

WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS

22. Bidders will be given permission to withdraw any proposal after it has been received by the Owner, provided the Bidder or his agent duly authorized to act for him, personally appears at the meeting place of the Owner with a written request signed by the Bidder prior to the time set for the opening of the proposals. At the time set for the opening of proposals, the withdrawn proposal will be returned to the Bidder. Such proposals will not be opened or read at the bid opening. Bids may not be modified after submittal.

23. Bids shall be irrevocable for sixty (60) days after the actual date of opening thereof unless delayed by the required approval of another governmental agency, the sale of bonds or the award of a grant, in which case, bids shall be irrevocable for 120 days after bid opening. Extensions of the date for the award of contract may be made by the mutual written consent of Owner and the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder.

24. Neither the designation of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, nor the issuance of a Notice of Intent to Award to the Bidder so designated shall operate to release any other Bidder from its Bid. Each such other Bidder, unless earlier released from its Bid by specific action of the Owner, shall remain bound by its Bid until the earlier of (i) the date of actual execution by Owner of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor with the Bidder to whom the award of contract has been made, or (ii) the expiration of the firm Bid Period stipulated above.

25. Negligence by the Bidder in preparing his Bid confers no right of withdrawal or modification of his Bid after such Bid has been opened. No claims on account of mistakes or omissions of any Bid will be considered. Notwithstanding the above, a bidder may withdraw his bid within two (2) business days after the bid opening time in accordance with The Public Contracts - Withdrawal of Bids Law, Act of January 23, 1974, P.L. 9, No. 4, 73 P.S. Sec. 1601 et seq. as amended. A bid that has been opened may be withdrawn only in accordance with the causes set forth in said Act and for no other reasons. Strict compliance with said Act is required to withdraw a bid after bid opening.

IRREGULAR PROPOSALS

26. Proposals indicating a qualification of the bid, conditions or uninvited alternate bids or which contain alteration of the form request for proposal, or additions or deductions not called for shall be rejected. Bids containing minor irregularities or informalities, not relating to price, time, or changes affecting the quality of work, may be rejected at Owner’s sole discretion. Owner reserves the right to waive any such informalities or irregularities.

27. In the event the Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor are unreasonable and not consistent with the Work involved or not comparable to other Unit Prices received, as determined by the Architect, the Owner reserves the right to negotiate a mutually agreed suitable Unit Price before awarding the Contract.

C-5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

COLLUSIVE BIDS WILL BE REJECTED

28. More than one proposal for one contract from an individual, partnership, corporation, or an association under the same or different names will be grounds for the rejection of all proposals in which such bidder is interested. Any or all proposals will be rejected if there is reason for believing that collusion exists among any of the bidders. Participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals.

29. A Non-Collusion Affidavit shall be executed and submitted in duplicate with the Contractor's proposal using the form set forth herein.

AWARD OF CONTRACT

30. The Owner’s intent is to enter into Contracts with the lowest possible and qualified Bidders. In evaluating Bids, the Owner will consider the qualifications of Bidders as provided in Paragraph 15 above.

31. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, or any part thereof or items therein, and to waive technicalities, as it may deem best to protect the interest of the Owner. If any award is made by the Owner, it will be to the party declared by the Owner to be the lowest responsible bidder, within sixty (60) days from the date of the opening of proposals unless the award of contract is delayed due to required approvals of other governmental agencies, the sale of bonds, or the award of a grant or grants, in which case, an award may be made within 120 days from the date of opening of proposals in accordance with Act 317 of 1978, 73 P.S. §1621, et seq. This time may be extended by mutual written consent of the Owner and lowest responsible bidder.

STANDARD OF QUALITY

32. The various materials and products specified in the specifications by name or description are given to establish a minimum acceptable standard of quality and of cost for bid purposes. When proprietary names are used, and there does not follow a “listing” of acceptable approved manufacturers and/or products, then the proprietary named item must be included in the bid proposal without substitution. When proprietary names are used, and there follows a “listing” of acceptable “approved” manufacturers and/or products, then the bidder may base the bid on either the proprietary product or any from the “listing” as long as the product associated with the listing meets the same requirements as the proprietary bid product. Bidders may request approval prior to bid opening of non-listed items in accordance with the specifications. When proprietary names are used, and there are alternates on the bid form, then the bidder shall base his bid on the proprietary product or any from the “listing” of approved manufacturers and/or products. The bidder must furnish the specified or listed item regardless of whether or not they were included in his bid. The bidder shall be required to coordinate and pay for any conditions that are required to accommodate the listed or alternate item, including the reimbursement of other affected prime contractors.

33. No substitutions (alternatives) will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless a written request for approval from a Prime Contract Bidder has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall be in accordance with Specification Section 012500 “Substitution Procedures” and any other requirements at the Architect, and Owner’s discretion.

C-6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

34. In order to prequalify, all alternative Manufacturers’ information shall be submitted by a Prime Contract Bidder and shall include:

• Manufacturer’s product data, technical and warranty information. A line-by- line comparison of all specified items in the Specification must be made. Submission must be made ten (10) days prior to Bid opening.

• Architect will review submission and any acceptable substitutions will be listed in an addendum. All manufacturers not specifically approved by addendum shall not be considered.

• Only manufacturers that are qualified prior to the Bid Opening will be considered acceptable Manufacturers.

35. The approval of a substitution shall be at the sole determination of the Architect and upon approval of the Construction Manager and Owner, if a proposed substitution (alternative) is approved prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals in any other manner. If a proposed substitution is not specifically approved by addendum they are rejected.

36. No substitutions (alternatives) will otherwise be considered after the Contract award.

37. No substitutions (alternatives) will be considered for pre-bid approval later than ten (10) days before bids are due.

TIME OF COMPLETION

38. The Bidder acknowledges that a condition of the Contract is that time is of the essence of the Contract and the number of calendar days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be substantially completed and ready for final payment (the Contract Time) are set forth in the “Summary of Work” and are accepted by the Bidder without exception or conditions.

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

39. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the “Agreement Between Owner and Contractor.”

EXECUTION OF CONTRACT AND BONDS

40. After approval of the Board of Education, the Architect, on behalf of the Owner will give the successful Bidder a “Notice of Intent to Award” along with the “Agreement Between Owner and Contractor” to be signed by the Successful Bidder. Within ten (10) days of receipt of the “Notice of Award,” the Successful Bidder shall furnish (1) a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond in the forms provided in the Bidding Documents, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract sum; (2) Certificates of Insurance as required pursuant to Article 11 of the General Conditions of the Contract; (3) executed Public Works Employment Verification Form and (4) the signed Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. Five (5) originals of each of the Bonds, Insurance Certificates, and Agreements shall be submitted to the Architect’s office within the required time period.

C-7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

41. All bonds and insurances shall be issued by companies authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and are acceptable to the Owner. Sureties must be listed in the latest Department of the Treasury, Department Circular 570 titled "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" and the amount of the bonds shall not exceed the underwriting risk of such Surety as set forth in said circular or revision thereof.

42. The attorney-in-fact who executes the Labor and Material Payment and Performance Bonds on behalf of the Surety shall affix to the Bonds a certified and current copy of its Power of Attorney, authorizing said attorney-in-fact to act on behalf of the Surety. The Power of Attorney must be dated the same date as the Bonds and both the Bonds and Power of Attorney shall have affixed the raised corporate seal of the Surety.

43. After approval of bonds and insurance, the Owner will sign and date the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. Owner shall return to the successful Bidder one copy of the dated, executed Agreement Between Owner and Contractor within 60 days of the date that the contract is awarded, unless the time of issuance of such agreement shall be extended by mutual written agreement of the Owner and successful Bidder.

FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK

44. Bidders shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Specifications and Drawings. The failure or omission of any Bidder to receive or examine any form, instrument, document, or visit the site and acquaint himself with conditions there existing, shall in no way relieve any Bidder from obligation with respect to his Bid. By submitting a Bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has examined the Project Site and the Specifications and Drawings and, where Specifications and/or Drawings require in any part of the Work a given result to be produced, that the Specifications and Drawings are adequate and the required result can be produced under the Specifications and Drawings. No claim for any extra will be allowed because of alleged impossibilities in the production of the results specified or because of inadequate or improper plans and specifications and whenever a result is required, the successful Bidder shall furnish any and all extras and make any changes needed to produce the required result for the sum stated in the form of proposal.

FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT

45. Failure of the Bidder to whom Notice of Intent to Award has been given to deliver appropriate payment and performance bonds, certificates of insurance, or execute the contract within the time specified, shall constitute a default by such Bidder and the Owner may, at its sole discretion, award the contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder or re-advertise for bids, and the defaulting Bidder shall default its bid security in full. The Owner may, in its sole discretion, extend the time period for submission of the above items, upon request of Bidder. Such request of Bidder, if accepted by Owner in writing, shall constitute a mutual agreement to extend the date for issuance of the agreement by Owner to the date stipulated in such written agreement, or if no date is stipulated, until 20 business days after the submission to the Owner of the properly executed agreement and all required documents in proper form as required by the Contract Documents.

C-8 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

SUB-LETTING OR ASSIGNING OF CONTRACT

46. The Contractor shall not sublet, sell, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of the contract, or any portion thereof, or of his rights, title or interest therein, without the written consent of the Owner.

START OF WORK

47. The time of completion of this contract has been established on the basis that the Contractor shall start work immediately upon receipt of a “Notice to Proceed” and it shall be agreed that work shall proceed uninterrupted and without delay by Contractor to “Substantial Completion.”

PREVENTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

48. Section 3301 of the Pennsylvania Commonwealth Procurement Code requires that all invitations for Bids and requests for proposals for construction projects issued by any governmental agency shall set forth any provision of Federal and State statutes, rules, and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources that affect the projects. In this regard, attached to these specifications is a Notice of said provisions prepared by the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources under Act 247 of 1972, 53 P.S. § 1612 (repealed). Contractor is hereby notified and agrees to comply with the terms of all statues, rules and regulations enumerated in said Notice. Where any identified environmental statute, rule and/or regulation has been revised, amended, supplemented, replaced and/or supplanted, Contractor shall comply with such statute, rule and/or regulation as so modified. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure to include any applicable environmental statute, rule and/or regulation in the Contract Documents shall not relieve Contractor of its obligation to comply with the same.

DISCREPANCIES

49. In case of discrepancies between the Contract Documents, the agreement shall take precedence over the Drawings and Specifications.

50. In every case, the Architect will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and all interpretations and written decisions of the Architect shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.

GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS

51. Bids shall be submitted on the basis of full and total compliance with all Federal and State laws, regulations, statutes and requirements pertaining to this project. Bidder shall refer to Article 17 of the General Conditions of the Contract for additional requirements.

52. Bidder shall contact prior to Bidding, the local municipality having jurisdiction and ascertain the building codes, permits, fees, and regulations pertaining to this project. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to determine what local ordinances, if any, will affect his work. He should check for any county, city, borough, or township rules and regulations applicable to the area in which the project is being constructed and, in addition, for any rules or regulations of

C-9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

PREVAILING WAGES

53. Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Predetermination rates will apply to this Project. The Bidder shall keep an accurate record showing the name, craft, and actual hourly rate of wage paid to each workman employed by him and such record shall be preserved for two years from date of payment. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the public body awarding the Contract and to the Secretary of the Department of Labor and Industry. The Architect and Construction Manager assume no responsibility to verify or document records of the Bidder or Contractor(s). Any failure or the Contractor or notification to the same in regards to wage rates or payment will require the Owner to withhold payments until the record is resolved.

CASH ALLOWANCES

54. Cash allowances are not included in the Bid Documents, nor are they otherwise applicable to the project.

TAXES

55. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay all applicable sales, use, excise or other taxes required by law on all materials, tools, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, services, incidentals or otherwise which may be purchased or used in connection with the Work or portions thereof. The Bid shall be made in accordance with such laws and shall include all applicable taxes in the Bid amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Owner is exempt (excluded) from sales and/or use tax in Pennsylvania on certain transactions. Contractor and all subcontractors shall bid and shall purchase as exempt (excluded) from Pennsylvania sales and/or use tax all tangible personal property within the definition of ‘building machinery and equipment’ as that term is defined in Act No. 45-1998 (72 P.S. § 7201 et seq.). No charges shall be allowed for such exempt items. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to determine those items for which an exemption will apply, and the Contractor shall obtain legal or other tax advice to determine how and to what extent an exemption from the taxes apply. In order to facilitate such purchase free of sales and/or use tax in Pennsylvania, and upon certification by Contractor that an item is, in fact, tax exempt, the Owner agrees to execute a tax exemption certificate prepared by Contractor or a subcontractor as may be required by the regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Revenue.

56. Assignment of Refund Rights: Owner shall be entitled to claim refunds of sales and/or use tax paid on these and other purchases of tangible personal property required in connection with the Work. The Contractor and all subcontractors hereby assign to Owner all rights to any such refund claim and to any resulting refund and hereby appoint the Owner as their Attorney-in-Fact to execute and acknowledge in their respective names and to prosecute such refund claims before administrative agencies and courts in Pennsylvania having jurisdiction over such claims. The Owner or its agent shall have the right to review the books and records of the Contractor and all subcontractors for the purpose of documenting and substantiating any such refund claim. Contractor and all subcontractors shall cooperate fully with Owner in

C-10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

57. Access to Accounting Records: The Contractor shall check all materials, equipment and labor entering into the Work, and shall keep such full and detailed accounts as may be necessary for proper financial management under the Contract, and the system shall be satisfactory to Owner. The Owner or its representative shall be afforded access to, including the right to photocopy, all the Contractor’s records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Work, and the Contractor shall preserve all such records for a period of three (3) years, or for such longer period as may be required by the law, after receipt of final payment.

58. The Contractor agrees to include the “Access to Accounting Records” and “Assignment of Refund Rights” paragraphs, in full, in any contracts with subcontractors. The Contractor further agrees that it will not file a claim for refund for any sales and/or use tax which is the subject of the assignment in Section 50 above. Contractor shall obtain from all subcontractors similar agreements that they will not file claims for refund for any sales and/or use tax which is the subject of the assignment in Section 50 above.

CIVIL DRAWINGS

59. The Architect will make available to each Prime Contractor, upon written request, a copyright-protected electronic file of the Civil/Site Drawings for the sole and exclusive purpose of preparing estimates and submitting bids for the project. The Contractor will be required to sign and complete an “Agreement and Release” prepared by the Architect and pay a fee to cover the Architect’s expense and handling prior to the issuance of the electronic files in the form bound in these Specifications as Exhibit “A”

C-11 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM – PROPOSAL

RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT RADNOR TOWNSHIP, DELAWARE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA

PROPOSAL OF:

Bidder: Address:

Telephone: Telecopier: Contact Person: Email:

Proposal for: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

To: RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT

Date

In conformity with the plans and specifications as prepared by Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects, 1226 Union Boulevard, Allentown, Pennsylvania, and after an examination of the site of the work and the Contract Documents, including Instructions to Bidders, this Form of Proposal, Agreement, Bonds and Conditions of Contract, including all bulletins and addenda, the undersigned submits this proposal and encloses herewith, as a proposal guaranty, a certified check, bank cashier's check, trust company treasurer's check, or bid bond, (in an amount of not less than ten percent (10%) of the sum of the hereinafter stated base bid) naming as payee or obligee, as appropriate, Radnor Township School District, which guaranty it is understood will be forfeited to and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages if the undersigned shall fail to furnish satisfactory payment and performance bonds and insurance certificates or if this proposal is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned shall fail to execute the contract all as required by the provisions of the contract documents. Should the Owner fail to make an award on this project through no fault or failure on the part of this bidder, then the Owner shall return said guaranty.

Attached to this proposal and proposal guaranty is an Agreement of Surety certifying that a surety company will provide the bidder with a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond each in the amount of 100% of the contract amount. A Contractor's Qualification Statement is also attached hereto. The financial statement does not have to be submitted with the proposal. The Contractor will be required to furnish their financial statement within five days if requested by the Owner after the opening of proposals.

D-1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 1

It is hereby certified that the undersigned is the only person(s), firm, or corporation interested in this proposal as principal, and that the proposal is made without collusion with any person, firm or corporation. A Non-Collusion Affidavit is attached to this proposal.

Bidder guarantees that, if awarded the contract, he/she will furnish and deliver all materials, tools, equipment, tests, transportation, secure all permits and licenses, do and perform all labor, superintendence and all means of construction, pay all fees and do all incidental work, to execute, construct and finish in an expeditious, substantial and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the plans and specifications, to the complete satisfaction and acceptance of the Owner, for the prices hereinafter stated.

It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any/or all proposals, or part thereof or items therein and to waive technicalities determined for the best interests of the Owner. It is further understood that competency and responsibility of bidders will receive consideration before the award of the contract.

CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME

Bidder submits this proposal with the understanding that the Work to be performed under this Contract for Construction shall be commenced immediately after receipt by the Contractor of written “Notice To Proceed” from the Owner, and unless extended by the Owner pursuant to the General Conditions, shall be Substantially Completed as indicated in Section 011100 “Summary of Work”, Paragraph 1.4 “Work Sequence” in accordance with the definition of Substantial Completion in the General Conditions.

The completion of the Work shall be considered of the essence of this contract, and the Owner shall be entitled to the fixed sum of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) liquidated damages for each and every calendar day beyond the Date of Substantial Completion for each Contract, subject to extensions as provided for in the General Conditions of the Contract.

Additionally the Owner shall be entitled to a fixed sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) liquidated damages for each and every calendar day that the full completion of the project including the List of Deficiencies (Punch List) is not achieved commencing the thirtieth (30th) calendar day after Substantial Completion until full completion is achieved.

The Contractors acknowledges receipt of the following Bulletins and/or Addenda:

BULLETINS AND/OR ADDENDA DATE

D-2 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 2

CONTRACT DRAWINGS

The Bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received a complete set of drawings of all prime contracts during the bidding period.

YES NO

BASE BID

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

($ )

ALTERNATE BIDS

Insert the total net amount to be added to or deducted from the Base Bid for each Alternate Item Bid by completing the appropriate section (either “Add” or “Deduct”) under each Alternate Item Bid number. The Bidder agrees that the Owner shall have the right to accept or reject any or all of the following Alternates, which acceptance or rejection shall enter into the determination of the low bidder. The Bidder acknowledges that the Contract Time shall not be increased on account of the acceptance of any one or combination of alternates.

Bidder shall enter a response to all requested Alternates. If no change in the Base Bid is required for an Alternate, enter “No Change.” If the bidder is not providing a bid for an Alternate, enter “No Bid.” If no response is provided, and the Owner elects to accept that Alternate, the Alternate Bid shall be treated conclusively as a bid for zero dollars for the work described, or the Bidder’s Proposal may be rejected, at the Owner’s sole discretion.

ALTERNATE No. A-1

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the Base Bid should the Owner decide to ADD all new ceramic tile wall finishes, metal stud/cement board column extensions, and new bench configuration on the West wall of Swimming Pool A106 in lieu of modifications to the existing bench as indicated in the Base Bid. Refer to Drawings A505 and A304 for additional information.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. A-2

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the Base Bid should the Owner decide to ADD architectural millwork display cases and wall panels in Corridor B107 as indicated on Drawing A803.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

D-3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 3

ALTERNATE No. A-3

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the Base Bid should the Owner decide to provide concrete retaining walls with a “rubbed” concrete finish with rustications in lieu of retaining walls with a face brick veneer finish. Refer to Civil Drawings for additional information and extent of Alternate Bid Work.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. A-4

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the Base Bid should the Owner decide to substitute a Ground Face Concrete Masonry Unit enclosure around the Emergency Generator/ Pump Station area in lieu of chain link fencing as indicated on Drawing C1207.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. A-5

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the Base Bid should the Owner decide to reduce the height of the ornamental fence along the “Raider Way” sidewalk from 6’-0” high to 4’-0” high. This Alternate amount shall include the cost to eliminate two pair of double leaf swing gates and one cantilever slide gate. Refer to Civil Drawing C402 for additional information.

DEDUCT ($ )

UNIT PRICES

The undersigned agrees that the following shall constitute the Unit Prices to be applicable to additions to or deductions from the quantities contemplated by the Contract Documents by reason of changes to the Contract Documents in the course of performance of the contemplated work:

A. $ per cubic yard for unsuitable soil removal and replacement with imported structural fill material placed including compaction and testing as specified in Section 312000 “Earthmoving.”

B. $ per cubic yard of bulk rock excavation by hydraulic/ mechanical means; no blasting will be permitted. All rock must be identified and measured by the Construction Manager prior to and during removal from job site.

D-4 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 4

C. $ per cubic yard of trench rock excavation by hydraulic/ mechanical means; no blasting will be permitted. All rock must be identified and measured by the Construction Manager prior to and during removal from job site.

D. $ per cubic yard of additional imported structural fill material placed including compaction and testing as specified in Section 310500 “Earthmoving”

E. $ per ton for miscellaneous steel for lintels; floor and roof opening headers and miscellaneous angles, beams, plates, bars, etc. including fabrication, shop priming, delivery to site and installation.

F. $ per square foot of hydraulic cement underlayment with a uniform depth of 1/2-inch installed.

G. $ per square foot of existing concrete floor slab-on-grade saw-cut and removed.

H. $ per square foot of new 4-inch thick concrete floor slab-on- grade with welded wire fabric reinforcing.

I. $ per cubic yard of 3,500 psi concrete installed in footings including formwork.

J. $ per pound for reinforcing bars bent and installed.

K. $ per linear foot to provide additional 24-inch wide by 12-inch deep drywall bulkhead including framing.

L. $ per linear foot to provide additional 5/8-inch gypsum board on 7/8-inch metal furring 9’-0” in height complete with new paint finish.

M. $ per square foot for the removal and replacement of plaster ceiling areas specified in Section 092300 “Gypsum Plastering.”

N. $ per square foot to provide plaster ceiling repair work specified in Section 092300 “Gypsum Plastering” on galvanized metal framing. Refer to Drawings for additional information.

O. $ per square foot to provide new paint finish on existing/ new plaster ceiling areas; one primer coat and two finish coats.

P. $ per square foot of acoustical panel ceiling system to be removed and replaced with new Acoustical Ceiling Panels (Type AP-2) and related suspension system.

D-5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 5

Q. $ per square foot of 4,500 psi exterior concrete sidewalk installed on grade with forms and wire fabric (Based on a 4 inch slab with 6 x 6/W2.1 x W2.1 mesh) including 5 inches of drainage fill, including excavation, substrate preparation, and silane waterproofing.

R. $ per square yard of bituminous asphalt paving including excavation, substrate preparation and consisting of 6-inch stone base, 3.5 inch base course and 1.5 wearing course.

S. $ per square yard to mill existing asphalt pavement to a depth of 1.5 inches, tack and overlay with 1.5 inches of superpave wearing course.

MATERIAL ALLOWANCES

The undersigned further certifies that he has included the following "Material Allowances" in the above bid. The Owner shall receive a reduction in the Contract Price for any unused quantities included in the Material Allowance, pursuant to a deduct Change Order, based on their respective Unit Price(s). Unit Prices will also govern for quantities exceeding the Material Allowances:

A. 1,600 cubic yards of unsuitable soil removal and $ replacement with structural fill. (1,600 x A from the unit prices above)

B. 100 cu. yd. of bulk rock excavation by hydraulic/ $ mechanical means. (100 x B from the unit prices above)

C. 250 cu. yd. of trench rock excavation by hydraulic/ $ mechanical means. (250 x C from the unit prices above)

D. 250 cubic yards of additional imported structural fill $ installed. (250 x D from the unit prices above)

E. 2 tons of additional miscellaneous structural steel. $ (2 x E from the unit prices above)

F. 2,000 square feet of 1/2-inch thick cement-based $ self-leveling floor underlayment. (2,000 x F from the unit prices above)

G. 300 square feet of existing concrete slab-on-grade $ Saw-cut and removed. (300 x G from the unit prices above)

H. 400 square feet of 4-inch thick concrete floor slab- $ on-grade with WWF reinforcing. (400 x H from the unit prices above)

D-6 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 6

I. 40 cubic yards of concrete installed in footings $ including formwork. (40 x I from the unit prices above)

J. 100 pounds for reinforcing bars bent and installed. $ (100 x J from the unit prices above)

K. 100 linear feet of additional 24” wide x 12” deep $ drywall bulkhead including framing. (100 x K from the unit prices above)

L. 30 linear feet of additional 5/8-inch gypsum board $ on 7/8-inch metal furring 9’-0” in height. (30 x L from the unit prices above)

M. 800 square feet of removal and replacement of existing plaster ceiling areas. $ (800 x M from the unit prices above)

N. 800 square feet of plaster ceiling repair work on $ galvanized metal framing. (800 x N from the unit prices above)

O. 1,000 square feet of new paint finish on existing/ new plaster ceiling areas. $ (1,000 x O from the unit prices above)

P. 800 square feet of acoustical panel ceiling system removed and replaced. $ (800 x P from the unit prices above)

Q. 500 square feet for furnishing and installation $ of exterior concrete sidewalk. (500 x Q from the unit prices above)

R. 100 square yards for furnishing and installation $ of bituminous asphalt paving. (100 x R from the unit prices above)

S. 200 square yards of milling and overlaying $ of existing bituminous paving. (200 x S from the unit prices above)

D-7 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 7

The undersigned agrees that:

(1) the Contract Documents are incorporated herein by reference and shall be construed to be part hereof, with the same effect as if such were reported at length herein, or were physically attached hereto;

(2) this proposal is genuine and is not sham, collusive or fraudulent;

(3) this proposal is not made in the interest or in behalf of any persons other than the undersigned;

(4) the undersigned has not sought in any manner, by collusion or otherwise, to secure any advantage over any other bidder;

(5) he/she will not assign his bid or any of his rights or interest thereunder without the written consent of the Owner.

SIGNATURES

When the Bidder is an Individual:

WITNESS:

(SEAL) Signature of Individual

Trading and doing business as:

Address

D-8 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 8

When the Bidder is a Partnership (Name of Partners):

WITNESS: Name of Partnership

Address

BY: (SEAL) Partner

D-9 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 9

When the Bidder is a Corporation:

ATTEST: Name of Corporation

Address

BY: Secretary/Assistant Secretary President/Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of and has (has not) been granted a certificate of authority to do business in the State of Pennsylvania.

D-10 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 10

When the Bidder is a Limited Liability Company:

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

BY: (SEAL) (Managing) Member

BY: (SEAL) Member

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

*BY: (SEAL) (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the company.

D-11 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004116 - 11

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM – PROPOSAL

RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT RADNOR TOWNSHIP, DELAWARE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA

PROPOSAL OF:

Bidder: Address:

Telephone: Telecopier: Contact Person: Email:

Proposal for: HVAC CONSTRUCTION

To: RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT

Date

D-1 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 1

It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any/or all proposals, or part thereof or items therein and to waive technicalities as determined for the best interests of the Owner. It is further understood that competency and responsibility of bidders will receive consideration before the award of the contract.

CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME

Bidder submits this proposal with the understanding that the Work to be performed under this Contract for Construction shall be commenced immediately after receipt by the Contractor of written “Notice To Proceed” from the Owner, and unless extended by the Owner pursuant to the General Conditions, shall be Substantially Completed as indicated in Section 011100 “Summary of Work”, Paragraph 1.5 “Work Sequence” in accordance with the definition of Substantial Completion in the General Conditions.

The completion of the Work shall be considered of the essence of this contract, and the Owner shall be entitled to the fixed sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) liquidated damages for each and every calendar day beyond the Date of Substantial Completion for each Contract, subject to extensions as provided for in the General conditions of the Contract.

The Contractors acknowledges receipt of the following Bulletins and/or Addenda:

BULLETINS AND/OR ADDENDA DATE

D-2 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 2

CONTRACT DRAWINGS

The Bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received a complete set of drawings of all prime contracts during the bidding period.

YES NO

BASE BID

HVAC CONSTRUCTION

($ )

ALTERNATE BIDS

ALTERNATE NO. H-1

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to have the Natatorium Source Capture Exhaust System furnished and installed including all associated equipment, controls, ductwork, and piping modifications as designated on the Construction Documents.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE NO. H-2 (Not Used)

ALTERNATE NO. H-3

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to have the High Efficiency Boiler B-3 furnished and installed including all associated equipment, controls, venting, and piping modifications as designated on the Construction Documents.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ ) D-3 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 3

ALTERNATE Nos. H-4 through H-9 Not Used

ALTERNATE NO. H-10

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to have a 5-year Service Contract for the Building Management System by Sass, Moore, & Associates.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE NO. H-11

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to substitute a Building Management System by Siemens Building Technologies, Blue Bell, PA in lieu of the Base Bid Schneider Electric system provided by Sass, Moore & Associates, Woodbury, NJ.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE NO. H-11A

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to have a 5-year Service Contract for the Building Management System by Siemens Building Technologies.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE NO. H-12

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to substitute a Building Management System by Conexus, Middletown, PA in lieu of the Base Bid Schneider Electric system provided by Sass, Moore & Associates, Woodbury, NJ.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

D-4 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 4

ALTERNATE NO. H-12A

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to have a 5-year Service Contract for the Building Management System by Conexus.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE NO. H-13

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to substitute a Building Management System by Eccotrol, Huntingdon Valley, PA in lieu of the Base Bid Schneider Electric system provided by Sass, Moore & Associates, Woodbury, NJ.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE NO. H-13A

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to have a 5-year Service Contract for the Building Management System by Eccotrol.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

UNIT PRICES

A. $ furnish and install additional 10 foot long section of 4 inch insulated hot water HVAC piping, including hangers, accessories, and fittings.

B. $ furnish and install additional 10 foot long section of 2 inch insulated hot water HVAC piping, including hangers, accessories, and fittings.

C. $ furnish and install additional 10 foot long section of 1 inch insulated hot water HVAC piping, including hangers, accessories, and fittings.

D. $ per linear foot to completely remove existing 4 inch insulated hot water HVAC piping, hangers and accessories. D-5 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 5

E. $ per space temperature sensor, including heavy-duty guard, wiring and programming.

F. $ per pound to furnish and install galvanized steel ductwork, including hangers and accessories.

G. $ per square foot to furnish and install 2 inch thick, duct wrap insulation.

H. $ furnish and install one 1-1/2 hour fire damper, 24 inches by 24 inches duct size.

I. $ furnish and install one 24 inch x 24-inch ceiling mounted supply air diffuser including manual balancing damper.

J. $ furnish and install one 1-inch ball valve, installed in hot water piping.

K. $ furnish and install one 4-inch butterfly valve, installed in hot water piping.

L. $ furnish and install one linear foot of 2-inch thick hot water pipe insulation, 4” pipe size.

M. $ per VAV terminal DDC controller including actuator, 3/4-inch control valve, wiring and programming.

MATERIAL ALLOWANCES

A. 10 sections of additional 10’ long sections of 4 inch $ insulated hot water HVAC piping, including hangers, accessories, and fittings. (10 x A from the unit prices above)

B. 10 sections of additional 10’ long sections of 2 inch $ insulated hot water HVAC piping, including hangers, accessories, and fittings. (10 x B from the unit prices above) C. 10 sections of additional 10’ long sections of 1 inch $ insulated hot water HVAC piping, including hangers, accessories, and fittings. (10 x C from the unit prices above)

D. 150 linear feet of removal of existing 4-inch insulated $ hot water HVAC piping and accessories. (150 x D from the unit prices above) D-6 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 6

E. 10 additional space temperature sensors including $ heavy-duty guard, wiring and programming. (10 x E from the unit prices above)

F. 8,000 pounds of insulated galvanized steel ductwork $ installed, including hangers and accessories. (8,000 x F from the unit prices above)

G. 1000 square feet of installed 2 inch thick, duct $ wrap fiberglass duct insulation (1000 x G from the unit prices above)

H. 12 additional 1-1/2 hour fire rated dampers, $ 24 inch by 24 inch duct size. (12 x H from the unit prices above)

I. 12 additional 24” x 24” ceiling mounted supply air, $ diffusers, including manual balancing dampers, installed where directed by the Architect. (12 x I from the unit prices above)

J. 12 1-inch ball valves installed where directed by the $ Architect. (12 x J from the unit prices above)

K. 6 4-inch butterfly valves installed where directed by the $ Architect. (12 x K from the unit prices above)

L. 100 linear feet of 2-inch thick hot water pipe $ insulation. installed where directed by the Architect (100 x L from the unit prices above)

M. 6 VAV terminal DDC controllers installed where $______directed by the Architect. (6 x M from the unit prices above)

D-7 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 7

The undersigned agrees that:

(2) this proposal is genuine and is not sham, collusive or fraudulent;

(3) this proposal is not made in the interest or in behalf of any persons other than the undersigned;

(4) the undersigned has not sought in any manner, by collusion or otherwise, to secure any advantage over any other bidder;

(5) he/she will not assign his bid or any of his rights or interest thereunder without the written consent of the Owner.

SIGNATURES

When the Bidder is an Individual:

WITNESS:

(SEAL) Signature of Individual

Trading and doing business as:

Address

D-8 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 8

When the Bidder is a Partnership (Name of Partners):

WITNESS: Name of Partnership

Address

BY: (SEAL) Partner

D-9 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 9

When the Bidder is a Corporation:

ATTEST: Name of Corporation

Address

BY: Secretary/Assistant Secretary President/Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of and has (has not) been granted a certificate of authority to do business in the State of Pennsylvania.

D-10 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 10

When the Bidder is a Limited Liability Company:

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

BY: (SEAL) (Managing) Member

BY: (SEAL) Member

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

*BY: (SEAL) (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the company.

D-11 HVAC CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004117 - 11

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM – PROPOSAL

RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT RADNOR TOWNSHIP, DELAWARE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA

PROPOSAL OF:

Bidder: Address:

Telephone: Telecopier: Contact Person: Email:

Proposal for: ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION

To: RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT

Date

D-1 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 1

CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME

Bidder submits this proposal with the understanding that the Work to be performed under this Contract for Construction shall be commenced immediately after receipt by the Contractor of written “Notice To Proceed” from the Owner, and unless extended by the Owner pursuant to the General Conditions, shall be Substantially Completed as indicated in Section 011100 “Summary of Work”, Paragraph 1.5 “Work Sequence” in accordance with the definition of Substantial Completion in the General Conditions.

The Contractors acknowledges receipt of the following Bulletins and/or Addenda:

BULLETINS AND/OR ADDENDA DATE

D-2 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 2

CONTRACT DRAWINGS

The Bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received a complete set of drawings of all prime contracts during the bidding period.

YES NO

BASE BID

ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION

($ )

ALTERNATE BIDS

ALTERNATE No. E-1

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to provide modifications to the West wall of the Natatorium and have the Natatorium Source Capture Exhaust System furnished and installed including electrical circuiting to EF-57 through a motor starter and disconnect from a panel, as designated on the Construction Documents.

ALTERNATE No. E-2

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to add Corridor B107 new receptacles, television, and show case lighting as designated on the Construction Documents.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

D-3 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 3

ALTERNATE No. E-3

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to have the High Efficiency Boiler B-3 furnished and installed including all circuiting of equipment through a disconnect from a panel and circuiting to Pump PB3 through a motor starter from a panel, as designated on the Construction Documents.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. E-4

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to replace existing high intensity discharge Prevost field (football field) lighting with new LED field lighting and LED controls.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. E-5

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to replace existing high intensity discharge Encke field (Soccer field) lighting with new LED field lighting and LED controls.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. E-6

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to include work to provide Encke field public address system.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. E-7

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to include work to provide new electric service in the Paint Building and receptacles below panel.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

D-4 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 4

ALTERNATE No. E-8

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to include work to replace swimming pool public address system with new.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

ALTERNATE No. E-9

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid should the Owner decide to select generators manufactured by Kohler in lieu of the other specified manufacturers.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

UNIT PRICES

A. $ per additional computer data outlet (single port), including up to 350 feet of wiring, cover plate, box, and all terminations.

B. $ per 100 AMP, 3-pole electrical fused switch with 200 feet of (3) #1, #6G – 1 ½ EMT, installed.

C. $ per Type ‘F1’ fixture, with 15 feet of circuiting, hung in place, with all required accessories.

D. $ per 30’ section of relocated 3/4-inch EMT conduit with wiring. Provide and install 30 linear feet of conduit, plus (16) #12 AWG THHN conductors.

E. $ per 30’ section of relocated 1-1/2-inch EMT conduit with wiring. Provide and install 30 linear feet of conduit, plus (4) #1/0 AWG THHN conductors.

F. $ per outlet for duplex GFI receptacle, 20A circuit, and wiring in 100 feet of conduit including cover plate and box.

D-5 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 5

G. $ per ceiling-mounted fire alarm audio/visual devices, including 100 feet of wire including conduit and connection to each device.

H. $ per smoke detector device, including 100 feet of wire, programming, and accessories.

I. $ per additional fire alarm Pull Station device assembly consisting of device, backbox, plenum cabling, 15 feet of conduit, necessary wall penetration cutting and patching, terminations, connection to fire alarm system, required programming, and 100 feet of wiring.

J. $ per additional exit sign assembly luminaire Type ‘E1’ including mounting equipment, up to 100 feet of wiring, with appropriate terminations and connections.

K. $ per cubic yard to excavate and dispose of trench rock encountered and replace with compacted 2A modified stone. All rock must be identified and measured in situ by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to and during removal. Rock shall be removed by mechanical methods only.

L. $ Per 12’ wide x 10’ length of new trench through with 4 #6 conductors in 2-inch Schedule 40 conduit 2’ below grade. Backfill and restore surface to match existing.

M. $ Per additional distributed lighting control system including a single relay room controller with 0-10V dimming and emergency function, 4-button switch, ceiling mounted occupancy sensor and 2 - 40’ Category 6 pre- terminated cables and appropriate terminations and connections.

N. $ Per 50’ length of new exterior OM4 fiber cable with 6-fiber strands in ducts banks shown on the drawings. Include fiber termination and (2) fiber patch panel with (6) connectors each.

O. $ Per additional fire alarm Duct Smoke Detector with indicator/test switch assembly consisting of device, box, device, relay, test tubes, switch, switch backbox in ceiling plenum cabling, 20 feet of conduit, necessary wall penetration cutting and patching, terminations, connection to fire alarm system, required programming, and 100 feet of wiring.

P. $ Per additional fire alarm addressable relay module consisting of device, box, device, backbox, plenum cabling, 10 feet of conduit, necessary wall penetration cutting and patching, terminations, connection to fire alarm system, required programming, and 100 feet of wiring.

D-6 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 6

MATERIAL ALLOWANCES

A. 20 additional computer data outlets, including up $ to 350 feet of wiring and all terminations. (20 x A from the unit prices above)

B. 10 additional 100 AMP, 3-pole electrical fused $ switches each with 200 feet of (3) #1, #6G – 1-1/2 EMT. (10 x B from the unit prices above)

C. 10 additional Type ‘F1’ fixtures, each with 15 feet of $ circuiting, hung in place, with all required accessories. (10 x C from the unit prices above)

D. 10 additional 30’ sections of relocated ¾” conduit $ with wiring. Provision and installation of 30 linear feet of conduit, plus (16) #12 AWG THHN conductors. (10 x D from the unit prices above)

E. 10 additional 30’ sections of relocated 1-1/2” $ conduit with wiring. Provision and installation of 30 linear feet of conduit, plus (4) #1/0 AWG THNN conductors. (10 x E from the unit prices above)

F. 20 additional GFI duplex receptacle outlets including $ outlet box, plate, 20A circuit, and wiring in 100 feet of conduit. (20 x F from the unit prices above)

G. 10 additional wall-mounted fire alarm audio/visual $ devices, including outlet box, 100 feet of wire and conduit, and connections for each device. (10 x G from the unit prices above)

H. 10 additional smoke detector devices, including $ outlet box, 100 feet of wire and conduit, and connections for each device. (10 x H from the unit prices above)

I. 5 installed fire alarm Pull Station devices complete $ with all wiring and programming. (5 x I from the unit prices above)

D-7 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 7

J. 3 installed exit sign assembly luminaire Type ‘E1’ $ complete with 100 feet of wiring, appropriate terminations and connections. (3 x J from the unit prices above)

K. 40 cubic yards of trench rock removed and replaced $ with 2A modified stone. (40 x K from the unit prices above)

L. 100’ of trench (12” wide x 10’ length) with 4 #6 $ Conductors in 2-inch Schedule 40 conduit. Backfill and restore surface to match existing. (100 x L from the unit prices above)

M. 5 additional distributed lighting control systems $ including single relay room controller with 0-10V dimming and emergency function, a 4-button switch ceiling mounted occupancy sensor, 2 40’ Category 6 cables and appropriate terminations and connections. (5 x M from the unit prices above)

N. 400’ of new OM-4 fiber cable with fiber6-strand in $ Duct banks shown on the drawings. Include fiber terminations and two fiber patch panels with 6 connectors per panel. (400 x N from the unit prices above)

O. 5 additional fire alarm duct smoke detector assemblies $ complete with 20’ of conduit and 100 feet of wiring, appropriate programming, terminations and connections, wall penetrations and switch. (5 x O from the unit prices above)

P. 10 additional fire alarm addressable relay modules $ consisting of device, box, device, backbox, plenum cabling, 10 feet of conduit, necessary wall penetration cutting and patching, terminations, connection to fire alarm system, required programming, and 100 feet of wiring. complete with 20’ of conduit and 100 feet of wiring, appropriate programming, terminations and connections, wall penetrations and switch. (10 x P from the unit prices above)

D-8 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 8

The undersigned agrees that:

(2) this proposal is genuine and is not sham, collusive or fraudulent;

(3) this proposal is not made in the interest or in behalf of any persons other than the undersigned;

(4) the undersigned has not sought in any manner, by collusion or otherwise, to secure any advantage over any other bidder;

(5) he/she will not assign his bid or any of his rights or interest thereunder without the written consent of the Owner.

SIGNATURES

When the Bidder is an Individual:

WITNESS:

(SEAL) Signature of Individual

Trading and doing business as:

Address

D-9 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 9

When the Bidder is a Partnership (Name of Partners):

WITNESS: Name of Partnership

Address

BY: (SEAL) Partner

D-10 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 10

When the Bidder is a Corporation:

ATTEST: Name of Corporation

Address

BY: Secretary/Assistant Secretary President/Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of and has (has not) been granted a certificate of authority to do business in the State of Pennsylvania.

D-11 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 11

When the Bidder is a Limited Liability Company:

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

BY: (SEAL) (Managing) Member

BY: (SEAL) Member

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

*BY: (SEAL) (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the company.

D-12 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004118 - 12

PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM – PROPOSAL

RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT RADNOR TOWNSHIP, DELAWARE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA

PROPOSAL OF:

Bidder: Address:

Telephone: Telecopier: Contact Person: Email:

Proposal for: PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION

To: RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT

Date

D-1 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 1

CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME

Bidder submits this proposal with the understanding that the Work to be performed under this Contract for Construction shall be commenced immediately after receipt by the Contractor of written “Notice To Proceed” from the Owner, and unless extended by the Owner pursuant to the General Conditions, shall be Substantially Completed as indicated in Section 011100 “Summary of Work”, Paragraph 1.5 “Work Sequence” in accordance with the definition of Substantial Completion in the General Conditions.

The Contractors acknowledges receipt of the following Bulletins and/or Addenda:

BULLETINS AND/OR ADDENDA DATE

D-2 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 2

CONTRACT DRAWINGS

The Bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received a complete set of drawings of all prime contracts during the bidding period.

YES NO

BASE BID

PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION

($ )

ALTERNATE BIDS

ALTERNATE NO. P-1 and P-2 Not Used.

ALTERNATE NO. P-3

The Contractor shall state the difference in price from the base bid to provide all required gas modifications, piping, valves and related trim should the Owner decide to have the High Efficiency Boiler B-3 furnished and installed as designated on the Construction Documents.

ADD ($ )

DEDUCT ($ )

UNIT PRICES

A. $ per linear foot of 1/2-inch Type L copper domestic hot water piping, including hangers and insulation, installed.

B. $ per linear foot of 1-1/2 inch Type L copper domestic hot water piping, including hangers and insulation, installed.

C. $ per linear foot of 3-inch Type L copper domestic hot water piping, including hangers and insulation, installed.

D. $ per linear foot to replace existing 1-inch Type L copper domestic hot water piping, including hangers, supports, and insulation. D-3 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 3

E. $ per linear foot of 2-inch schedule 40 black steel fire protection piping, including hangers, installed.

F. $ per linear foot of 4-inch hub and spigot cast iron sanitary piping below grade including trenching, bedding, backfill and compaction.

G. $ per linear foot of 4-inch no-hub cast iron sanitary piping, installed.

H. $ per sprinkler head installed in finished ceiling areas including up to 20 feet of piping at each location, hangers, armover or flexible drop and accessories.

I. $ per 1/2-inch bronze full port ball valve, installed.

J. $ per 2-inch bronze full port ball valve, installed.

K. $ per linear foot to cut existing floor, remove existing underslab sanitary pipe, and replace with up to a 4-inch dia. new cast iron sanitary pipe.

L. $ per unit to install 4-inch floor cleanout in existing floor to include cutting and patching.

M. $ per cubic yard to excavate and dispose of trench rock encountered and replace with compacted 2A modified stone. All rock must be identified and measured in situ by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to and during removal. Rock shall be removed by mechanical methods only.

N. $ per hour to provide a journeyman plumber.

MATERIAL ALLOWANCES

A. 100 linear feet of additional 1/2-inch Type L copper $ domestic hot water piping, including hangers and insulation, to be installed where directed by the Architect. Installation shall include pipe, joining materials for a joint and fitting every 10’-0” for an installation 12’-0” above finished floor. (100 x A from the unit prices above)

D-4 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 4

B. 100 linear feet of 1-1/2 Type L copper domestic hot $ water piping, including hangers and insulation, to be installed where directed by the Architect. Installation shall include pipe, joining materials for a joint and fitting every 10’-0” for an installation 12’-0” above finished floor. (100 x B from the unit prices above)

C. 100 linear feet of 3” Type L copper domestic hot water $ piping, including hangers and insulation, to be installed where directed by the Architect. Installation shall include pipe, joining materials for a joint and fitting every 10’-0” for an installation 12’-0” above finished floor. (100 x C from the unit prices above)

D. 150 linear feet of replacement of existing 1-inch Type L $ copper domestic hot water piping, including hangers, supports, and insulation (150 x D from the unit prices above)

E. 100 linear feet of additional 2-inch schedule 40 black $ steel fire protection piping, including hangers, to be installed where directed by the Architect. Installation shall include pipe, joining materials for a joint and fitting every 10’-0” for an installation 12’-0” above finished floor. (100 x E from the unit prices above)

F. 100 linear feet of additional 4-inch hub and spigot $ cast iron sanitary piping below grade, including trenching, bedding, backfill and compaction where directed by the Architect. (100 x F from the unit prices above)

G. 100 linear feet of additional 4-inch no-hub cast iron $ sanitary piping to be installed where directed by the Architect. Installation shall include pipe, joining materials for a joint and fitting every 10’-0” for an installation 12’-0” above finished floor. . (100 x G from the unit prices above)

H. 10 additional sprinkler heads in finished ceiling $ areas installed where directed by the Architect. Installation shall include connections to the applicable piping material. (10 x H from the unit prices above)

I. 20 additional 1/2-inch bronze full port ball valves $ installed where directed by the Architect. (20 x I from the unit prices above)

D-5 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 5

J. 10 additional 2-inch bronze full port ball valves $ installed where directed by the Architect. (10 x J from the unit prices above)

K. 100 linear feet of cutting existing floor, removing existing underslab sanitary pipe, and replacing with $ up to 4-inch dia. new cast iron sanitary pipe. (100 x K from the unit prices above)

L. 4 installed 4-inch floor cleanouts in existing floor to include cutting and patching. $ (4 x L from the unit prices above)

M. 50 cubic yards of trench rock removed and replaced $ with 2A modified stone. (50 x M from the unit prices above)

N. 400 hours of a journeyman plumber. $ (400 x N from the unit prices above)

D-6 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 6

The undersigned agrees that:

(2) this proposal is genuine and is not sham, collusive or fraudulent;

(3) this proposal is not made in the interest or in behalf of any persons other than the undersigned;

(4) the undersigned has not sought in any manner, by collusion or otherwise, to secure any advantage over any other bidder;

(5) he/she will not assign his bid or any of his rights or interest thereunder without the written consent of the Owner.

SIGNATURES

When the Bidder is an Individual:

WITNESS:

(SEAL) Signature of Individual

Trading and doing business as:

Address

D-7 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 7

When the Bidder is a Partnership (Name of Partners):

WITNESS: Name of Partnership

Address

BY: (SEAL) Partner

D-8 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 8

When the Bidder is a Corporation:

ATTEST: Name of Corporation

Address

BY: Secretary/Assistant Secretary President/Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of and has (has not) been granted a certificate of authority to do business in the State of Pennsylvania.

D-9 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 9

When the Bidder is a Limited Liability Company:

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

BY: (SEAL) (Managing) Member

BY: (SEAL) Member

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

*BY: (SEAL) (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the company.

D-10 PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION BID FORM - PROPOSAL 004119 - 10

BID BOND

Date

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that we as Principal and of the City of State of a corporation existing under the laws of the State of and authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying Proposal dated , 2021 for the Radnor High School Additions & Renovations for the Radnor Township School District as set forth in the Contract Documents.

THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is that if said Principal shall furnish a Performance Bond, a Labor and Material Payment Bond, executed Public Works Employment Verification Form, and insurance certificates in all respects as required by said Contract Documents, within ten (10) days of the Obligee's delivery to the Principal of Notice of Intention to award a contract to such Principal, and the Principal shall enter into such contract within ten (10) days after issuance of Notice of Award to him, then this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall remain in full force and the Principal and Surety will pay to the Obligee the amount of this bond together with interest.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above.

E-1 BID BOND FORM

SIGNATURES

When the Bidder is an Individual:

WITNESS:

(SEAL) Signature of Individual

Trading & doing business as:

Address

------

When the Bidder is a Partnership (Name of Partners):

WITNESS: Name of Partnership

Address

BY: (SEAL) Partner

E-2 BID BOND FORM

When the Bidder is a Corporation:

ATTEST: Name of Corporation

Address

BY: Secretary/Assistant Secretary President/Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

------

OR (IF APPROPRIATE)

WITNESS: Name of Corporation

Address

**BY: Authorized Representative

** Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute in behalf of the corporation.

E-3 BID BOND FORM

(Corporation Surety)

WITNESS: Name of Corporation

Address

**BY: Attorney-in-fact

(CORPORATE SEAL)

** Attach as appropriate power of attorney, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing the authority of the attorney-in-fact to act in behalf of the corporation.

NOTE: If the Contractor is a partnership, all partners should execute Bond.

E-4 BID BOND FORM

When the Bidder is a Limited Liability Company:

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

BY: (SEAL) (Managing) Member

BY: (SEAL) Member

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

*BY: (SEAL) (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the company.

E-5 BID BOND FORM

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

AGREEMENT OF SURETY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, that we, as Surety, a corporation existing under the laws of the State of , and authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania hereby agrees intending to be legally bound hereby, to execute and deliver to the Radnor Township School District, within the time limit specified in the Contract Documents, the Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the forms included in the Contract Documents each in an amount of 100% of the contract amount, in favor of the Radnor Township School District, as required for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of the contract for the Radnor High School Additions & Renovations in Radnor Township, Delaware County, Pennsylvania on behalf of (hereinafter called the Bidder) provided that the above contract be awarded to the bidder within sixty (60) days after the date of opening of the bids or otherwise as set forth in the “Instructions to Bidders” and “Advertisement for Bids.”

Surety further agrees that should the Surety, after notification of intent to make such award, omit or refuse to execute the required bonds and agreement, then the Surety shall pay to the Radnor Township School District, the amount set forth in the Bid Bond provided by the Bidder together with interest.

DATED: , 20 (CORPORATE SURETY)

WITNESS: BY: Attorney-in-Fact

NAME: (Please type)

(CORPORATE SEAL)

AGREEMENT OF SURETY – 1

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

LETTER OF INSURER

DATE:

TO: Michelle Diekow, Business Administrator Radnor Township School District 135 South Wayne Avenue Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

Dear Ms. Diekow:

The undersigned insurance agent licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and authorized to issue this letter on behalf of the following insurance company or companies:

hereby represents that if

(Insert name of Bidder) is awarded the contract for the construction of the project, as is described in the Contract for Construction, then the above-named insurance company or companies will issue insurance, naming the Radnor Township Run School District and its Architect and Construction Manager as additional insured, for the coverages and in the amounts required by the Contract Documents, as set forth in Article 11 of the General Conditions.

(Name of Agent)

By: (Authorized Representative)

LETTER OF INSURER - 1

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

Date

State of : SS County of :

I state that I am of (Title) (Name of Firm) and that I am authorized to make this Affidavit on behalf of my firm, and its Owners, Directors and Officers. I am the person responsible in my firm for the price(s) and the amount of this Bid.

I state that:

1. The price(s) and amount of this Bid have been arrived at independently and without consultation, communication or agreement with any other contractor, bidder or potential bidder.

2. Neither the price(s) nor the amount of this Bid, and neither the approximate price(s) nor approximate amount of this Bid, have been disclosed to any other firm or person who is a bidder or potential bidder, and they will not be disclosed before Bid opening.

3. No attempt has been made or will be made to induce any firm or person to refrain from bidding on this contract, or to submit a bid higher than this Bid, or to submit any intentionally high or noncompetitive bid or other form of complementary bid.

4. The Bid of my firm is made in good faith and not pursuant to any agreement or discussion with, or inducement from, any firm or person to submit a complementary or other noncompetitive bid.

5. , its affiliates, (Name of My Firm) subsidiaries, officers, directors and employees are not currently under investigation by any governmental agency and have not in the last three years been convicted or found liable for any act prohibited by State or Federal Law in any jurisdiction, involving conspiracy or collusion with respect to bidding on any public contract except as follows:

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT – 1

I state that understands (Name of My Firm) and acknowledges that the above representations are material and important, and will be relied on by in awarding the contract(s) for which this (Owner)

Bid is submitted. I understand and my firm understands that any misstatement in this

Affidavit is and shall be treated as fraudulent concealment from (Owner) of the true facts relating to the submission of bids for this contract.

(Name)

(Company Position)

SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED

BEFORE ME THIS DAY

OF , 20____.

Notary Public My Commission Expires

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT – 2

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

1. This Non-Collusion Affidavit is material to any contract awarded pursuant to this Bid. According to Section 4507 of the Pennsylvania Commonwealth Procurement Code, 62 Pa.C.S. § 4507, governmental agencies may require Non-Collusion Affidavits to be submitted together with bids.

2. This Non-Collusion Affidavit must be executed by the member, officer or employee of the bidder who makes the final decision on prices and the amount quoted in the bid.

3. Bid rigging and other efforts to restrain competition, and the making of false SWORN statements in connection with the submission of bids are unlawful and may be subject to criminal prosecution. The person who signs the Affidavit should examine it carefully before signing and assure himself or herself that each statement is true and accurate, making diligent inquiry, as necessary, of all of persons employed by or associated with the bidder with responsibilities for the preparation, approval or submission of the bid.

4. In case of a bid submitted by a joint venture, each party to the venture must be identified in the Bid Documents, and an Affidavit must be submitted separately on behalf of each party.

5. The term “Complementary Bid” as used in the Affidavit has the meaning commonly associated with that term in the bidding process, and includes the knowing submission of bids higher than the bid of another firm, any intentionally high or noncompetitive bid, and any other form of bid submitted for the purpose of giving a false appearance of competition.

6. Failure to file an Affidavit in compliance with these instructions may result in disqualification of the bid.

7. A bidder’s statement that it has been convicted or found liable for any act prohibited by Federal or State Law in any jurisdiction involving conspiracy or collusion with respect to bidding on any public contract within the last three (3) years does not prohibit a government agency from accepting a bid from or awarding a contract to that bidder, but it may be grounds for administrative suspension or debarment in the discretion of the government agency under the rules and regulations of that agency or, in the case of a government agency with no administrative suspension or debarment regulations or procedures, may be grounds for consideration on the question of whether the agency should decline to award a contract to that person on the basis of lack of responsibility.

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT – 3

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

ADDENDUM TO CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

Article A.2 Experience – Add Paragraphs A.2.5 thru A.2.8 Follows:

A.2.5 For each project listed in your response to Exhibit D, state the name, business address and business telephone number of: (a) the Owner’s Project representative or principal contact; and (b) the Architect’s Project representative or principal contact.

A.2.6 On a separate sheet, list the last fifteen (15) construction projects (regardless of contract amount) on which your organization has most recently commenced construction work or services, giving the name of the project, Owner, Architect, contract amount, date of commencement of the work, date of completion of the work and percentage of the work performed with your own forces. In addition, for each project listed state the name, business address and business telephone number of: (a) the Owner’s Project representative or principal contact; and (b) the Architect’s Project representative or principal contact.

A.2.7 Neither the Bidder nor any general or limited partner, officer, director or shareholder of the Bidder has, at any time within three years of the date of the bid, been: (1) suspended or debarred by any governmental entity or agency, whether state or federal; or (2) convicted or found liable for any act prohibited by federal or state law in any jurisdiction involving conspiracy or collusion with respect to bidding on any public contract, except as follows:

(Attach additional sheet if necessary)

Note: Any such conviction shall not prohibit the Owner from awarding the contract to the Bidder, but may be grounds for a determination by the Owner that the bid should be rejected because the Bidder is not responsible.

A.2.8 The Bidder has not conspired, colluded or combined with any other person or entity in order to commit or attempt to commit bid-rigging involving this bid.

M___ . , being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading.

Name: Title:

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 202___.

Notary Public

My commission expires:

ADDENDUM TO CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT - 1

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

THIS AGREEMENT made the day of in the year

Two Thousand ______(20___) by and between the Radnor Township

School District, Wayne, Delaware County, Pennsylvania, hereinafter called the Owner, and

, hereinafter called the Contractor, and hereinafter treated as if of the singular number and neuter gender.

WHEREAS, the Owner has advertised for proposals as required by law for the Construction of the Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Project as set forth in the Contract Documents and has awarded a contract to the Contractor, who was the lowest responsible Bidder meeting all Bid Requirements; and,

WHEREAS, the Contractor has furnished Labor and Material Payment and Performance Bonds to the Owner with sufficient surety in the sum determined upon by the Owner and set forth in the Bid Documents conditioned for the faithful performance of the terms of this contract.

NOW, therefore, this agreement witnesseth, that for, and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements by each of the parties hereto the other made, and each party intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto do covenant, promise and agree as follows:

FIRST: The Contract Documents, which consist of: the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form - Proposal, Bid Bond, Contractor's Qualification Statement, General Conditions of the Contract, Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, the Drawings, the Plans, the Specifications, all addenda issued prior to execution of the Agreement, all accepted alternates and all modifications thereto, and forms referred to therein and collectively called the "Contract Documents", herein, are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the contract to the same extent as if they were herein fully set forth.

SECOND: Contractor agrees to furnish the labor, material, tools, machinery, equipment, facilities, supplies, light, heat, power, tests and transportation to do all things necessary for the construction and completion of the work; to secure all permits and licenses, to furnish efficient business administration and superintendence; to have at the work whenever needed and to keep them upon it at all times, an adequate supply of workmen and materials, and to secure its execution in the best, most workmanlike, expeditious and economical manner.

The Contractor, recognizing the relations of trust and confidence established between himself and the Owner by the terms of this agreement, undertakes to furnish his best skill and judgement and to cooperate loyally with the Architect in forwarding the interests of the Owner, and to have no pecuniary interest, direct, or indirect, in the contract, or in its performance other than as disclosed in this agreement.

THIRD: Contractor further covenants and agrees that all said work and labor shall be done and performed in the best and most workmanlike manner and that all and every of said materials and labor shall be in strict and entire conformity, in every respect, with said plans F-1 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

These Contract Documents have been prepared specifically for this Project and may only be used solely with respect to this Project. The Architect retains all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyright. Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District and specifications, and shall be subject to the approval of the Owner, or BRESLIN RIDYARD FADERO ARCHITECTS, and in case any of said material or labor shall be rejected by said Owner or BRESLIN RIDYARD FADERO ARCHITECTS, as defective or unsuitable, then said materials shall be removed and replaced with other approved materials and the said labor shall be done anew to the satisfaction and approval of the said Owner or its agents, at the cost and expense of the Contractor.

FOURTH: Contractor agrees that time is of the essence in regard to the schedule and agrees to begin all the work under the contract within ten (10) calendar days following receipt of a Notice to Proceed and to Substantially Complete the same to the satisfaction and approval in every respect, of the aforesaid Owner, in accordance with the schedule given in the “Bid Form – Proposal” and Division 01 Section “Summary of Work.” Contractor further agrees that if he/she shall fail to Substantially Complete the work in accordance with said schedule or such duly signed extensions thereof as shall be granted in accordance with the conditions of this contract, herein mentioned and made a part of this contract, then the Contractor shall pay to the Owner or agrees to a deduction from any funds due said Contractor from said Owner, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the sum of One Thousand Dollard ($1,000.00) per calendar day for each and every calendar day thereafter for each phase until such work shall be Substantially Completed and accepted by the Owner:

Additionally the Owner shall be entitled to a fixed sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) liquidated damages for each and every calendar day that the full completion of the project including the List of Deficiencies (Punch List) is not achieved commencing the sixtieth (60th) calendar day after Substantial Completion until full completion is achieved.

Substantial Completion shall be defined as the date certified by the Architect when the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Owner may occupy or utilize the work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended, as expressed in the Contract Documents (as defined by Act No. 1978-317 of the General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania).

Provided, however, that if the Substantial Completion of this contract is delayed by conditions defined in Article 8 of the General Conditions of the Contract, then and in such event the time of substantial completion of this contract shall be extended for such additional time as shall be caused by such delay.

Provided, however, that the Contractor herein shall within 10 days of such delay, if any, request from the Architect in writing such additional time within which to complete the performance of this contract.

FIFTH: The Contractor will not at any time suffer or permit any lien, attachment, or other encumbrance, under any laws of the state or otherwise, by any person or persons whomsoever, to be entered against or remain upon the premises, into or upon which any work is done or by reason of any other claim or demand against the Contractor, and that he/she will not put any materials on said site to which he/she has not obtained absolute title; and that any such lien, attachment, or other encumbrance, or claims of a third party, until it is removed, shall preclude any and all claims or demand for any payment whatever under or by virtue of this contract, and in the event that same is not removed, the Owner may remove the same at the expense, including legal fees, of the Contractor.

SIXTH: Contractor covenants and agrees to remedy, without cost to the Owner, any defects which may develop within one (1) year from the date of the Final Payment of the contract, for the work performed under this contract, provided said defects in the judgement of said Owner,

F-2 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

These Contract Documents have been prepared specifically for this Project and may only be used solely with respect to this Project. The Architect retains all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyright. Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District or its successors having jurisdiction in the premises, are caused by defective or inferior materials and workmanship; and the Performance Bond hereto attached and made a part hereof, shall provide a guarantee in the sum of one hundred percentum (100%) of the total contract price of the work done, for the correction and remedy of such defect. When indicated in the Contract Documents the warranty period shall be extended beyond the one-year period.

SEVENTH: No modification or changes of this contract shall be made except in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions.

EIGHTH: The Owner agrees, in consideration of the completion by Contractor of the work contemplated in this contract in strict accordance therewith to the satisfaction and acceptance of the Owner, to pay to the Contractor the sum of

Dollars ($ ) payment to be made as set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract, provided, however, that deductions from or additions to said sum to be paid will be made upon the basis set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract. It is agreed that, if by any reason of alteration in the plans or in the character of the work to be performed under the contract, the quantity of the work to be performed shall be increased or decreased, additions to or deductions from the contract price above mentioned shall be made in accordance with the accepted unit price, if any, agreed to in writing by the Owner, and further that Contractor will make no claims for loss of anticipated profits if the quantities of any items or work actually ordered to be done shall be less than those set forth in the specifications or if any item or items set forth in the specifications be entirely omitted.

Monthly, the Contractor may request payment for work completed. The monthly request for payment on this contract shall be prepared for work completed to the 25th calendar day of each month. Monthly requests for payment must be received in the office of the Architect by the 1st calendar day of the following month. Retainage shall be as defined in Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract.

Contractor acknowledges the current circumstances and the limitations imposed upon the construction industry as a result of COVID-19 pandemic. In the event of any delay in the performance of the Contract due directly to the current circumstances of the pandemic, Contractor agrees to fully perform its services under this Contract at the agreed upon Contract Sum as set forth and as modified in this Section and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, without an increase in the Contract Sum. Except for new government regulations, requirements, or guidance for which the Contractor may also be entitled to monetary relief, Contractor’s sole remedy for any such delay in performance due to the current circumstances of the pandemic shall be an extension of the Contract Time which shall be agreed upon by Change Order.

NINTH: This contract shall be binding on the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

TENTH: There shall be no changes or alterations from the original Plans, Specifications, or Contract Documents, except in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions.

ELEVENTH: Terms used in this agreement which are defined in the General Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those conditions. The Contract Documents which constitute the entire agreement between Owner and the Contractor, except for modifications issued after execution of this agreement, are enumerated as follows: F-3 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

(List below the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, Instructions to Bidders, Form of Proposal, Bid Bond, Agreement of Surety, Contractor's Qualification Statement, General Conditions of the Contract, Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Certificates of Insurance, the Drawings, the Plans, the Specifications, all addenda issued prior to execution of the Agreement, all accepted alternates and all modifications thereto)

F-4 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

OWNER: Radnor Township School District Wayne, Delaware County, Pennsylvania

(SEAL)

BY:

ATTEST: NAME: (please type)

TITLE:

NAME: (please type)

TITLE:

------

CONTRACTOR (individual)

WITNESS:

(SEAL) (signature of individual)

Trading and doing business as:

Address

F-5 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

PARTNERSHIP

WITNESS: (Name of Partnership)

Address

BY: (SEAL) Partner

------

CORPORATION

(name of corporation)

Address

BY: President/Vice President

ATTEST: NAME: (please type)

F-6 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

Secretary/Assistant Secretary

NAME: (please type)

(CORPORATE SEAL)

OR (IF APPROPRIATE)

WITNESS: (name of corporation)

*BY: (authorized representative)

NAME: (please type)

* Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the bond, evidencing authority to execute in behalf of the corporation.

F-7 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

When the Bidder is a Limited Liability Company:

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

BY: (SEAL) (Managing) Member

BY: (SEAL) Member

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: Name of Limited Liability Company

*BY: (SEAL) (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the company.

F-8 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we, , as

Principal (the “Principal”), and , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the of , and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as Surety (the “Surety”), are held and firmly bound, jointly and severally, unto the RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT, Wayne,

Delaware County, Pennsylvania, as Obligee (the “Obligee”), as hereinafter set forth in the full and just sum of ______Dollars ($______), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, The Principal heretofore has submitted to the Obligee a certain bid, dated 20____ (the “Bid”), to perform certain work for the Obligee, in connection with the Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Project located in Radnor Township, Delaware County, Pennsylvania pursuant to plans, specifications and other related documents, constituting the contract documents, which are incorporated into the Bid by reference (the “Contract Documents”), as prepared by Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects; and

WHEREAS, the Obligee is a “Contracting Body” under provisions of Act No. 385 of the General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, approved by the Governor on December 20, 1967, known and cited as the “Public Works Contractors’ Bond Law of 1967” (the “Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Act, in Section 3(a), requires that, before an award shall be made to the Principal by the Obligee in accordance with the Bid, the Principal shall furnish this Bond to the Obligee, with this Bond to become binding upon the award of the contract to the Principal by the Obligee in accordance with the Bid; and

WHEREAS, it also is a condition of the Contract Documents that this Bond shall be furnished by the Principal to the Obligee; and

WHEREAS, under the Contract Documents, it is provided, inter alia, that if the Principal shall furnish this Bond to the Obligee, and if the Obligee shall make an award to the Principal in accordance with the Bid, then the Principal and the Obligee shall enter into an agreement with respect to performance of such work (the “Agreement”), the form of which Agreement is set forth in the Contract Documents.

G - 1 PERFORMANCE BOND

NOW, THEREFORE, the terms and conditions of this Bond are and shall be that:

The Principal shall remedy, without cost to the Obligee all defects, deficiencies or failures, and any labor, materials or equipment performed or provided by the Principal in its performance of the Agreement which may develop during the period of one (1) year from the date of final payment by the Obligee for the work performed by the Principal, pursuant to the Agreement in accordance with the Contract Documents, which defects, in the sole judgement of the Obligee or its legal successor in interest, shall be caused by and shall result from defective or inferior materials or workmanship.

If the Principal will, truly and faithfully shall comply with and shall perform the Agreement in accordance with the Contract Documents, at the time and in the manner provided in the Agreement and in the Contract Documents, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred in or related to the performance of the Agreement by the Principal or growing out of the performance of the Agreement by the Principal, and if the Principal shall indemnify completely and shall save harmless the Obligee and all of its officers, agents, employees from any and all costs and damages which the Obligee and all of its officers, agents and employees may sustain or suffer by reason of the failure of the Principal to do so, and if the Principal shall reimburse completely and shall pay to the Obligee any and all costs and expenses which the Obligee and all of its officers, agents, and employees may incur by reason of any such default or failure of the Principal; and if the Principal shall remedy, without costs to the Obligee, all defects which may develop during the period of one year (12 months) from the date of final payment by the Obligee of the work performed by the Principal pursuant to the Agreement and in accordance with the Contract Documents, which defects, in the sole judgment of the Obligee or its legal successors in interest, shall be caused by or shall result from defective or inferior materials or workmanship,then this Bond shall be void, otherwise, this Bond shall be and shall remain in force and effect.

We, the Principal and Surety, further agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee against any and all costs, liabilities, expenses, attorney’s fees and obligations which the Obligee sustains by reason of the failure of the Principal or the Surety to comply with the terms of the Contract Documents or the Bond.

It is further agreed that, in the sole discretion of the Obligee and upon notice therefrom, the Surety may be required to perform and carryout the provisions of the Agreement in the event of a breach thereof by the Principal, whereupon the rights and responsibilities of the Surety and the Obligee to each other shall be the same as those of the Principal and the Obligee immediately prior to the breach giving rise to the Surety’s obligation hereunder. If the Surety does not proceed promptly to render such performance or cause such performance to be rendered by a third party satisfactory to the Obligee, then the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Obligation fifteen (15) days after the receipt of notice from Obligee that the Surety shall so proceed, and the Obligee shall be entitled to enforce against Surety any remedy it may then or thereafter have against the Principal.

It is expressly agreed that this Bond shall be deemed amended automatically and immediately, without formal and separate Amendments hereto, upon Amendment to the Contract Documents not increasing the Contract price in the aggregate by more than twenty (20%) percent of the Bond amount set forth herein, so as to bind the Principal and the Surety to the full and faithful performance of the Contract Documents as so amended. The term “Amendment” wherever used in this Bond and whether referring to this Bond, the Contract Documents, or the Agreement, shall include any alteration, addition, extension or modification of the Bond, Contract Documents and/or Agreement.

G - 2 PERFORMANCE BOND

The Principal and the Surety agree that any alterations, changes and/or additions to the Contract Documents, and/or any alterations, changes and/or additions to the work to be performed under the Agreement in accordance with the Contract documents, and/or any alterations, changes and/or additions to the Agreement, and/or any giving by the Obligee of any extensions of time for the performance of Agreement in accordance with the Contract Documents, and/or any act of forbearance of either the Principal or the Obligee toward the other with respect to the Contract Documents and the Agreement, and/or the reduction of any percentage to be retained by the Obligee as permitted by the Contract Documents and by the Agreement, shall not release, in any manner whatsoever , the Principal and the Surety, or either of them, or their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from liability and obligations under this Bond; and the Surety, for value received, does waive notice of any such alterations, changes, additions, extensions of time, acts of forbearance and/or reduction of retained percentage.

If the Principal is a foreign corporation or entity (incorporated or otherwise formed under any laws other than those of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) then further terms and conditions of this Bond are and shall be that the Principal or the Surety shall not be discharged from liability on this Bond, nor this Bond surrendered until such Principal files with the Obligee a Certificate from the Pennsylvania Department of Revenue evidencing the payment in full of all bonus taxes, penalties and interest, and a certificate from the Bureau of Employment and Unemployment Compensation of the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry, evidencing the payment of all unemployment compensation, contributions, penalties and interest due the Commonwealth from said Principal or any foreign corporation, sub-contractor thereunder or for which liability has accrued but the time for payment has not arrived, all in accordance with provisions of the Act on June 10, 1947, P.L. 493, of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

(i) Every action upon this Bond shall be instituted only in the Court of Common Pleas of Northumberland County, Pennsylvania, and the Surety and Principal hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of said court and agree that the venue of said court shall be proper in all respects, and shall consent to service of process by any means authorized by Pennsylvania law.

This Bond is executed and delivered under and subject to the Public Works Contract’s Bond Law of 1967.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety, intending to be legally bound, cause this Bond to be signed, sealed and delivered this day of , 20 .

(Individual Principal)

(SEAL) WITNESS: (Signature of Individual)

trading & doing business as

G - 3 PERFORMANCE BOND

* * * * * * * *

(Partnership Principal)

WITNESS: (Name of Partnership)

By: (SEAL) Partner

G - 4 PERFORMANCE BOND

* * * * * * * *

(Corporate Principal)

ATTEST: (Name of Corporation)

By: (SEAL) Secretary (Assistant Secretary) President (Vice President)

(CORPORATE SEAL)

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: (Name of Corporation)

*By: (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, with raised corporate seal, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the corporation.

* * * * * * * *

(Limited Liability Company)

WITNESS: (Name of Limited Liability Company)

By: (SEAL) (Managing) Member

By: (SEAL) Member

or (if appropriate)

WITNESS: (Name of Limited Liability Company)

*By: (Authorized Representative)

*Attach appropriate proof, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing authority to execute on behalf of the company.

G - 5 PERFORMANCE BOND

* * * * * * * *

(Corporate Surety)

WITNESS: (Name of Corporation)

**By: (Attorney-in-Fact)

**Attach an appropriate power of attorney, with raised corporate seal, dated as of the same date as the Bond, evidencing the authority of the Attorney-in-Fact to act on behalf of the corporation. The Power of Attorney must show the Attorney-in-Fact is a Pennsylvania Resident.

G - 6 PERFORMANCE BOND

LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND Bond No.:

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that

, a corporation, (Name of Contractor) of , as (Address of Contractor)

Principal (hereinafter called the "Principal"), and

, a corporation, (Name of Surety) of , as (Address of Surety)

Surety (hereinafter called the "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the RADNOR

TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT, Delaware County, Pennsylvania (hereinafter called the

“Obligee”), in the sum of DOLLARS

($ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the

Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their respective heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted to the Obligee a certain bid dated dated

, 20____ (the “Bid”) to perform certain ______work in connection with the Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Project located in

Radnor Township, Delaware County, Pennsylvania, or that portion thereof, as is described therein, all as more fully described and mentioned in said Contract and the Contract

Documents identified therein, which are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Bond with the same force and effect as if fully set forth at length herein; and

WHEREAS, Obligee is a “contracting body” under the provisions of Act No. 385 of the

General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, approved by the Governor on

December 20, 1967, known and cited as the “Public Works Contractors Bond Law of 1967,” 8

P.S. §191 et seq. (the “Act”); and H - 1 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND

WHEREAS, the Act requires that before an award shall be made to the Principal by the

Obligee, the Principal shall furnish this Labor and Material Payment Bond to the Obligee; and

WHEREAS, the Contract and the Contract Documents identified therein also require the Principal to furnish this Labor and Material Payment Bond to the Obligee.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the

Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants, as hereinafter defined, for all material furnished and labor supplied or performed, including public utility services and reasonable rentals of equipment (but only for periods when the equipment rented is actually used at the site), then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:

1. This Bond shall be solely for the protection of claimants supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the Work provided for in the Contract to the Principal. A

Claimant is defined as a person, co-partnership, association or corporation who has furnished material or supplied or performed labor in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, including public utility services and reasonable rentals of equipment (but only for periods when the equipment rented is actually used at the site).

2. The above-named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee that every claimant, as herein defined, who has performed labor or furnished material in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract and who has not been paid in full therefor before the expiration of ninety (90) days after the day on which such claimant performed the last of such labor or furnished the last of such materials for which it claims payment, may bring an action on this Bond in its own name, in assumpsit, to recover any amount due it for such labor or material and may prosecute such action to final judgment and have execution on the judgment. The provisions of this Bond shall be applicable whether or not the material furnished or the labor performed enters into and becomes a component part of the public building, public work or public improvement contemplated by the Contract. The

Obligee shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.

H - 2 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND

3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant:

(a) if the claimant has a direct contractual relationship with any

Subcontractor of the Principal, but has no contractual relationship, express or

implied, with the Principal, unless such claimant shall have given written notice

to the Principal within ninety (90) days after such claimant did or performed the

last of the Work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said

claim is made, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the

name of the party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom the Work

or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be served by mailing same

registered mail or certified mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to

the Principal at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the

transaction of business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be

served in the manner now or hereafter provided by law for the service of a

summons, except that such service need not be made by a public officer;

(b) after the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which

Principal ceased work on said Contract; it being understood, however, that if any

limitation embodied in this Bond is prohibited by any law controlling the

construction hereof, such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be

equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law;

the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project, or any

part thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the district in

which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere.

4. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder by Surety.

H - 3 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereunto caused this Bond to be duly executed and acknowledged as set forth below this day of , 20___.

(Corporate Seal) (Name of Principal)

Attest: By:

Title: (Secretary/Assistant Secretary)

(Corporate Seal) (Name of Surety)

Attest: By:

Title: Attorney-in-Fact (Secretary)

NOTE: An original Power of Attorney bearing same date as Bond must be attached.

H - 4 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND

CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF : : ss. COUNTY OF :

On this day of , 200__, before me appeared , to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he resided in ; that

(s)he is the of , the corporation (Principal) described in and which executed the foregoing Labor and Material

Payment Bond (hereinafter "Bond"); that (s)he knew the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the foregoing Bond is the corporate seal of said corporation; and that the foregoing

Bond was signed, sealed and delivered on behalf of said corporation by its authority duly given as the voluntary act and deed of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said has subscribed and sworn to the foregoing oaths before me, and I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

NOTARY PUBLIC (Seal) My Commission Expires:

H - 5 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

INDEX

ARTICLE 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.1 Definitions 1.2 Correlation, Intent and Interpretations 1.3 Copies Furnished

ARTICLE 2 ARCHITECT

2.1 Definition 2.2 Administration of the Contract

ARTICLE 3 OWNER

3.1 Definition 3.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner 3.3 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 3.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 3.5 Owner's Construction Representative

ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTOR

4.1 Definition 4.2 Supervision and Construction Procedures 4.3 Labor and Materials 4.4 Warranty 4.5 Taxes 4.6 Permits, Fees and Notices 4.7 Allowances 4.8 Superintendence 4.9 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.10 Drawings and Specifications at the Site 4.11 Use of Site 4.12 Cutting and Patching of Work 4.13 Cleaning Up 4.14 Communications 4.15 Indemnification

ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS

5.1 Definition 5.2 Award of Subcontracts 5.3 Subcontractural Relations 5.4 Payments to Subcontractors 5.5 Subcontractor Insurance

ARTICLE 6 SEPARATE CONTRACTS

6.1 Owner's Right to Award Separate Contracts 6.2 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors 6.3 Openings in Floors, Walls and Roof 6.4 Owner's Right to Clean Up

ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

7.1 Governing Law 7.2 Successors and Assigns 7.3 Written Notice 7.4 Claims 7.5 Rights and Remedies 7.6 Royalties and Patents 7.7 Tests 7.8 Claim Resolution

ARTICLE 8 TIME

8.1 Definitions 8.2 Progress and Completion 8.3 Delays and Extension of Time

ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

9.1 Contract Sum 9.2 Contract Breakdown 9.3 Progress Payments 9.4 Payments Withheld 9.5 Substantial Completion and Final Payment 9.6 “Omitted” 9.7 Final Payment 9.8 Interest

ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

10.1 Project Safety and Health Management 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.3 Emergencies

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE

11.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner’s Liability Insurance (By Contractors) 11.3 Property Insurance 11.4 Loss of Insurance 11.5 Surety Bonds

ARTICLE 12 CHANGES IN THE WORK

12.1 Changes 12.2 Change Orders 12.3 Construction Change Directives 12.4 Minor Changes in the Work 12.5 Field Orders

ARTICLE 13 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK

13.1 Uncovering of Work 13.2 Correction of Work 13.3 Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT

14.1 Termination by the Contractor 14.2 Termination by the Owner 14.3 Termination by Owner for Convenience 14.4 Suspension by Owner for Convenience

ARTICLE 15 STANDARDS

15.1 Standards

ARTICLE 16 KNOWLEDGE OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

16.1 Extent of Work 16.2 Examination of Premises 16.3 Separate Contracts 16.4 Labor

ARTICLE 17 GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS

17.1 Citizens 17.2 Discrimination Prohibited 17.3 Pennsylvania Human Relations Act 17.4 Steel Products Procurement Act 17.5 Section 3301 of the Pennsylvania Commonwealth Procurement Code 17.6 Conditions of Payment of Wages 17.7 Prevailing Wage Rates 17.8 Asbestos – PCB (Right to Know Law) 17.9 Identification 17.10 Employee Background Check 17.11 Act 287 17.12 Workman’s Compensation Act 44 of 1993 17.13 Americans With Disabilities Act

ARTICLE 18 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING

18.1 Contractor's Understanding

ARTICLE 1

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.1 DEFINITIONS

1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.1.1.1 The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (‘Agreement’), Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form – Proposal, Bid Bond, Agreement of Surety, Contractor’s Qualification Statement, Non-Collusion Affidavit, General Conditions of the Contract, Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Certificates of Insurance, the Drawings, the Specifications, all addenda issued prior to execution of the Agreement, all accepted alternates, and all modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement.

1.1.1.2 A modification is (i) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (ii) a Change Order, (iii) a Construction Change Directive, or (iv) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.

1.1.2 THE CONTRACT

1.1.2.1 The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a modification as defined above. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (i) between the Architect and Contractor, (ii) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (iii) between the Owner and Architect, or (iv) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor.

1.1.3 THE WORK

1.1.3.1 The term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.

1.1.4 THE PROJECT

1.1.4.1 The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors.

1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS

1.1.5.1 The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 1

1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS

1.1.6.1 The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.

1.2 CORRELATION, INTENT AND INTERPRETATIONS

1.2.1 By executing the Contract the Contractor represents that he has visited the site, familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.2.2 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. The intention of the Documents is to include all labor, materials, equipment and other items as provided in Subparagraph 4.3.1 necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. Words that have well-known technical or trade meanings are used herein in accordance with such recognized meanings.

1.2.3 All work that may be called for in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings or shown on the Drawings and not called for in the Specifications, is to be provided by the Contractor as if described in both. Should any incidental work or materials be required but not set forth in the specifications or drawings, either directly or indirectly, but is, nevertheless, necessary for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, the Contractor is to understand same to be implied and required and he shall perform all such work and furnish all such materials as fully as if they were particularly delineated or described.

1.2.3.1 Dimensions given on the drawings govern scale measurements and large-scale drawings govern small-scale drawings, except as to anything omitted unless such omission is expressly noted on the larger scale drawings. Scaling of drawings is done at the Contractor's own risk.

1.2.3.2 Should the Drawings, Schedules or Specifications disagree in themselves or with either or both of the others the better quality or greater quantity and cost of work or materials shall be estimated upon and, unless otherwise directed in writing by the Architect, shall be performed and provided.

1.2.4 The organization of the specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and the arrangement of drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by any trade.

1.2.5 Written interpretations necessary for the proper execution or progress of the work, in the form of drawings or otherwise, will be issued with reasonable promptness by the Architect and in accordance with any schedule agreed upon. Either party to the contract may make written request to the Architect for such interpretations. Such interpretations shall be consistent with and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents, and may be affected by Architect’s Supplemental Instructions.

1.2.5.1 Requests for interpretation/information (RFI) shall be made to the Architect with a copy to the Owner’s Representative simultaneously, using the

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 2

RFI form, a copy of which is included in the specifications (Exhibit “C”). The Contractor shall not submit any other RFI form.

1.2.6 The Contractor shall compensate the Owner for additional contract administration costs of the Architect for responses to the Contractor's requests for information where such information is available to the Contractor for a careful study and comparison of the Contract Documents, field conditions, and other Owner-provided information. Such compensation will be in the form of a Change Directive.

1.3 COPIES FURNISHED

1.3.1 Unless otherwise indicated the Owner shall furnish, free of charge, to the Contractor copies of the Contract Documents as follows:

Contract No.1 – General Construction Contract: 4 sets Contract No.2 – HVAC Construction Contract: 2 sets Contract No.3 – Electrical Construction Contract: 2 sets Contract No.4 – Plumbing Construction Contract: 2 sets

1.3.2 Should a Contractor require a greater number of sets than provided above, they shall request additional sets, or individual sheets from the Architect and pay the cost involved. The Contractor should expect considerable delay in reproduction of additional sets of Specifications if requested beyond those noted above.

1.3.3 All drawings, specifications and copies thereof, furnished by the Architect, are and shall remain his property. They are not to be used on any other project, and with the exception of one contract set for each party to the contract, are to be returned to the Architect on request at the completion of the work.

ARTICLE 2

ARCHITECT

2.1 DEFINITION

2.1.1 The Architect is the person or organization licensed to practice architecture and identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Architect means the Architect or his authorized representative.

2.1.2 Duties, Responsibilities and Limitations of Authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner.

2.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

2.2.1 The Architect will provide general Administration of the Contract, including performance of the functions hereinafter described.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 3

2.2.2 The Architect shall be a representative of and shall advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. All of the Owner’s instructions to the Contractor shall be issued through the Architect.

2.2.3 The Architect shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perform his functions under the Contract Documents.

2.2.4 The Architect will make periodic visits to the site at appropriate intervals to familiarize himself generally with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his on-site observations as an Architect, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress and quality of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. The Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, and he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Document.

2.2.5 The Architect will, in the first instance, interpret and decide matters concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents and performance thereunder by both the Owner and Contractor. The Architect will, within a reasonable time, render such interpretations as may be requested by either party regarding matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents.

2.2.6 Claims, disputes and other matters in question, between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision which he will render in writing within a reasonable time.

2.2.7 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. In regard to Architect’s interpretations and decisions, he will exercise his best efforts to insure faithful performance by both the Owner and the Contractor.

2.2.8 The Architect’s decision in matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.

2.2.9 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever, in his reasonable opinion, he considers it necessary or advisable to insure the proper implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, he will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither the Architect's authority to act under this Subparagraph 2.2.9, nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Architect and/or Owner to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 4

2.2.10 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives in accordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order minor changes in the Work as provided in Article 12.

2.2.11 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and Final Completion, will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will forward such documents to the Owner, for the Owner’s review and records.

2.2.12 The Architect will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, any Subcontractors, or any of their agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work.

2.2.13 The Architect will not be responsible to expedite the job for any Contractor.

2.2.14 If the Architect shall, at any time be of the opinion that the Contractor is not progressing with the Work as rapidly as necessary to insure its completion by the date set forth in the contract; or is neglecting to remedy any defects or deficiencies; or is neglecting to repair damage to public or private property; or continues to employ or re-employ negligent or careless persons; or is conducting the Work in a manner disapproved by the Architect; or is failing to prosecute the Work in accordance with the provisions of the contract; or is violating any of the provisions of the contract; the Architect shall give the Contractor written notice of the specific deficiencies and direct the Contractor to remedy the same.

2.2.15 If, at the end of three (3) days from the date of issuance of the notice pursuant to subparagraph 2.2.14, the Contractor shall have failed to comply therewith, then the Owner may withhold all payments until the provisions of such notice are carried out, or the Owner may declare the Contractor in default.

ARTICLE 3

OWNER

3.1 DEFINITION

3.1.1 The Owner is the persons or organization identified as such in the agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Owner or his authorized representative.

3.1.2 The term “Owner” in every case shall be the Radnor Township School District.

3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER

3.2.1 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the physical characteristics, easements, rights-of-way, and utility locations for the site of the Project and a legal description of the site.

3.2.2 The Owner shall issue all instructions to the Contractor through the Architect.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 5

3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK

3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective work or fails to supply labor, materials or equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may order the Contractor to stop the work, or any portion thereof, until the cause of such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity.

3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK

3.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to perform any provision of the contract, or fails to correct work as set forth in Article 13, the Owner may, after three days written notice to the Contractor and without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case, a cost accounting shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor for the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and the cost of the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor and the surety shall be liable for and shall pay the difference to the Owner.

3.5 OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE

3.5.1 The Owner will provide a Construction Representative to observe the work of the Contractors. The Owner’s Construction Representative will attend and participate in all progress meetings with the Contractors and Architect. The Owner’s Construction Representative shall observe the work of the Contractors and report any defects or discrepancies in the work to the Owner and the Architect. Nothing herein shall create a contractual relationship between the Owner’s Construction Representative and any Contractor, Subcontractor, or Sub-Subcontractor. The Owner’s use of a Construction Representative shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibilities or obligations under the contract documents.

ARTICLE 4

CONTRACTOR

4.1 DEFINITION

4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required by applicable laws in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term “Contractor” means the Contractor or Contractor’s authorized representative.

4.2. SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

4.2.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, all construction means,

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 6

4.2.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.

4.2.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.

4.2.4 Prior to proceeding with any Work, the Contractor shall:

(a) review, compare, and analyze the Contract Documents and any information or surveys provided by the Owner; and

(b) inspect and check such portion of the Work for proper fitting and matching with contiguous work and for proper coordination with other Work and the work of the Owner or of separate contractors; and

The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and the Architect of any errors, omissions, or inconsistencies noted as the result of the Contractor’s activities under subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) above. If the Contractor knows or reasonably should know of any such error, omission, or inconsistency and proceeds with the construction in question without first giving such notice, any claim for an adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time shall be deemed waived and released and the Contractor and its Surety shall assume all responsibility and liability for such performance and shall indemnify the Owner for all costs, expenses, losses, and/or damages incurred by Owner, including Architects’ and attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the Owner as a result thereof, including any cost to repair, correct, or re-work the construction in question.

4.3 LABOR AND MATERIALS

4.3.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.

4.3.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them.

4.3.3 Owner specifically reserves the right to reject any person Owner deems unfit to be permitted on school grounds and in proximity to students. Upon written notice from Owner, Contractor shall have all such persons removed from the Project. Owner’s right to declare such persons unfit shall not be limited to the required exclusion of persons from school property as set forth in Section 1-111 of the Pennsylvania Public School Code or Section 6355 of the Child Protective Services Law.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 7

4.4 WARRANTY

4.4.1 The Contractor shall warrant to the Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All Work not so conforming to these standards including alternatives not properly authorized may be considered defective. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.

4.4.2 The Contractor shall warrant to the Owner all products, equipment, furnishings, systems, and installations for a period of one year from the date of Final Payment. Warranties shall be extended beyond one year where indicated in the technical specifications.

4.5 TAXES

4.5.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay all applicable sales, use, excise or other taxes required by law on all materials, tools, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, services, incidentals or otherwise which may be purchased or used in connection with the Work or portions thereof.

4.5.2 The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a fully completed form W-9 “Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification” (Exhibit “D”).

4.6 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES, and COMPLIANCE with LAWS

4.6.1 The Contractors shall secure, and the Owner will reimburse at no markup or pay directly, all permits and inspections required for construction. The Contractors shall secure and pay for all necessary administrative costs, insurances, business privilege licenses, certifications, or taxes to apply for the necessary permits required to perform the Work.

4.6.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by appropriate modification. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Architect, he shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable thereto.

4.7 ALLOWANCES

4.7.1 Cash allowances are not to be included in the bid specifications. The Contractor shall include in the contract sum only those allowances stated in the Bid Form – Proposal and the respective Specification Sections:

4.7.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:

4.7.2.1 These allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the materials and equipment required by the allowance delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes;

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 8

4.7.2.2 The Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowance shall be included in the allowance;

4.7.2.3 Unused allowances shall become the property of the Owner and shall be returned to the Owner or, in the alternative, Owner shall be provided a credit against the contract sum for any unused allowances with a Change Order to the Contract.

4.8 SUPERINTENDENCE

4.8.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent who shall be in attendance at the project site at all times during the performance of the work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Architect, and shall not be changed except with the consent of the Architect, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications with the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. In the event more than one contract is awarded to the Contractor a separate superintendent shall be provided for each contract. If during the course of the project it is evidenced that the Superintendent is not competent or is not managing the progress of the project or is not coordinating the various trades under the Contractor's supervision, then the Architect will document such findings to the Contractor. If, within 10 days of receiving such notice, no substantial effort or correction of the findings is made, then the Architect, with Owner’s consent, may require the replacement of the Superintendent with an acceptable Superintendent.

4.9 RESPONSIBILITY FOR THOSE PERFORMING THE WORK

4.9.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all his employees and all Subcontractors, their Agents and employees, and all other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor.

4.10 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE

4.10.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of all drawings, specifications, addenda, approved shop drawings, change orders and other modifications, in good order and marked to record all changes made during construction. These shall be available to the Architect. The drawings, marked to record all changes made during construction, shall be delivered to the Architect, upon Substantial Completion of the work. Final payment will not be made until these documents are received by the Architect from the Contractor.

4.11 USE OF SITE

4.11.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 9

4.11.2 Contractors will comply with all District regulations and policies while on District property, as well as any special regulations adopted by the Owner relating to this Project.

4.11.3 Contractor and Subcontractors shall make arrangements for material and equipment deliveries. Under no circumstances will the Owner’s representatives or school personnel sign for deliveries or furnish labor to unload delivery trucks.

4.11.4 Parking of all vehicles shall be at locations designated by the Owner. Maintain posted vehicle speeds on school property. Note requirements that all building and site finish materials be returned to original condition.

4.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK

4.12.1 The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts fit together properly, and shall not endanger or damage any other work, including the work of Owner or separate contractors, by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the work or any part of it.

4.13 CLEANING UP

4.13.1 The General Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations or the operations of all other Prime Contractors. At the completion of the work he shall remove all waste materials and rubbish from and about the project as well as all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and shall leave the work "broom clean" or its equivalent, except as otherwise specified. General Contractor shall provide all final cleaning operations in accordance with provisions in Section 01770 “Closeout Procedures.”

4.13.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor as provided in paragraph 3.4.

4.14 COMMUNICATIONS

4.14.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner through the Architect.

4.15 INDEMNIFICATION

4.15.1 It is hereby mutually covenanted and agreed that the status of the Contractor in the work to be performed by him under this contract is that of an independent Contractor and that as such he shall properly safeguard against any and all injury or damage to the public, to public and private property, materials and things and that as such he alone shall be responsible for any and all damage, loss or injury to persons or property that may arise, or be incurred in or during the conduct or progress of said work without regard to whether or not the Contractor, his Subcontractors, agents, or employees have been negligent, and that Contractor shall keep the Owner and Architect free and discharged of any and all responsibility and liability therefor of any sort or kind; that the Contractor shall assume all responsibility for risks or casualties of every description for any or all damages, loss or injury to persons or property

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 10

These Contract Documents have been prepared specifically for this Project and may only be used solely with respect to this Project. The Architect retains all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyright. Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District arising out of the nature of the work, from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen or unusual difficulty, that the Contractor shall assume and be liable for all blame and loss of whatsoever nature by reason of neglect or violation of any Federal, State, County, or local laws, regulations or ordinances.

4.15.2 In claims against any Indemnitee by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Article 4.15 shall not be limited by any limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

4.15.3 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Architect and any other person or entity designated by the Owner, and the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, representatives, agents and employees of each of them (collectively, the "Indemnitees") from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, or the acts or omissions of Contractor, its Subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, suppliers, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, demand, cause of action, damage, liability, loss, or expense is caused in part by an Indemnitee. Such obligation shall not extend to claims, demands, causes of action, damages, liabilities, losses, or expenses to the extent they result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee.

4.15.4 Contractor shall defend each Indemnitee, through counsel approved by such Indemnitee in any action, proceeding, or arbitration brought against the Indemnitee by reason of any claim described in this Article 4.15. The Contractor's obligation to defend an Indemnitee shall not extend to any action, proceeding, or arbitration that asserts or alleges only that the injury to the claimant resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee and from no other cause or if a final judgment is obtained establishing that injury to the claimant resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee.

4.15.5 If any claim of lien or stop-notice or any other demand for payment or security therefore, including claims or demands upon performance and payment bond sureties for this Agreement, is made or filed with the Owner or the Project by any person claiming that Contractor or any Subcontractor or supplier or any other person making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and/or equipment to any of them has failed to perform its contractual obligations or to make payment for any labor, services, trust fund contribution, materials, equipment, taxes, or other item furnished or obligation incurred for, or in connection with, the Work, or if at any time there shall be evidence of such nonperformance or nonpayment of any claim or lien or stop-notice or other demand for which, if established, the Owner or the Project might become liable, then the Owner shall have the right to retain from any payment then or thereafter due under the Contract or to be reimbursed by Contractor for an amount sufficient to (a) satisfy, discharge and defend against any such claim of lien or stop- notice or other demand, or any action or proceeding thereon that may be brought to judgment or award; (b) make good any such nonpayment, nonperformance, damage, failure or default; and (c) compensate the Owner for and indemnify it against any and all loss, liability, damage, cost, and expense (including attorneys' and consultants' fees and costs) sustained or incurred in connection therewith.

4.15.6 If any Subcontractor, supplier or other person claiming under any of them makes, records, files, or maintains any action on or respecting a claim of mechanic's lien, stop-

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 11

4.16 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

4.16.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.

4.16.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.

4.16.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.

4.16.4 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the Project submittal schedule approved by the Architect, or in the absence of an approved Project submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of other Prime Contractors or the Owner’s own forces. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Architect in the coordination of the Contractor’s Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals with related documents submitted by other Prime Contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. The Contractor shall forward to the Architect a copy of the transmittal covering each such submittal.

4.16.5 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner, and Architect, that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

4.16.6 To better facilitate the shop drawings process, copies of Floor Plan Backgrounds will be made available in electronic format to all Prime Contractors subject to the following provisions:

4.16.6.1 The Contractor shall execute and submit the release and indemnification provided and requested by the Architect or Consultants.

4.16.6.2 The data contained in any and all electronic files is copyright protected by the Architect and shall be used solely for the facilitation of the shop drawing process on this Project only. Any other use that is not consistent with this intended use is strictly prohibited. Any misuse will be punishable to the fullest extent of the law.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 12

4.16.6.3 Electronic media will only be made available to Prime Contractors. Direct requests from Subcontractors will not be honored. Prime Contractors shall bear the responsibility of distribution to their Subcontractors, if desired. Requests shall be made in writing directly to the Architect and shall indicate the list of drawings requested (indicate by drawing number). Drawings will be provided in .dwg format issued electronically over the internet.

4.16.6.4 The cost of electronic files is hereby established as the following: Two hundred dollars ($200) for the Floor Plan Backgrounds. The Floor Plan Backgrounds will be limited to walls, stairs, doors, windows, room names & numbers, built-in casework, plumbing fixtures, and toilet partitions.

For all other requests received per 4.16.6.3, the Architect will then calculate the cost of compiling the request and issue a total price to the Prime Contractor. Payment by the Prime Contractor must be received in full prior to the Architect preparing or releasing any electronic files.

4.16.6.5 The Prime Contractor shall thoroughly check all information and details of the Drawings and be satisfied that all information and details are correct. Information concerning existing conditions, if applicable, shall be thoroughly field checked and verified. Incorrect information and details shall immediately be called to the attention of the Architect. Please note that Addenda Information will not be included on the electronic files. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for incorporating all pertinent Addenda information.

4.16.6.6 The Owner, the Architect, and the Architect’s Consultants shall not be held responsible for any costs or other liabilities resulting from the use of electronic files or the failure of the Prime Contractor to detect errors and omissions concerning matters within his contractual responsibility through the use of said electronic files. The Prime Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner, the Architect, and the Architect’s Consultants, their directors, officers, agents, and employees from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including attorney’s fees arising out of the modification, misinterpretation, misuse of the electronic files, and for any and all errors or omissions alleged to have arisen out of the use of any electronic files.

4.16.6.7 Nothing herein contained shall be construed as constituting a guarantee, warranty or assurance, either expressed or implied, by any party, that the electronic files will yield or accomplish the Prime Contractor’s desired outcome.

ARTICLE 5

SUBCONTRACTORS

5.1 DEFINITION

5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or organization who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his authorized representative.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 13

5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or organization who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform any of the work at the site. The term Sub- subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative thereof.

5.1.3 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between the Owner or the Architect and any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor.

5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS

5.2.1 Within 21 days after the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect the names of all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors for each category of work. The list shall include the name, address, telephone number, and contact personnel and the extent or limitations of the trades or work included by Specification Sections. Submission of more than one name per category of work will not be acceptable. In addition, submit a complete list of materials each Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor proposes to use. Each Subcontractor shall submit (1) a written certification that his portion of the work shall comply with each and every requirement of the Contract Documents, including all warranty requirements and (2) an executed PA Public Works Verification Form. No Subcontractor may perform any portion of the Work on the Project site unless the Contractor has submitted the required documents. The written certification of Subcontractor’s Compliance shall be made on the form titled “Subcontractor Certification of Compliance”, a copy of which is included in the Specifications.

5.2.2 If the Owner or Architect requests additional reference, each Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor shall submit his reference in the form of a list of at least five projects similar in size and quality to this project performed in the last five years with name and location of work, dollar value and names of Owner and Architect.

5.2.3 Sources of supply of materials and the name of materials, articles and pieces of equipment, including those under subcontracts shall be submitted in the same manner as for Subcontractors.

5.2.4 The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor or materials supplier until the above submissions are reviewed and approved by the Architect and Owner. Such review need not be given until the Contractor submits to the Architect a written statement concerning the proposed award which statement shall contain all information that the Architect may require.

5.2.5 The Contractor shall not make any substitutions for any Subcontractor or materials supplier who has been accepted by the Owner and the Architect, unless the substitution is acceptable to the Owner and the Architect in writing.

5.2.6 If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed Subcontractor or materials supplier, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the Architect has no reasonable objection. There shall be no adjustment in the contract sum because of such substitution.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 14

5.3 SUBCONTRACTURAL RELATIONS

5.3.1 All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that:

5.3.1.1 Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the contract with respect to the work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights;

5.3.1.2 Require that such work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents;

5.3.1.3 Require submission to the Contractor of applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply for payment in accordance with paragraph 9.3;

5.3.1.4 Require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time with respect to subcontracted portions of the work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor where appropriate) in sufficient time so that the Contractor may comply in the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner;

5.3.1.5 Waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by the property insurance described in Article 11 except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner; AND

5.3.1.6 Obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this Article 5.

5.3.1.7 Require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility of safety of the Subcontractor’s Work, which the Contractor, by the Contract Documents assumes toward the Owner and Architect.

5.4 PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS

5.4.1 Contractor and any subcontractor shall comply with the prompt payment provisions of the Commonwealth Procurement Code, 62 Pa.C.S.A. § 3931 et seq.

5.4.2 The Architect may, on request and at his discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentage of completion certified to the Contractor on account of work done by such Subcontractors.

5.4.3 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys to any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 15

5.4.4 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that:

.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and

.2 assignment is subject to prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract.

5.5 SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE

5.5.1 The Subcontractor shall purchase and maintain liability insurance as set forth in Article 11 of the General Conditions of the Contract.

ARTICLE 6

SEPARATE CONTRACTS

6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS

6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to award other contracts in connection with other portions of the project under these or similar Conditions of the Contract.

6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the project, "the Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall be the Contractor who signs each separate contract.

6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS

6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs.

6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate Contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Contractor's work as fit and proper to receive his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other separate Contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor's work.

6.2.3 Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate Contractor on the project, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, settle with such other Contractor by agreement or arbitration, if he will so settle. If such separate Contractor sues the Owner or initiates an arbitration proceeding on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner arises therefrom, the

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 16

Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred.

6.2.4 The General Contractor will be in charge of and be responsible for the entire building operation from beginning of the project until acceptance by the Owner.

6.2.5 Each Prime Contractor shall cooperate with all other Contractors in forwarding the interest of the Owner, and shall coordinate his work with that of all other Contractors under the general direction of the General Contractor, who shall be in charge of the progress of the project and all divisions and subdivisions thereof.

6.2.6 Any conflict in or between the drawings and specifications as to which of the separate Contractors are to perform specific work shall be resolved by the Architect, whose decision shall be final and binding.

6.2.7 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor, excepting, however, Owner and Architect who shall not be liable to any Contractor or Subcontractor for claims or damages of monetary or other nature caused by or arising out of delays contemplated or not contemplated at the signing of the Contract. The sole remedy against Owner for delays shall be the allowance to a successful claimant of additional time for completion of work. If, notwithstanding the above, Owner is required to reimburse a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, or defective construction of the Contractor, the Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to the separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, or defective construction of the Contractor. To the extent necessary to effectuate the terms and conditions of this subparagraph, the separate prime contractors are granted third-party beneficiary status to this contract between Owner and Contractor.

6.3 OPENINGS IN FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF

6.3.1 Each Contractor is responsible for the size and location of all openings in walls, floors, or roofs required for the proper installation of work under their respective contracts.

6.3.2 Each Contractor shall be responsible to furnish and install in the proper location all sleeves for pipe or conduit penetrations through floors and concrete or masonry walls in sufficient time so as not to impede or delay the progress of the General Contractor. In the event that sleeves are omitted, or not installed in time, the respective HVAC, Plumbing or Electrical Contractor shall, at his own expense, core drill the required openings.

6.3.3 The General Contractor shall be responsible to provide all "framed" openings for ducts or chases where indicated on the drawings. However, the HVAC Contractor shall be responsible to transmit in writing exact dimensions of the location and size of each framed opening in sufficient time so as not to impede or delay the progress of the General Contractor.

6.3.4 Openings in plaster or gypsum board partitions shall be neatly cut to the profile of the pipe/conduit and ducts by the HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical Contractors.

6.3.5 Recesses for panelboards, cabinet heaters, drinking fountains, etc. shall be provided by the General Contractor. However, the HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical Contractors shall be responsible to notify the General Contractor of the exact location and size of required recesses in sufficient time so as not to impede or delay the work of the General Contractor.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 17

6.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP

6.4.1 If a dispute arises with the Contractor as to his responsibility for cleaning up as required by Article 4.13, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor as the Architect shall determine to be just.

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

7.1 GOVERNING LAW

7.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to the partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the contract shall assign the contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.

7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE

7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice.

7.4 CLAIMS

7.4.1 A Claim is a demand or assertion by the Contractor seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.

7.4.2 Any claim by Contractor, other than a claim for extension of time pursuant to paragraph 8.3, must be initiated within seven (7) days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and Owner.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 18

7.4.3 Pending final resolution of a claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in subparagraph 9.3.11 and/or Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract.

7.4.4 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the contract sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the work. Prior notice is not required for claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property.

7.4.5 Contractor waives claims against Owner for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, including, but not limited to, damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the work.

7.5 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

7.5.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or failure to act by the Owner shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded to Owner under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.

7.6 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS

7.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect.

7.7 TESTS

7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests and approvals unless otherwise provided.

7.7.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval, which subparagraph 7.7.1 does not include, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order such additional inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice to the Architect as set forth in subparagraph 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the work to comply (1) with the requirement of the Contract

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 19

Documents OR (2) with respect to the performance of the work, with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall bear such costs thereof, including the Architect's additional services made necessary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate change order shall be issued.

7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered by him to the Architect.

7.7.4 If the Architect wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals, required by this Article 7.7, he will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply.

7.7.5 Neither the observations of the Architect in his administration of the construction contract, nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

7.8 CLAIM RESOLUTION

7.8.1 MEDIATION

7.8.1.1 If a dispute arises out of or relates to the Contract for Construction or the breach thereof, and has not been resolved through negotiation, then, at the Owner’s sole and exclusive option and upon written demand served by the Owner upon the Contractor, the parties agree first to try to resolve such dispute by mediation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, before resorting to any other arbitration or judicial proceedings. Nothing contained in this paragraph is intended, or shall be construed, to entitle the Contractor (or any Architect or Construction Manager) to demand mediation, it being understood and agreed that such determination shall be at the sole election of the Owner.

7.8.1.2 Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on with its duties and services under the Contract for Construction during any mediation proceedings, and the Owner shall continue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract for Construction.

7.8.2 ARBITRATION

7.8.2.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or relating to, the Contract for Construction or the breach thereof shall, at the Owner’s sole and exclusive option, be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The Owner’s election to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. In the event the Owner elects arbitration the award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Nothing contained in this paragraph is intended, or shall be construed, to entitle the Contractor (or the Architect or Construction Manager) to demand

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 20

arbitration, it being understood and agreed that such determination shall be at the sole election of the Owner.

7.8.2.2 Notice of the Demand for Arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party and with the American Arbitration Association. The Demand for Arbitration shall be made within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations; it being understood, however, that such bar shall not apply to the Owner to the extent of the Owner’s right to be free or otherwise exempt therefrom under applicable law.

7.8.2.3 Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on with its duties and services under the Contract for Construction during any arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall continue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract for Construction.

7.8.2.4 If the Owner becomes a party to any arbitration with the: (a) Architect, whether as a claimant or respondent, which involves a common question of fact or law with any claim, dispute or other matter in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract for Construction or the breach thereof; or (b) one or more separate contractors, whether as claimant or respondent, which involves a common question of fact or law with any claim, dispute or other matter in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract for Construction or the breach thereof, then the Owner, if it elects to do so, may require: (1) the Contractor to arbitrate such claim, dispute or other matter in question in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; (2) the Architect, or the separate contractor(s), or all of them, to arbitrate such claim, dispute or other matter in question in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; and (3) that all such claims be heard in a single arbitration proceeding or that any separate arbitration proceedings involving such claims be consolidated.

7.8.3 OWNER’S ELECTION

7.8.3.1 The Owner may elect mediation at any time, regardless of whether arbitration or judicial proceedings have been commenced, and the Owner’s commencement of or participation in such arbitration or judicial proceedings shall not waive the Owner’s right to later elect mediation.

7.8.3.2 The Owner may elect arbitration at any time, regardless of whether the Owner has previously elected mediation or whether judicial proceedings have been commenced, and the Owner’s commencement of or participation in such mediation or judicial proceedings shall not waive the Owner’s right to later elect arbitration.

7.8.3.3 The Contractor may not commence any judicial proceedings against the Owner without first offering the Owner the opportunity to initially elect mediation or arbitration by notifying the Owner in writing of the nature of the dispute, the factual basis for its claims, and the amount or other relief claimed.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 21

If the Owner does not make its election within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Contractor may proceed to resolve such dispute through judicial proceedings. Any such judicial proceedings shall be instituted in the Court of Common Pleas of Delaware County. The Owner’s failure to elect mediation or arbitration within such thirty (30) day period shall not, however, waive the Owner’s right to later elect mediation or arbitration.

7.8.3.4 Except as provided in paragraphs 7.8.3.1 and 7.8.3.2, in the absence of the Owner’s election for mediation or arbitration, the parties shall have the right to resolve their disputes under the Contract for Construction through judicial proceedings. Any such judicial proceedings shall be instituted in the Court of Common Pleas of Delaware County.

7.8.3.5 The Owner shall have the right to elect mediation and/or arbitration with the Contractor’s Surety under the surety bonds to the same extent and in the same manner as the Owner’s right to so elect with the Contractor under this Article 7. The Surety shall be bound by the terms of this Article 7 with respect to any mediation or arbitration elected by the Owner under the surety bonds and shall assume toward the Owner all of the duties, obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor assumes toward the Owner under this Article 7 in the event of such an election.

7.8.3.6 If the Contractor makes a claim against the Owner for costs and damages to the Contractor in the performance of the Work, the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner and shall pay the Owner for a percentage of all costs incurred by the Owner in investigating, analyzing, negotiating, arbitrating and/or litigating the claim, which percentage shall be equal to the percentage of the Contractor’s total claim which is determined through arbitration or litigation to be false or to have no basis in law or in fact.

ARTICLE 8

TIME

8.1 DEFINITIONS

8.1.1 The contract time is the period of time in calendar days allotted in the Form of Proposal and/or in Division 01 Section “Summary of Work” for Substantial Completion of each contract or phase of construction.

8.1.2 The date of Substantial Completion of the work or designated portion thereof, is the date certified by the Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner may occupy or utilize the work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended, as expressed in the Contract Documents.

8.1.3 The term day as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day.

8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION

8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the contract and the Contractor is alerted to the fact that the completion of the work within the

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 22

8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the work on site no later than ten (10) days following receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall carry the work forward expeditiously to Substantial Completion. Thereafter, the Contractor shall expeditiously correct and complete the list of deficiencies appended to the Certificate of Substantial Completion within sixty (60) days of the date of Substantial Completion of each phase of the work.

8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME

8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the progress of the work by significant changes ordered in the work, then the contract time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. Neither weather conditions, failure of the Contractor to enclose the building for winter weather, or any other condition shall be considered as cause for an extension of the contract time.

8.3.2 All claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect no more than seven days after the occurrence of the delay; otherwise they shall be waived. In the case of a continuing cause of delay only one claim is necessary.

8.3.3 If no schedule or agreement is made stating the dates upon which written interpretations as set forth in paragraph 1.2.5 shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretations until fifteen days after demand is made for them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable.

8.3.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contract Documents, an extension in the contract time, to the extent permitted under this paragraph, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for (1) delay in the commencement, prosecution or completion of the work; (2) hindrance or obstruction in the performance of the work; (3) loss of productivity; or (4) other similar claims (collectively referred to in this subparagraph as delays) whether such delays are foreseeable, unless a delay is caused by the acts of the Owner constituting active interference with the Contractor’s performance of the work, and only to the extent that such acts continue after the Contractor furnishes the Owner with written notice of such interference. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any damages, in connection with any delay, including, without limitation, consequential damages, lost opportunity cost, impact damages or similar remuneration. The Owner’s exercise or failure to exercise any rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation, ordering changes in the work, or directing suspension, rescheduling or correction of the work), regardless of the extent or frequency thereof, shall not be construed as active interference with the Contractor’s performance of the work.

ARTICLE 9

PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

9.1 CONTRACT SUM

9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 23

9.2 CONTRACT BREAKDOWN

9.2.1 Within 10 calendar days after the signing of the Owner/Contractor Agreement, the Contractor shall submit a detailed cost breakdown of all items of work entering into the Contract to be used as a basis for review of monthly applications of payment. Items of work entering into the contract shall consist of a breakdown of not less than each Section of the Work set forth in the specifications or greater when determined to be necessary by the Architect to properly monitor the work and confirm applications for payment.

9.2.2 Provide contract breakdown information on AIA Documents G702 and G703.

9.3 PROGRESS PAYMENTS

9.3.1 Each month the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an application for payment in accordance with the cost breakdown. The application for payment shall be supported by data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment. The form of Application for Payment shall be AIA Document G702, APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT, supported by AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheet (latest edition).

9.3.2 Materials in reasonable quantities, as approved by the Architect, which are delivered to the site and ready to be, but are not yet, incorporated into the work, may be included in a Certificate for Payment, if they are reasonably anticipated to be incorporated into the Work within 60 days and they are stored properly and protected in accordance with the manufacturer’s/supplier’s requirements so as not to compromise any warranty.

9.3.2.1 Materials Stored On Site: Materials properly stored at the construction site may be included in the Contractor’s application for payment, subject to the following conditions: (1) All materials shall be stored in strict compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations in secure, dry enclosures; (2) Contractor shall provide property insurance covering materials stored at the construction site to the extent that Owner’s property insurance does not provide coverage; (3) Contractor shall provide an accurate inventory of all materials included for payment with each application for payment. Contractor shall maintain the inventory until the materials are installed or otherwise incorporated into the work; and (4) Payment for materials stored on the construction site shall be limited to the actual, invoiced cost to the Contractor, F.O.B. the construction site. Contractor shall warrant that all suppliers are promptly paid in full for all materials included for payment and that materials are not encumbered by any lien, claim or mortgage that would prevent the Owner from taking full possession of the materials. Contractor shall produce satisfactory evidence of same to Owner. When materials are no longer stored on site, the site shall be returned to its original condition.

9.3.2.2 Materials Stored Off Site. Materials stored off the construction site shall not be included for payment in the Contractor's application for payment unless prior approval of the Owner has been obtained. Payment for materials stored off the construction site shall be subject to the conditions in subparagraph 9.3.2.1 and the following additional conditions:

(1) Contractor shall provide property insurance for the full cost of the materials stored off the construction site;

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 24

(2) Contractor shall provide a bill of sale for the materials granting clear title to the materials to the Owner; (3) Contractor shall provide waivers of liens, encumbrances or claims relating to the bailment of the materials stored off site or as otherwise required by Owner; (4) Contractor shall provide Owner all information necessary for the filing of any notices under the Uniform Commercial Code relating to the materials stored off the construction site as may be required by Owner; (5) The materials stored off the construction site shall be clearly and conspicuously labeled so as to identify Owner's title to the materials and shall be segregated and not commingled with other materials at the storage location; (6) Contractor shall pay all storage costs, shall be responsible for any damage or deterioration of the materials while in storage or in transit to the construction site and shall pay the cost of inspection of the materials in storage by the Owner; (7) Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs of transportation of the materials to the construction site; and (8) Neither Owner's payment for materials stored off the construction site nor the transfer of title to Owner shall in any way reduce Contractor's liability for the complete installation and construction relating to said materials, the value of the materials or liability under any performance bond provided for the Project; and (9) Contractor shall pay the cost of inspection by the Owner of any and all materials in storage.

9.3.3 To ensure satisfactory completion of the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall withhold a retainer from each progress payment in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the amount due the Contractor until fifty percent (50%) of the Work is completed. When the Work is fifty percent (50%) completed, one-half of the amount retained by the Owner may be returned to the Contractor, provided the Contractor provides written consent of the Surety to such reduction in retainage to the Architect with its Application for Payment, provided the Architect approves the Application for Payment and and reduction in retainage, and further provided that the Contractor is making satisfactory progress and there is not specific cause for greater withholding. A specific cause for greater withholding shall include, without limitation, the following:

9.3.3.1 The Contractor’s inability to produce evidence satisfactory to the Architect and/or Owner evidencing payments for materials, labor and/or payments to Subcontractors, manufacturers or suppliers.

9.3.3.2 The existence of a dispute between the Owner and the Contractor regarding increased costs claimed by such Contractor.

9.3.3.3 Contractor’s failure to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents including the Drawings and Specifications.

9.3.3.4 Defective or damaged Work identified subsequent to installation.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 25

9.3.3.5 Failure to comply with any of the project requirements including, but not limited to, schedule, coordination, staffing, supervision, subcontractors, submittals, etc.

9.3.4 The Owner shall retain from each progress payment in the amount of five percent (5%) of all due amounts due the Contractor after the Work is fifty percent (50%) completed. In the event a dispute arises between Owner and a separate Prime Contractor or separate Contractor, which dispute is based upon increased costs claimed by the Prime Contractor or separate contractor occasioned by delays, or other actions of the Contractor, additional retainage in the sum of one and one-half times the amount of any possible liability may be withheld until such time as a final resolution is agreed to by all parties directly or indirectly involved, unless the Contractor furnishes a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify Owner against the claim.

9.3.4.1 The full Contract retainage may be reinstated if the manner of completion of the Work and its progress do not remain satisfactory to the Owner, and Architect, or if the Surety withholds its consent, or for other good and sufficient reasons.

9.3.4.2 All money retained by the Owner will be withheld from the Contractor until Substantial Completion of the Project.

9.3.5 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect no later than the 1st day of the month for work completed up to the 25th day of the previous month, Architect will review, act and forward the application for payment to the Owner within 10 business days.

9.3.6 Approval of the Contractor's Application for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on his observations at the site as provided in subparagraph 2.2.4 and the data comprising the application for payment that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon substantial completion, to the results of any subsequent tests required by the Contract Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to any specific qualifications stated in his certificate); and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, by approving a payment, the Architect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that he has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that he has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or that he has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes the Contractor has used the moneys previously paid on account of the contract sum.

9.3.7 As long as the Work is prosecuted in accordance with the Contract Documents and with such progress as may insure completion by the date set forth in the Form of Proposal and to the satisfaction of the Owner and except as otherwise provided herein, then the Owner will make progress payments to the Contractor in the amount set forth in the approved application for payment (less retainage) in the time period set forth in section 9.3.8 below.

9.3.8 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the 1st day of a month for work completed up to the 25th day of the previous month, the Owner shall make progress payment to the Contractor based on the approved and Architect certified Application for Payment, not later than 20 days after the second regularly scheduled Board meeting following Architect's receipt of application for payment. If an Application for

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 26

Payment is received by the Architect after the date fixed above, the application will be held until the next scheduled review of Applications for Payment in the following month and processed in that month in accordance with the above schedule. Failure to receive the payroll certification will result in payments being withheld.

9.3.9 No progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

9.3.10 Nothing in this article shall create any obligation on the part of the Owner to pay, or see to the payment of, any sums to any Subcontractor and/or sub-subcontractor or to any other person.

9.3.11 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an application for payment, all work for which certificates for payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, materials suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work.

9.3.12 If the Architect does not forward the Application for Payment to Owner through no fault of the Contractor, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor the amount approved and certified by the Architect (and undisputed by Owner as provided in subparagraph 9.4.2) or awarded by arbitration, within the time line set forth in this paragraph, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7) additional days’ written notice to Owner and Architect, stop the work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The contract time shall be extended appropriately.

9.4 PAYMENTS WITHHELD

9.4.1 The Architect may decline to approve an application for payment in whole or in part, to the extent necessary to reasonably protect the Owner, if in his opinion he is unable to make representations to the Owner as provided in subparagraph 9.3.5. The Architect may also decline to approve any applications for payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, he may nullify the whole or any part of any certificate for payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of:

9.4.1.1 defective work not remedied; 9.4.1.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; 9.4.1.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment; 9.4.1.4 reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract sum; 9.4.1.5 damage to another Contractor; 9.4.1.6 reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the contract time; 9.4.1.7 unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor; or

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 27

9.4.1.8 failure to comply with government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.

9.4.2 The Owner may withhold from the Contractor so much of any approved payments due him as may, in the judgment of the Owner, be necessary to protect the Owner from loss because of grounds stated in subparagraph 9.4.1.

9.4.3 When the above grounds in subparagraph 9.4.1 are removed, payment shall be made for amount withheld because of them.

9.4.4. Contractor expressly waives any right to penalties, interest and attorney’s fees pursuant to the prompt payment provisions of the Pennsylvania Commonwealth Procurement Code, 62 Pa.C.S. § 3931 et seq.

9.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

9.5.1 When the work, or a designated phase thereof is substantially complete in accordance with the definition in Article 8, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Architect an application for payment (AIA Document G702) and a list of deficiencies ("Punch List") to be completed or corrected. Submit with the punch list all materials and equipment warranties, "as built" and record drawings, operating maintenance manuals, and all Certificates of Occupancy.

9.5.2 Upon receipt of the payment application and list of deficiencies, the Architect will make an inspection within 30 days and add to the list any items not included by the Contractor.

9.5.3 When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, he will then issue a certificate (Exhibit “G” – Certificate of Substantial Completion G704 which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, and which shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for maintenance, heat, light, utilities and insurance, shall include the lists of deficiencies and shall establish a reasonable cost of completion.

9.5.4 The Owner shall make payment within 30 days from the date of approval of the Application for Payment by the Owner, less only one and one-half times the cost of completion of the deficiencies listed on the certificate.

9.5.5 When all deficiencies have been corrected, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a “Certification of Punchlist Completion” (Exhibit “N”).

9.5.6 Upon receipt of “Certification of Punchlist Completion” from the Contractor that all deficiencies have been completed or corrected, the Architect will promptly make an inspection. When he finds the work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the contract fully performed, he will notify the Contractor to submit the following standard form AIA Documents (3 copies each) properly executed, signed and notarized:

9.5.6.1 Final Application for Payment (G702) 9.5.6.2 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts & Claims (G706) 9.5.6.3 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (G706A) 9.5.6.4 Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment (G707)

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 28

9.5.7 The Architect will make up to two (2) inspections to confirm that the list of deficiencies have been completed after which the Architect/Owner will assess charges based upon Architect’s standard hourly rates on the Contractor for the Architect's additional contract administration. Contractor shall be liable for all such charges and Owner may deduct same from any payment then or thereafter due and owing Contractor.

9.5.8 Upon receipt of the above AIA Documents, the Architect will process the final application for payment and submit same to the Owner with a recommendation for payment.

9.5.9 Architect’s recommendation for payment shall constitute a representation that to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of Architect’s on-site visits and inspections, the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the Final Certificate is due and payable.

9.6 PRIOR OCCUPANCY

9.6.1 When prior occupancy or use of completed portions is requested by the Owner, the Architect will make a prior occupancy inspection to establish the conditions of the work at time of occupancy. Use and occupancy by the Owner prior to final acceptance does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to maintain all insurance and bonds required of the Contractor during the life of the contract. The Contractor shall not be held responsible for any damage to the occupied part of the project resulting from the Owner's occupancy. Occupancy by the Owner shall not be deemed to constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents or a waiver of existing claims of the Owner against Contractor.

9.6.2 Prior occupancy shall require a written agreement between Owner and each Contractor stating the responsibility of each party, such as temporary electricity, fuel, building security, etc.

9.6.3 The Owner reserves the right to locate and install items of equipment within the building(s). Such installation shall not unreasonably interfere with the progress of the Contractors, and shall not include the connection of such equipment to its power source, except for testing. Such installation shall not be deemed an acceptance of the work in those areas by the Owner.

9.7 FINAL PAYMENT

9.7.1 When the Owner and Architect determine that all Work listed or attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion is complete and all requirements for final inspection are complete, the Architect will submit to the Owner a written statement to this effect and recommend final payment.

9.7.2 This statement shall include a summary of extras and credits and the net compensation thereof.

9.7.3 Within thirty (30) days after the filing of such statement, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor the amount therein stated, less all prior payments and advances whatsoever to or for the account of the Contractor. All prior payments including those relating to extra work,

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 29

9.7.4 The making of final payment shall not constitute a waiver of any claims by the Owner.

9.7.5 The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and still unsettled.

9.7.6 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (i) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work or which the Owner and Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (ii) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (iii) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, (iv) final “as-built” prints of record drawings marked by the Contractor with record information as set forth in the Contract Documents, (v) a final Contractor’s sworn statement showing all subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers to be fully paid and similar sworn statement from Subcontractors confirming that they have been paid, and (vi) if required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Contractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

ARTICLE 10

PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

10.1 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

10.1.1 Each Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor shall be solely responsible for the health, safety and security of employees and others under its control and/or supervision.

10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

10.2.1.1 all employees on the work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; 10.2.1.2 all the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractor or Sub- subcontractors; AND

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 30

10.2.1.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying Owners and users of adjacent utilities.

10.2.3 All damage or loss to any property referred to in clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, except damage or loss attributable to faulty drawings or specifications or to the acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone employed by either of them or for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under paragraph 4.15.

10.2.4 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Owner and the Architect.

10.2.5 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES

10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons, or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.

ARTICLE 11

INSURANCE

11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE

11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in a company or companies licensed and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:

11.1.1.1 claims under workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employees benefit acts; 11.1.1.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees;

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 31

11.1.1.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his employees; 11.1.1.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; 11.1.1.5 claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; 11.1.1.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance of a motor vehicle; and 11.1.1.7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owner under the Contract Documents.

11.1.2 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than any limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents, or required by law, whichever is greater, and shall include contractual liability insurance as applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Article 4.15.

11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the work. These certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the polices will not be canceled until at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. The cancellation clause shall not be qualified in any manner or have any exclusions. (If requested by Owner, Contractor shall file a copy of all policies in lieu of the respective certificates of insurance for same.) The Owner shall be named as additional insured on all certificates of insurance. The policies used on the Certificate shall be primary.

11.1.4 Insurance company shall have a current rating of A- or better and a size category of IX or larger as determined by the A. M. Best Company Insurance Services, or equivalent, in the sole discretion of the Owner. The insurance company shall be admitted to the Pennsylvania Insurance Guarantee Fund.

11.1.5 During the term of the contract, the Contractors shall, at their own expense, purchase, and maintain the following insurance in companies properly licensed and satisfactory to the Owner.

11.1.5.1 Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance:

(a) Workmen's Compensation: Statutory (b) Employer's Liability: $100,000

11.1.5.2 Contractor's Liability Insurance including blanket Contractual Liability. Form of insurance shall be Comprehensive General Liability including Products Liability and Completed Operations, XCU coverage to be included:

(a) Bodily Injury:

$1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 32

(b) Property Damage, including Broad Form Property Damage:

$1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate

$1,000,000 each person aggregate $2,000,000 general aggregate

(d) Products Completed Operations Coverage:

$1,000,000 per occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate

(e) Aggregate limits shall be provided on a per project basis

(f) Automobile Liability, owned, non-owned and hired vehicles:

$1,000,000 combined single limit

11.1.5.3 Contractor's Excess/Umbrella Liability:

(a) $5,000,000 excess liability limit over the primary limits required under this article

11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE (BY CONTRACTORS)

11.2.1 During the term of the contract, the Contractor shall, at their own expense, purchase and maintain the Owner's Protective Liability in the name of the Owner for the following minimum limits:

11.2.1.1 Bodily Injury:

$1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate

11.2.1.2 Property Damage:

$1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate

11.2.1.3 Personal Injury:

$1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 general aggregate

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 33

11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE

11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner may purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, and shall insure against the perils of Extended Coverage, Vandalism and Malicious Mischief.

11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such steam boiler and machinery insurance as may be required by the Contract Documents or by law. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner.

11.3.3 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order.

11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE

11.4.1 The Owner, at his option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use of his property due to fire or other hazards, however caused.

11.5 SURETY BONDS

11.5.1 At the time of execution of the Contract for Construction and prior to commencing any Work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a Performance Bond and a separate Labor and Material Payment Bond, each in an amount equal to the Contract Sum, on the forms provided by the Owner as part of the bid documents. The surety on such bonds must be listed on the United States Department of the Treasury list for sureties acceptable on federal construction projects (United States Department of the Treasury Circular No. 570) and must be licensed to engage in the insurance business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Surety’s obligations under the Performance Bond extend to all of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents and the fact that certain provisions in the Contract Documents expressly refer to the Surety shall not be deemed or construed to limit the Surety’s obligations in any way. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents is intended, or shall be construed, to afford the Contractor any right, claim or remedy under any Performance Bond furnished by any separate contractor, nor to afford any separate contractor any right, claim or remedy under the Performance Bond furnished by the Contractor.

11.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly provide a copy of the payment bond to any person or entity claiming to have rights thereunder.

ARTICLE 12

CHANGES IN THE WORK

12.1 CHANGES

12.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract and without invalidating the Contract by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 12 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 34

12.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.

12.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.

12.2 CHANGE ORDERS

12.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: 12.2.1.1 a change in the Work; 12.2.1.2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and 12.2.1.3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any.

12.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include the following methods in the following order of preference:

12.2.2.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; 12.2.2.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; 12.2.2.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or 12.2.2.4 cost determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change including in such determination the cost of the Work added and/or eliminated pursuant to the Change and applying in either case the applicable percentages for overhead and profit provided in the Contract Documents or, if none have been so stated, then as determined by Architect.

12.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES

12.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. A Construction Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order.

12.3.2 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based upon the following methods in the following order of preference:

12.3.2.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation;

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 35

12.3.2.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; 12.3.2.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or 12.3.2.4 cost determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change including in such determination the cost of the Work added and/or eliminated pursuant to the Change and applying in either case the applicable percentages for overhead and profit provided in the Contract Documents or, if none have been so stated, then as determined by Architect.

12.3.3 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.

12.3.4 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order.

12.3.5 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 12.3.2.4, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 12.3.5 shall be limited to the following:

12.3.5.1 costs of labor, including customary benefits and workmen's compensation insurance; 12.3.5.2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; 12.3.5.3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; 12.3.5.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and 12.3.5.5 additional costs of on-site supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change.

12.3.6 In the case of Construction Change Directives or Change Orders in which the adjustment is to be based on the method described in 12.3.2.2, then:

12.3.6.1 When a change in the work includes a category or categories of work both added to and deleted from the contract, the total quantities of added work and of deleted work shall be determined separately for each category and the appropriate unit price or net cost of the work shall be applied to the difference between the two total quantities; and

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 36

12.3.6.2 Unit Prices shall be considered inclusive of all costs and shall be applied to units of measure as set forth in the Form of Proposal for each category of the work.

12.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. When both additions and deductions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase or decrease, if any.

12.3.8 For all extra work by Change Order or by Change Order Directive performed directly by the Contractor, the gross cost to the Owner shall include the net cost of the work to the Contractor plus an allowance for overhead and profit not to exceed 15% of the net cost.

12.3.9 For all extra work by Change Order or by Change Order Directive performed directly by a Subcontractor, the Subcontractor's gross cost shall include the net cost of the work to the Subcontractor plus an allowance for overhead and profit not to exceed 15% of the Subcontractor's net cost. The Contractor's gross cost to the Owner shall include the Subcontractor's gross cost plus an allowance for overhead and profit not to exceed 5% of the Subcontractor's gross cost. In no case shall the total allowance for overhead and profit exceed 20% of the net cost of the work.

12.3.10 Net cost of deleted or extra work shall be limited to cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery, cost of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits under collective bargaining agreements; workmen's compensation insurance; bond premium; and rental value of power tools and equipment.

12.3.11 Overhead shall include supervision, superintendence, wages of timekeepers, watchmen and clerks, hand tools, incidentals, general office expense and all other expenses not included in net cost and attributable to the change.

12.3.12 Gross costs shall be net costs plus overhead and profit.

12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

12.4.1 The Architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the work not involving an adjustment in the contract sum or an extension of the contract time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor.

12.5 ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION

12.5.1 The Architect may issue written Supplemental Instructions (AIA Form G710) which interpret the Contract Documents in accordance with subparagraph 1.2.5 or with other minor changes in the work in accordance with paragraph 12.4 without change in contract sum or contract time. The Contractor shall carry out such Supplemental Instructions promptly.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 37

ARTICLE 13

UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK

13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK

13.1.1 If any work should be covered contrary to the request of the Architect, or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required by the Architect, be uncovered for his observation and replaced, at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time.

13.1.2 If any other work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered, the Architect may request to see such work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate change order, be charged to the Owner. If such work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that this condition was caused by a separate Contractor employed as provided in Article 6, and in that event the Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs.

13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK

13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all work rejected by the Architect as defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether observed before or after substantial completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all cost of correcting such rejected work, including additional testing and inspection and the cost of the Architect’s additional services thereby made necessary.

13.2.2 If at any time, including at any time following Final Completion, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. Contractor’s obligations under this Section 13.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the Work by Owner under the Contract and/or termination of the Contract.

13.2.3 All such defective or non-conforming work under sub-paragraph 13.2.1 and 13.2.2 shall be removed and legally disposed of, off-site if necessary, and the work shall be corrected to comply with the Contract Documents without cost to the Owner.

13.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of separate Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or correction.

13.2.5 If the Contractor fails to correct such defective or non-conforming work, the Owner may correct it in accordance with paragraph 3.4.

13.2.6 The Contractor is solely responsible for determining and performing the necessary corrective action to bring any nonconforming work into compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall, at it’s sole cost and expense, engage the services of appropriate design professionals in order to determine the cause of any nonconforming work and the necessary corrective action to bring the work into conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Before commencing with the corrective

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 38

These Contract Documents have been prepared specifically for this Project and may only be used solely with respect to this Project. The Architect retains all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyright. Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District work, the Contractor shall submit, in accordance with Article 8 of the General Conditions and Section 013300 “Submittal Procedures,” a complete description of the corrective work, including shop drawings and product data, for review by the Architect. This is solely for review of general conformance with the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents and shall not be deemed or construed to constitute approval of the corrective action or to relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to determine the proper course of action to correct the work.

13.2.7 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all architectural and consultant fees relating to correction of any defect or deficiency in the Contractor’s work. The fees shall be deducted in the form of a Construction Change Directive from the next scheduled payment to the Contractor. If the contract balances are insufficient to cover these fees, the Contractor agrees to reimburse the Owner within fifteen (15) days of the Owner’s demand for reimbursement. This obligation shall survive the termination and/or completion of the Contractor’s contract.

13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING WORK

13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non-conforming work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction in which case a change order will be issued to reflect an appropriate reduction in the contract sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, it shall be paid by the Contractor.

ARTICLE 14

TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT

14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR

14.1.1 If the work is stopped for a period of thirty days under an order of any court or other public authority having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government, such as a declaration of a national emergency making materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the work should be stopped for a period of (90) days by the Contractor for the Architect's failure to approve payment as provided in Article 9.3 or for the Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided in Article 9.3, then the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable profit.

14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER

14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment to Sub-contractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, then the

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 39

Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may accept assignment of any subcontracts and may finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished.

14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the contract sum exceeds the costs of finishing the work, including compensation for the Architect's additional services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The payment obligations contained in this section 14.2.2 shall survive termination of the Contract.

14.2.3 In the event the Owner terminates the Contractor for cause, and such cause is determined to be valid and justified, in addition and without prejudice to all other rights, remedies and relief which Owner may obtain under the Contract Documents and pursuant to law, the Owner shall be entitled to payment by Contractor of reasonable attorneys' fees and legal costs. This provision shall create no right to the Contractor or to any other person or entity for payment of such costs or expenses.

14.3 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE

14.3.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause.

14.3.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall:

.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;

.2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and

.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.

14.3.3 In case of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs reasonably and necessarily incurred by reason of such termination.

14.4 SUSPENSION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE

14.4.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 40

14.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. No adjustment shall be made to the extent:

.1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or

.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.

ARTICLE 15

STANDARDS

15.1 STANDARDS

15.1.1 Whenever a material, article or pieces of equipment is specified by reference to a governmental, trade association or similar standard, it shall comply with the requirements of the latest publication thereof and amendment thereto in effect on the bid date. Such standards are as effectively part of the Contract Documents as if therein printed.

ARTICLE 16

KNOWLEDGE OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

16.1 EXTENT OF WORK

16.1.1 The Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor and Materialmen shall consult in detail the General Conditions, all divisions and sections of the specifications, all drawings and all addenda for instructions and requirements pertaining to his work, and at his cost shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to furnish, install and complete his work in strict conformance with all provisions thereof.

16.2 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES

16.2.1 Each Contractor will be held to have examined the site of the work prior to submitting his proposal and informed himself, his Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractors and Materialmen of all existing conditions affecting the prosecution of the work.

16.3 SEPARATE CONTRACTS

16.3.1 The Contractor will be held to have examined the Contract Documents, (and modifications thereto) for the separate contracts and informed himself, his Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and Materialmen of all conditions thereof affecting the prosecution of the work.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 41

16.4 LABOR

16.4.1 The Contractor will be held to be thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting labor in the neighborhood of the project including, but not limited to, union, incentive pay, procurement, living and commuting conditions and to have informed his Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors thereof.

ARTICLE 17

GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS 17.1 CITIZENS

17.1.1 Only citizens of the United States of America shall be employed in any capacity in the performance of any work under the contract; provided, however, that apprentices to a trade or profession who may be under twenty-one (21) years of age shall not be subject to the foregoing restriction.

17.2 DISCRIMINATION PROHIBITED: According to 62 Pa. C.S.A. § 3701, the Contractor agrees that:

17.2.1 In the hiring of employees for the performance of work under the contract or any subcontract, no Contractor, Subcontractor or any person acting on behalf of the Contractor or Subcontractor shall by reason of gender, race, creed or color discriminate against any citizen of this Commonwealth who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates.

17.2.2 No Contractor or Subcontractor or any person on their behalf shall in any manner discriminate against or intimidate any employee hired for the performance of the Work under this Contract. The Contractor shall not discriminate by reason of gender, race, creed, or color against any subcontractor or supplier who is qualified to perform the Work under the Contract. The Contractor and subcontractors shall establish and maintain a written sexual harassment policy and shall inform their employees of the policy. The policy must contain a notice that sexual harassment will not be tolerated and employees who practice it will be disciplined. In addition, the Contractor shall include the provisions of this Nondiscrimination/Sexual Harassment Clause in every subcontract so that the provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor.

17.2.3 The contract may be canceled or terminated by the Owner and all money due or to become due under the contract may be forfeited for a violation of the terms or conditions of this paragraph.

17.3 PENNSYLVANIA HUMAN RELATIONS ACT

17.3.1 The provisions of the Pennsylvania Human Relations Act, Act 222 of October 27, 1955 (P.L. 744) (43 P.S. Section 951, et.seq.) of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania prohibit discrimination because of race, color, religious creed, ancestry, age, sex, national origin, handicap or disability, by employers, employment agencies, labor organizations, contractors and others. The contractor shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Act as amended that are made part of this specification.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 42

17.3.2 Your attention is directed to the language of the Commonwealth's nondiscrimination clause in 16 PA. Code 49.101.

17.4 STEEL PRODUCTS PROCUREMENT ACT

17.4.1 In accordance with Act 3 of the 1978 General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, if any steel or steel products are to be used or supplied in the performance of the contract, only those produced in the United States as defined therein shall be used or supplied in the performance of the contract or any subcontracts thereunder.

17.4.2 In accordance with Act 161 of 1982, cast iron products shall also be included and produced in the United States. Act 141 of 1984 further defines 'steel products' to include machinery and equipment. The Act also provides clarifications and penalties.

17.5 SECTION 3301 OF THE PENNSYLVANIA COMMONWEALTH PROCUREMENT CODE

17.5.1 Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 3301 of the Pennsylvania Commonwealth Procurement Code and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources that affect the project. Refer to the list of statues and regulations in this specification following the prevailing wage rates. Comply with all Pennsylvania and Federal Statues listed in this Specification. Where any identified environmental statute, rule and/or regulation has been revised, amended, supplemented, replaced and/or supplanted, Contractor shall comply with such statute, rule and/or regulation as so modified. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure to include any applicable environmental statute, rule and/or regulation in the Contract Documents shall not relieve Contractor of its obligation to comply with the same

17.6 CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT OF WAGES

17.6.1 Competent Workmen: Projects where the total estimated cost is $25,000 or less are required to comply with the following:

17.6.2 According to section 752 of the Public School Code of 1949, no person shall be employed to do work under such contract except competent and first class workmen and mechanics.

17.6.2.1 Competent Workmen: No workmen shall be regarded as competent first class, within the meaning of this Act, except those who are duly skilled in their respective branches of labor, and who shall be paid not less than such rates of wages and for such hours work as shall be established and current rates of wages paid for such hours by employers of organized labor in doing of similar work in the District where work is being done.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 43

17.7 PREVAILING WAGE RATES

17.7.1 The general prevailing minimum wage rates, including contributions for employee benefits as shall have been determined by the Secretary, must be paid to the workmen employed for the performance of this contract.

17.7.2.1 The Contractor shall pay no less than the wage rates as determined in the decision of the Secretary of Labor & Industry and shall comply with the conditions of the Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act approved August 15, 1961 (Act No. 442); as amended August 9, 1963 (Act No. 342), and the Regulations issued pursuant thereto, to assure the full and proper payment of said rates.

17.7.2.2 Such workmen shall be paid no less than such general prevailing minimum wage rates and such other provisions to assure payment thereof as hereinafter set forth in this section.

17.7.2.3 The contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the Contractor and to all work performed on the contract by all Subcontractors.

17.7.2.4 The Contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts all of the stipulations contained in these required provisions and such other stipulations as may be required.

17.7.2 No workmen may be employed on the public work except in accordance with the classifications set forth in the decision of the Secretary. In the event that additional or different classifications are necessary the procedure set forth in Section 7 of the regulations shall be followed.

17.7.3 All workmen employed or working on the public work shall be paid unconditionally, regardless of whether any contractual relationship exists or the nature of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between any Contractor, Subcontractor and workmen, not less than once a week without deduction or rebate, on any account, either directly or indirectly, except authorized deductions, the full amount due at the time of payment, computed at the rates applicable to the time worked in the appropriate classification. Nothing in the contract, the Act or these regulations shall prohibit the payment of more than the general prevailing minimum wage rates as determined by the Secretary to any workmen on public work.

17.7.4 The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall post for the entire period of construction the wage determination decisions of the Secretary, including the effective date of any changes thereof, in a prominent and easily accessible place or places at the site of the work and at such place or places used by them to pay workmen their wages. The posted notice of wage rates must contain the following information:

17.7.4.1 Name of project. 17.7.4.2 Name of public body of which it is being constructed. 17.7.4.3 The crafts and classifications of workmen listed in Secretary's general prevailing minimum wage rate determination for the particular project. 17.7.4.4 The general prevailing minimum wage rates determined for each craft and classification and the effective date of any changes.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 44

17.7.4.5 A statement advising workmen that if they have been paid less than the general prevailing minimum wage rate for their job classification or that the Contractor and/or Subcontractor are not complying with the Act or these regulations in any manner whatsoever they may file a protest in writing with the Secretary of Labor & Industry within three (3) months of the date of the occurrence, objecting to the payment to any Contractor to the extent of the amount or amounts due or to become due to them as wages for work performed on the public work project. Any workmen paid less than the rate specified in the contract shall have a civil right of action for the difference between the wage paid and the wages stipulated in the contract, which right of action must be exercised within six (6) months from the occurrence of the event creating such right.

17.7.5 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall keep an accurate record showing the name, craft and/or classification, number of hours worked per day, and the actual hourly rate of wage paid (including employee benefits) to each workmen employed by him in connection with the public work and such record must include any deductions from each workmen. The record shall be preserved for two years from the date of payment and shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the public body awarding the contract and to the Secretary or his duly authorized representative.

17.7.6 Apprentices shall be limited to such numbers as shall be in accordance with a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with and approved by the Pennsylvania Apprenticeship and Training Council and only apprentices whose training and employment are in full compliance with the provisions of the Apprenticeship and Training Act approved July 14, 1961 (Act No. 304) and the Rules & Regulations issued pursuant thereto shall be employed on the public work project. Any workmen using the tools of a craft who does not qualify as an apprentice within the provisions of this submission shall be paid the rate predetermined for journeymen in that particular craft and/or classification.

17.7.7 Wages shall be paid without any deductions except authorized deductions. Employers not parties to a contract requiring contributions for employee benefits which the Secretary has determined to be included in the general prevailing minimum wage rates shall pay the monetary equivalent thereof directly to the workmen.

17.7.8 Payment of compensation to workmen for work performed on public work on a lump sum basis, or a piece certain for the completion of a certain amount of work, or the production of a certain result shall be deemed a violation of the Act and these regulations, regardless of the average hourly earnings resulting therefrom.

17.7.9 The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall file a statement each week and a final statement at the conclusion of the work on the contract with the contracting agency, under oath, and in form satisfactory to the Secretary, certifying that all workmen have been paid wages in strict conformity with the provisions of the contract as prescribed by this section 3 of the regulations, or if any wages remain unpaid to set forth the amount of wages due and owing to each workmen respectively. Payroll certifications shall not be mailed to the Architect.

17.7.10 Failure of the Contractor to comply with all the requirements of this Article will result in the withholding of payments to the Contractor.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 45

17.8 ASBESTOS - PCB (RIGHT TO KNOW LAW)

17.8.1 No materials containing asbestos, asbestos products, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances may be used in the construction. If requested, data sheets, as required by the Pennsylvania Community and Worker's Right to Know Law (P.L. 159, 1984) or by written verification from the material manufacturer stating that the material is asbestos-free or PCB-free must be furnished to the Owner and the Architect.

17.8.2 In the event a Contractor by virtue of his work for the Owner discovers asbestos, asbestos products, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances, the Contractor must immediately notify the Owner and perform no further work in connection with said materials or substances, the Contractor must take all steps required by all federal, state, and local agencies regarding asbestos and/or toxic substance removal.

17.8.3 Asbestos and/or toxic substance removal operations may be the subject of a change order or a supplemental contract to this Contract, or separate contract to another contractor as the Owner may determine.

17.8.4 If a Contractor fails to meet the requirements of the federal, state and local regulations and these specifications related to the discovery, removal, and clean-up, the Contractor shall be subject to immediate termination and the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs and expenses related to the removal and clean-up of the asbestos and/or toxic substance including Architect and Engineering fees.

17.9 IDENTIFICATION

17.9.1 The Owner reserves the right to require all construction employees to be visually identified by the use of badges. In the event this security measure is implemented, the Owner will issue badges to all authorized employees in conjunction with the prime Contractors and record their issuance with names, addresses, etc. Termination of employment of the construction employees will require the respective badges to be returned to the Owner for record keeping purposes. All employees must wear the badge on the job site. Employees without badges will not be permitted on the premises. The Architect will not have any responsibility in this matter.

17.10 EMPLOYEE BACKGROUND CHECK

17.10.1 All Contractors shall have background checks done on all employees and all Subcontractors’ employees working on the Project. Background checks shall be in accordance with Act 34 of 1985, Section 111 of the Pennsylvania Public School Code of 1949, as amended. Background checks shall also be in accordance with Act 153 of 2002 which pertains to employees who are not residents of Pennsylvania and employees who have not been a resident of Pennsylvania for at least two (2) years immediately preceding the date of application for employment. The following clearances must be completed for all employees and all subcontractors’ employees:

A. Pennsylvania State Police - Request for Criminal Record Check: Form SP 4-164 is included in these specifications as “Exhibit R”. There is a fee of $10.00 per person.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 46

B. Arrest/Conviction Report and Certification Form: Form PDE-6004 is included in these specifications as “Exhibit S”. It needs to be completed and returned to the School District. No fee is involved.

C. Pennsylvania Child Abuse History Clearance: Form CY 113(UF) is included in these specifications as “Exhibit T”. It needs to be completed and returned to the School District. There is a fee of $10.00 per person.

D. Commonwealth of PA Public Works Employment Verification Form: Form is included in these specifications as “Exhibit U”. It needs to be completed and returned to the School District. No fee is involved.

E. ‘IdentoGO’ Fingerprint Service Code Form: Form is included in these specifications as “Exhibit V”. FBI Federal Criminal It needs to be completed and returned to the School District. No fee is involved.

17.10.2 Background Check Compliance:

A. No personnel will be allowed on the School District’s property without submission and approval of the above specified Personnel Background Check forms.

B. Any form that expires during the contract period will require resubmission and approval. Any person that is not compliant will not be granted access on the School District’s property. Failure to do so may result in a failure to process an application for payment during the occurrence.

C. Any security costs incurred by the School District due to non- compliance of the specified Personnel Background Check, will be borne charged to the applicable Prime Contractor.

17.11 UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINE PROTECTION LAW, ACT 287

17.11.1 Contractor shall comply with the provisions and regulations of Act 287 of 1974, as amended by Act 50 of 2017 requires three working days notice to utilities prior to the start of any excavation, drilling, blasting or demolition. Act 50 requires all underground facility damages are to be documented and submitted to the PA 1 Call System via facility damage investigation form found on the PUC website or the PA 1 Call System website.

17.11.2 Contractor shall use the PA 1 Call System telephone number: 1-800-242-1776.

17.11.3 Contractor shall be responsible to comply totally with the Act and at all times during the prosecution of the work of this contract.

17.12 WORKMAN'S COMPENSATION ACT 44 OF 1993

17.12.1 The successful Prime Contractor will be required to obtain and complete an application complying with the "Workman's Compensation Act 44 of 1993" which became effective on September 1, 1993.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 47

17.13 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT

17.13.1 The Contractor understands and agrees that no individual with a disability shall, on the basis of the disability, be excluded from participation in this Contract or from activities provided for under this Contract. The Contractor agrees to comply with the "General Prohibitions Against Discrimination", 28 C.F.R. Section 35.130, and all other regulations promulgated under Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

17.14 HEALTH AND SAFETY

17.14.1 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Federal Act 91-596 of December 29, 1970, and with any other safety and health regulations for district in which the Work is performed.

ARTICLE 18

CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING

18.1 The Contractor is required to examine carefully in detail, the site of the project, the contract documents, and all other matters pertinent to the work contemplated. It will be assumed that he has satisfied himself as to the conditions to be encountered overhead, and on the surface, the character, quality and quantities of the work to be done, including materials to be furnished, and the requirements of the Contract Documents. No allowance or concession will be made for the lack of such information on the part of the Contractor. Where overhead structure locations are shown, they are for the information of the Owner only; their correctness is not guaranteed by the Owner or the Architect, and in no event is this information to be considered a part of the contract, or to be used for computations in submitting a proposal. If a bidder in preparing his proposal uses this information, he must assume all risks resulting from conditions differing from the approximation shown.

18.2 There is no expressed or implied agreement that the depths, location or character of any materials have been correctly indicated and Contractor shall take into account that conditions affecting the cost or quantities of the work to be done may differ from those indicated.

18.3 Contractor shall ascertain all governmental and utility requirements with respect to wage scales, materials, labor, safety and sanitation, and shall base his bid prices on full compliance therewith.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - 48

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES

Project Name: Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Awarding Agency: Radnor Township School District Contract Award Date: 3/23/2021 Serial Number: 21-00354 Project Classification: Building Determination Date: 1/15/2021 Assigned Field Office: Philadelphia Field Office Phone Number: (215)560-1858 Toll Free Phone Number: Project County: Delaware County

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 1 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 1

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Building Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Asbestos & Insulation Workers 5/29/2017 $47.30 $34.85 $82.15 Asbestos & Insulation Workers 5/1/2018 $49.30 $35.85 $85.15 Asbestos & Insulation Workers 5/1/2019 $51.20 $36.95 $88.15 Asbestos & Insulation Workers 6/1/2020 $54.20 $36.95 $91.15 Boilermaker (Commercial, Institutional, and Minor 3/1/2017 $28.52 $18.22 $46.74 Repair Work) Boilermaker (Commercial, Institutional, and Minor 3/1/2018 $29.52 $18.22 $47.74 Repair Work) Boilermaker (Commercial, Institutional, and Minor 1/1/2019 $29.26 $18.48 $47.74 Repair Work) Boilermakers 1/1/2018 $46.26 $33.36 $79.62 Boilermakers 3/1/2018 $45.89 $33.73 $79.62 Boilermakers 1/1/2019 $45.51 $34.11 $79.62 Boilermakers 8/1/2019 $47.21 $34.11 $81.32 Boilermakers 1/1/2021 $49.32 $34.90 $84.22 Bricklayer 5/1/2017 $40.98 $26.78 $67.76 Bricklayer 5/1/2018 $43.73 $26.78 $70.51 Bricklayer 5/1/2019 $46.48 $26.78 $73.26 Bricklayer 5/1/2020 $44.45 $30.31 $74.76 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2017 $45.25 $27.59 $72.84 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $45.83 $27.59 $73.42 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2019 $46.54 $27.59 $74.13 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2020 $47.73 $27.59 $75.32 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2017 $39.35 $27.59 $66.94 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $39.85 $27.59 $67.44 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2019 $40.47 $27.59 $68.06 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2020 $41.50 $27.59 $69.09 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2017 $19.68 $19.64 $39.32 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $19.93 $19.49 $39.42 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2019 $20.24 $19.69 $39.93 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2020 $20.75 $19.49 $40.24 Carpenters 5/1/2017 $39.35 $27.59 $66.94 Carpenters 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $39.85 $27.59 $67.44 Carpenters 5/1/2019 4/30/2020 $40.87 $27.59 $68.46 Carpenters 5/1/2020 $41.90 $27.59 $69.49 Cement Masons 5/1/2017 $36.45 $31.76 $68.21 Cement Masons 5/1/2018 $37.50 $32.26 $69.76 Cement Masons 5/1/2019 $38.50 $32.81 $71.31 Cement Masons 5/1/2020 $39.45 $33.46 $72.91 DockBuilder/ Divers (Building Heavy & Highway) 5/1/2020 $52.44 $37.27 $89.71 DockBuilder/Pile Drivers (Building, Heavy & Highway) 5/1/2018 $43.45 $34.47 $77.92 DockBuilder/Pile Drivers (Building, Heavy & Highway) 5/1/2020 $43.70 $37.27 $80.97 DockBuilder/Pile Drivers/ Diver Tender(Building Heavy 5/1/2020 $43.70 $37.27 $80.97 & Highway) Dockbuilder/Piledriver (Building, Heavy, Highway) 11/1/2017 $43.45 $33.22 $76.67 Dockbuilder/Piledriver (Building, Heavy, Highway) 5/1/2018 $44.70 $33.22 $77.92 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 2 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 2

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Building Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Drywall Finisher 5/1/2017 $37.11 $26.75 $63.86 Drywall Finisher 5/1/2018 $39.27 $27.49 $66.76 Drywall Finisher 5/1/2019 $37.75 $28.11 $65.86 Drywall Finisher 5/1/2020 $38.27 $28.59 $66.86 Electricians 4/30/2017 $45.16 $35.25 $80.41 Electricians 4/29/2018 $46.89 $36.52 $83.41 Electricians 5/1/2019 $48.26 $38.15 $86.41 Electricians 8/2/2020 $50.64 $39.27 $89.91 Elevator Constructor 1/1/2018 $55.76 $33.05 $88.81 Elevator Constructor 1/1/2020 $59.44 $35.25 $94.69 Floor Coverer 5/1/2019 $44.37 $28.44 $72.81 Floor Coverer 5/1/2020 $46.01 $28.44 $74.45 Floor Layer 5/1/2017 $42.51 $27.91 $70.42 Floor Layer 5/1/2018 $43.11 $28.09 $71.20 Glazier 5/1/2017 $41.30 $31.80 $73.10 Glazier 5/1/2018 $43.32 $32.33 $75.65 Glazier 5/1/2019 $43.87 $33.38 $77.25 Glazier 5/1/2020 $44.92 $33.63 $78.55 Interior Finish 5/1/2019 $30.20 $25.80 $56.00 Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel, Ornamental, 7/1/2017 $47.30 $32.91 $80.21 Precast, Reinforcing) Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel, Ornamental, 7/1/2018 $51.46 $30.60 $82.06 Precast, Reinforcing) Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel, Ornamental, 7/1/2019 $49.30 $34.41 $83.71 Precast, Reinforcing) Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel, Ornamental, 1/1/2020 $49.80 $34.41 $84.21 Precast, Reinforcing) Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel, Ornamental, 7/1/2020 $50.80 $34.91 $85.71 Precast, Reinforcing) Iron Workers (Riggers) 7/1/2017 $39.83 $27.92 $67.75 Ironworker (Rodman) 7/1/2017 $42.56 $29.30 $71.86 Ironworker (Rodman) 7/1/2018 $42.88 $30.60 $73.48 Ironworker (Rodman) 7/1/2019 $43.88 $30.85 $74.73 Ironworker (Rodman) 7/1/2020 $44.82 $31.60 $76.42 Laborers (Class 01 - General) 5/1/2020 $32.05 $25.25 $57.30 Laborers (Class 01 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $28.65 $24.95 $53.60 Laborers (Class 01 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $30.20 $25.80 $56.00 Laborers (Class 02 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $30.85 $25.65 $56.50 Laborers (Class 02 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $33.15 $26.50 $59.65 Laborers (Class 02 - see notes) 5/1/2020 $35.15 $26.15 $61.30 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $28.92 $25.18 $54.10 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $30.52 $25.98 $56.50 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $32.47 $25.43 $57.90 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $28.95 $24.95 $53.90 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $30.52 $25.98 $56.50 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $32.47 $25.43 $57.90

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 3 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 3

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Building Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $28.65 $24.95 $53.60 Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $30.20 $25.80 $56.00 Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $32.05 $25.25 $57.30 Landscape Laborer 5/1/2017 $22.71 $23.08 $45.79 Landscape Laborer 5/1/2019 $24.64 $23.68 $48.32 Landscape Laborer 5/1/2020 $26.55 $23.13 $49.68 Marble Finisher 5/1/2017 $35.55 $24.17 $59.72 Marble Finisher 5/1/2018 $37.55 $24.17 $61.72 Marble Finisher 5/1/2019 $39.75 $24.17 $63.92 Marble Finisher 5/1/2020 $37.57 $27.65 $65.22 Marble Mason 5/1/2017 $40.36 $26.99 $67.35 Marble Mason 5/1/2018 $43.11 $26.99 $70.10 Marble Mason 5/1/2019 $45.86 $26.99 $72.85 Marble Mason 5/1/2020 $44.25 $30.10 $74.35 Mason Tender, Cement 5/1/2019 $30.52 $25.98 $56.50 Millwright 7/1/2017 $41.35 $32.24 $73.59 Millwright 5/1/2018 $43.33 $32.96 $76.29 Millwright 5/1/2019 $45.50 $33.29 $78.79 Millwright 6/8/2020 $46.80 $33.19 $79.99 Millwright 5/1/2021 $48.60 $33.19 $81.79 Millwright 5/1/2022 $50.60 $33.19 $83.79 Operators (Building, Class 01 - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $44.87 $28.14 $73.01 Operators (Building, Class 01 - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $46.41 $28.60 $75.01 Operators (Building, Class 01 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $46.41 $30.60 $77.01 Operators (Building, Class 01 - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $47.96 $31.05 $79.01 Operators (Building, Class 01 - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $49.50 $31.51 $81.01 Operators (Building, Class 01A - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $47.86 $29.03 $76.89 Operators (Building, Class 01A - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $49.41 $29.49 $78.90 Operators (Building, Class 01A - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $49.41 $31.49 $80.90 Operators (Building, Class 01A - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $50.96 $31.94 $82.90 Operators (Building, Class 01A - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $52.51 $32.39 $84.90 Operators (Building, Class 02 - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $44.62 $28.07 $72.69 Operators (Building, Class 02 - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $46.16 $28.53 $74.69 Operators (Building, Class 02 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $46.16 $30.53 $76.69 Operators (Building, Class 02 - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $47.71 $30.98 $78.69 Operators (Building, Class 02 - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $49.25 $31.44 $80.69 Operators (Building, Class 02A - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $47.61 $28.97 $76.58 Operators (Building, Class 02A - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $49.16 $29.42 $78.58 Operators (Building, Class 02A - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $49.17 $31.41 $80.58 Operators (Building, Class 02A - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $50.71 $31.87 $82.58 Operators (Building, Class 02A - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $52.26 $32.32 $84.58 Operators (Building, Class 03 - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $40.53 $26.87 $67.40 Operators (Building, Class 03 - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $42.07 $27.33 $69.40 Operators (Building, Class 03 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $42.08 $29.32 $71.40

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 4 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 4

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Building Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Operators (Building, Class 03 - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $43.62 $29.78 $73.40 Operators (Building, Class 03 - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $45.16 $30.24 $75.40 Operators (Building, Class 04 - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $40.24 $26.78 $67.02 Operators (Building, Class 04 - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $41.78 $27.22 $69.00 Operators (Building, Class 04 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $41.78 $29.23 $71.01 Operators (Building, Class 04 - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $43.32 $29.69 $73.01 Operators (Building, Class 04 - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $44.87 $30.14 $75.01 Operators (Building, Class 05 - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $38.51 $26.27 $64.78 Operators (Building, Class 05 - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $40.05 $26.73 $66.78 Operators (Building, Class 05 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $40.06 $28.72 $68.78 Operators (Building, Class 05 - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $41.60 $29.18 $70.78 Operators (Building, Class 05 - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $43.14 $29.64 $72.78 Operators (Building, Class 06 - See Notes) 5/1/2017 $37.52 $25.98 $63.50 Operators (Building, Class 06 - See Notes) 5/1/2018 $39.07 $26.43 $65.50 Operators (Building, Class 06 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $39.07 $28.43 $67.50 Operators (Building, Class 06 - See Notes) 5/1/2020 $40.61 $28.89 $69.50 Operators (Building, Class 06 - See Notes) 5/1/2021 $42.16 $29.34 $71.50 Operators (Building, Class 07A- See Notes) 5/1/2017 $54.14 $32.47 $86.61 Operators (Building, Class 07A- See Notes) 5/1/2018 $55.99 $33.02 $89.01 Operators (Building, Class 07A- See Notes) 5/1/2019 $56.30 $35.11 $91.41 Operators (Building, Class 07A- See Notes) 5/1/2020 $58.16 $35.65 $93.81 Operators (Building, Class 07A- See Notes) 5/1/2021 $60.00 $36.21 $96.21 Operators (Building, Class 07B- See Notes) 5/1/2017 $53.84 $32.40 $86.24 Operators (Building, Class 07B- See Notes) 5/1/2018 $55.70 $32.92 $88.62 Operators (Building, Class 07B- See Notes) 5/1/2019 $56.00 $35.03 $91.03 Operators (Building, Class 07B- See Notes) 5/1/2020 $57.86 $35.57 $93.43 Operators (Building, Class 07B- See Notes) 5/1/2021 $59.72 $36.11 $95.83 Painters Class 1 (see notes) 5/1/2017 $37.82 $26.46 $64.28 Painters Class 1 (see notes) 5/1/2018 $38.64 $27.64 $66.28 Painters Class 1 (see notes) 5/1/2019 $39.04 $28.99 $68.03 Painters Class 1 (see notes) 2/1/2020 $46.16 $28.75 $74.91 Painters Class 1 (see notes) 5/1/2020 $40.14 $29.64 $69.78 Painters Class 2 (see notes) 2/1/2017 $53.67 $26.09 $79.76 Painters Class 2 (see notes) 2/1/2018 $54.14 $27.27 $81.41 Painters Class 2 (see notes) 2/1/2019 $55.52 $28.39 $83.91 Painters Class 2 (see notes) 2/1/2020 $57.12 $28.79 $85.91 Plasterers 5/2/2017 $37.42 $28.83 $66.25 Plasterers 5/1/2018 $37.42 $30.04 $67.46 Plasterers 5/1/2019 $37.72 $30.74 $68.46 Plasterers 5/1/2020 $38.12 $31.34 $69.46 plumber 5/1/2018 $53.45 $33.54 $86.99 plumber 5/1/2019 $55.45 $34.54 $89.99 plumber 8/1/2020 $57.33 $35.66 $92.99 Plumbers 5/1/2017 $51.42 $32.57 $83.99

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 5 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 5

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Building Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners 5/1/2017 $42.26 $25.69 $67.95 Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners 5/1/2018 $45.01 $25.69 $70.70 Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners 5/1/2019 $47.76 $25.69 $73.45 Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners 5/1/2020 $45.75 $29.20 $74.95 Roofers (Composition) 5/1/2017 $36.15 $30.22 $66.37 Roofers (Composition) 5/1/2018 $37.15 $31.27 $68.42 Roofers (Composition) 5/1/2019 $38.35 $31.80 $70.15 Roofers (Shingle) 5/1/2016 $25.70 $19.17 $44.87 Roofers (Shingle) 5/1/2019 $28.50 $20.87 $49.37 Roofers (Shingle) 5/1/2020 $29.50 $21.25 $50.75 Roofers (Slate & Tile) 5/1/2018 $30.50 $20.37 $50.87 Roofers (Slate & Tile) 5/1/2019 $31.50 $20.87 $52.37 Roofers (Slate & Tile) 5/1/2020 $32.50 $21.25 $53.75 Sheet Metal Workers 5/1/2017 $46.42 $39.51 $85.93 Sheet Metal Workers 5/1/2018 $47.58 $41.60 $89.18 Sheet Metal Workers 5/1/2019 $49.79 $42.89 $92.68 Sheet Metal Workers 5/1/2020 $52.04 $44.19 $96.23 Sheet Metal Workers 5/1/2021 $49.79 $49.94 $99.73 Sprinklerfitters 1/1/2018 $53.65 $26.22 $79.87 Sprinklerfitters 5/1/2019 $57.20 $28.32 $85.52 Sprinklerfitters 5/1/2020 $59.10 $29.22 $88.32 Steamfitters 5/1/2017 $54.64 $32.53 $87.17 Steamfitters 5/1/2018 $56.37 $34.39 $90.76 Steamfitters 5/1/2019 $58.17 $35.99 $94.16 Steamfitters 5/1/2020 $60.47 $37.24 $97.71 Steamfitters 5/1/2021 $60.47 $40.89 $101.36 Steamfitters 5/1/2022 $60.47 $44.63 $105.10 Stone Masons 5/1/2017 $40.36 $26.99 $67.35 Stone Masons 5/1/2018 $43.11 $26.99 $70.10 Stone Masons 5/1/2019 $45.86 $26.99 $72.85 Stone Masons 5/1/2020 $44.25 $30.10 $74.35 Terrazzo Finisher 5/1/2017 $39.06 $22.73 $61.79 Terrazzo Finisher 5/1/2018 $41.31 $22.73 $64.04 Terrazzo Finisher 5/1/2019 $43.61 $22.73 $66.34 Terrazzo Finisher 5/1/2020 $41.46 $26.37 $67.83 Terrazzo Grinder 5/1/2017 $39.33 $22.73 $62.06 Terrazzo Grinder 5/1/2018 $41.58 $22.73 $64.31 Terrazzo Grinder 5/1/2019 $43.88 $22.73 $66.61 Terrazzo Grinder 5/1/2020 $41.73 $26.37 $68.10 Terrazzo Mechanics 5/1/2017 $43.71 $24.81 $68.52 Terrazzo Mechanics 5/1/2018 $46.46 $24.81 $71.27 Terrazzo Mechanics 5/1/2019 $49.21 $24.81 $74.02 Terrazzo Mechanics 5/1/2020 $47.51 $28.01 $75.52 Tile Finisher 5/1/2017 $35.55 $24.17 $59.72

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 6 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 6

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Building Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Tile Finisher 5/1/2018 $37.55 $24.17 $61.72 Tile Finisher 5/1/2019 $39.75 $24.17 $63.92 Tile Finisher 5/1/2020 $37.57 $27.65 $65.22 Tile Setter 5/1/2017 $43.71 $24.81 $68.52 Tile Setter 5/1/2018 $46.46 $24.81 $71.27 Tile Setter 5/1/2019 $49.21 $24.81 $74.02 Tile Setter 5/1/2020 $47.51 $28.01 $75.52 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2017 $30.46 $17.96 $48.42 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2018 $31.93 $17.96 $49.89 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2019 $32.21 $19.19 $51.40 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2020 $34.93 $17.96 $52.89 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2021 $36.48 $17.96 $54.44 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2017 $30.56 $17.96 $48.52 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2018 $32.03 $17.96 $49.99 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2019 $32.31 $19.19 $51.50 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2020 $35.03 $17.96 $52.99 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2021 $36.58 $17.96 $54.54 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2017 $30.81 $17.96 $48.77 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2018 $32.28 $17.96 $50.24 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2019 $32.56 $19.19 $51.75 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2020 $35.28 $17.96 $53.24 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2021 $36.83 $17.96 $54.79 Wallcoverer 5/1/2020 $40.52 $29.64 $70.16 Window Film / Tint Installer 6/1/2019 $24.52 $12.08 $36.60

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 7 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 7

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Heavy/Highway Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2017 $51.42 $27.39 $78.81 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $53.20 $27.69 $80.89 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2019 4/30/2020 $55.38 $27.69 $83.07 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2020 4/30/2021 $57.63 $27.69 $85.32 Carpenter - Chief of Party (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2021 $59.93 $27.69 $87.62 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2017 $44.71 $27.39 $72.10 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $46.26 $27.69 $73.95 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2019 4/30/2020 $48.16 $27.69 $75.85 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2020 4/30/2021 $50.11 $27.69 $77.80 Carpenter - Instrument Person (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2021 $52.11 $27.69 $79.80 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2017 $35.77 $21.19 $56.96 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $37.01 $21.34 $58.35 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2019 4/30/2020 $38.53 $21.34 $59.87 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2020 4/30/2021 $40.09 $21.34 $61.43 Carpenter - Rodman (Surveying & Layout) 5/1/2021 $41.69 $21.34 $63.03 Carpenter 5/1/2018 4/30/2019 $46.26 $27.69 $73.95 Carpenter 5/1/2019 4/30/2020 $47.81 $28.04 $75.85 Carpenter 5/1/2020 $49.46 $28.34 $77.80 Carpenter 5/1/2021 $51.76 $28.04 $79.80 Carpenters 5/1/2017 $44.71 $27.39 $72.10 Carpenters 5/1/2018 $46.56 $27.39 $73.95 Carpenters 5/1/2019 $48.46 $27.39 $75.85 Carpenters 5/1/2020 $50.41 $27.39 $77.80 Carpenters 5/1/2021 $52.41 $27.39 $79.80 Cement Masons 5/1/2017 $34.45 $31.51 $65.96 Cement Masons 5/1/2018 $35.65 $32.01 $67.66 Cement Masons 5/1/2019 $37.90 $31.51 $69.41 Cement Masons 5/1/2020 $37.95 $33.26 $71.21 DockBuilder/ Divers (Building Heavy & Highway) 5/1/2020 $52.44 $37.27 $89.71 DockBuilder/Pile Drivers/ Diver Tender(Building Heavy 5/1/2020 $43.70 $37.27 $80.97 & Highway) Electric Lineman 5/29/2017 $52.60 $26.37 $78.97 Electric Lineman 5/28/2018 $53.64 $27.45 $81.09 Electric Lineman 5/27/2019 $54.66 $28.56 $83.22 Electric Lineman 6/1/2020 $55.96 $29.76 $85.72 Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel, Ornamental, 1/1/2017 $46.20 $31.26 $77.46 Precast, Reinforcing) Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel, Ornamental, 7/1/2020 $50.80 $34.91 $85.71 Precast, Reinforcing) Iron Workers 7/1/2017 $47.30 $32.91 $80.21 Iron Workers 7/1/2019 $49.30 $34.41 $83.71 Iron Workers 1/1/2020 $49.80 $34.41 $84.21 Ironworker (Rodman) 7/1/2020 $44.82 $31.60 $76.42 Laborers (Class 01 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $29.75 $25.65 $55.40 Laborers (Class 01 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $31.25 $25.65 $56.90

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 8 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 8

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Heavy/Highway Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Laborers (Class 01 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $31.95 $26.50 $58.45 Laborers (Class 01 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $33.95 $26.15 $60.10 Laborers (Class 01 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $36.20 $25.65 $61.85 Laborers (Class 02 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $29.95 $25.65 $55.60 Laborers (Class 02 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $31.45 $25.65 $57.10 Laborers (Class 02 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.15 $26.50 $58.65 Laborers (Class 02 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.15 $26.15 $60.30 Laborers (Class 02 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $36.40 $25.65 $62.05 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $29.95 $25.65 $55.60 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $31.45 $25.65 $57.10 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.15 $26.50 $58.65 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.15 $26.15 $60.30 Laborers (Class 03 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $36.40 $25.65 $62.05 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $24.55 $25.65 $50.20 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $26.05 $25.65 $51.70 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $26.75 $26.50 $53.25 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $28.75 $26.15 $54.90 Laborers (Class 04 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $31.00 $25.65 $56.65 Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $30.60 $25.65 $56.25 Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $32.10 $25.65 $57.75 Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.80 $26.50 $59.30 Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.80 $26.15 $60.95 Laborers (Class 05 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $37.05 $25.65 $62.70 Laborers (Class 06 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $30.65 $25.65 $56.30 Laborers (Class 06 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $32.15 $25.65 $57.80 Laborers (Class 06 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.85 $26.50 $59.35 Laborers (Class 06 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.85 $26.15 $61.00 Laborers (Class 06 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $37.10 $25.65 $62.75 Laborers (Class 07 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $30.50 $25.65 $56.15 Laborers (Class 07 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $32.00 $25.65 $57.65 Laborers (Class 07 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.70 $26.50 $59.20 Laborers (Class 07 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.70 $26.15 $60.85 Laborers (Class 07 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $36.95 $25.65 $62.60 Laborers (Class 08 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $30.25 $25.65 $55.90 Laborers (Class 08 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $31.75 $25.65 $57.40 Laborers (Class 08 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.45 $26.50 $58.95 Laborers (Class 08 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.45 $26.15 $60.60 Laborers (Class 08 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $36.70 $25.65 $62.35 Laborers (Class 09 - See notes) 5/1/2017 $30.10 $25.65 $55.75 Laborers (Class 09 - See notes) 5/1/2018 $31.60 $25.65 $57.25 Laborers (Class 09 - See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.30 $26.50 $58.80 Laborers (Class 09 - See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.30 $26.15 $60.45 Laborers (Class 09 - See notes) 5/1/2021 $36.55 $25.65 $62.20 Laborers (Class 10- See notes) 5/1/2017 $30.25 $25.65 $55.90

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 9 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 9

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Heavy/Highway Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Laborers (Class 10- See notes) 5/1/2018 $33.30 $25.65 $58.95 Laborers (Class 10- See notes) 5/1/2019 $32.45 $26.50 $58.95 Laborers (Class 10- See notes) 5/1/2020 $34.45 $26.15 $60.60 Laborers (Class 10- See notes) 5/1/2021 $36.70 $25.65 $62.35 Laborers (Class 11 -See Notes) 5/1/2017 $30.15 $25.65 $55.80 Laborers (Class 11 -See Notes) 5/1/2018 $31.55 $25.65 $57.20 Laborers (Class 11 -See Notes) 5/1/2019 $32.35 $26.50 $58.85 Laborers (Class 11 -See Notes) 5/1/2020 $34.35 $26.15 $60.50 Laborers (Class 11 -See Notes) 5/1/2021 $36.50 $25.65 $62.15 Laborers (Class 12 -See Notes) 5/1/2017 $31.85 $25.65 $57.50 Laborers (Class 12 -See Notes) 5/1/2018 $32.45 $25.65 $58.10 Laborers (Class 12 -See Notes) 5/1/2019 $34.05 $26.50 $60.55 Laborers (Class 12 -See Notes) 5/1/2020 $36.05 $26.15 $62.20 Laborers (Class 12 -See Notes) 5/1/2021 $37.40 $25.65 $63.05 Laborers (Class 13 -See Notes) 5/1/2017 $33.88 $25.65 $59.53 Laborers (Class 13 -See Notes) 5/1/2018 $35.38 $25.65 $61.03 Laborers (Class 13 -See Notes) 5/1/2019 $36.08 $26.50 $62.58 Laborers (Class 13 -See Notes) 5/1/2020 $38.08 $26.15 $64.23 Laborers (Class 13 -See Notes) 5/1/2021 $40.33 $25.65 $65.98 Laborers (Class 14 -See Notes) 5/1/2017 $30.00 $25.65 $55.65 Laborers (Class 14 -See Notes) 5/1/2018 $31.50 $25.65 $57.15 Laborers (Class 14 -See Notes) 5/1/2019 $32.20 $26.50 $58.70 Laborers (Class 14 -See Notes) 5/1/2020 $34.20 $26.15 $60.35 Laborers (Class 14 -See Notes) 5/1/2021 $36.45 $25.65 $62.10 Laborers Utility (PGW ONLY) (Flagperson) 5/1/2017 $23.52 $17.58 $41.10 Laborers Utility (PGW ONLY) 5/1/2017 $30.55 $17.58 $48.13 Landscape Laborer 5/1/2016 $21.19 $22.65 $43.84 Landscape Laborer 5/1/2019 $24.22 $23.50 $47.72 Landscape Laborer 5/1/2020 $26.13 $22.95 $49.08 Operators (Heavy, Class 05 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $40.06 $28.72 $68.78 Operators (Heavy, Class 06 - See Notes) 5/1/2019 $39.07 $28.43 $67.50 Operators Class 01 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $44.87 $28.14 $73.01 Highway) Operators Class 01 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $46.41 $28.60 $75.01 Highway) Operators Class 01 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $46.41 $30.60 $77.01 Highway) Operators Class 01 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $47.96 $31.20 $79.16 Highway) Operators Class 01a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $47.86 $29.03 $76.89 Highway) Operators Class 01a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $49.41 $29.49 $78.90 Highway) Operators Class 01a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $49.41 $31.49 $80.90 Highway) Operators Class 01a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $50.96 $32.09 $83.05 Highway)

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 10 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 10

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Heavy/Highway Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Operators Class 02 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $44.62 $28.07 $72.69 Highway) Operators Class 02 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $46.16 $28.53 $74.69 Highway) Operators Class 02 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $46.16 $30.53 $76.69 Highway) Operators Class 02 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $47.71 $31.13 $78.84 Highway) Operators Class 02a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $47.61 $28.97 $76.58 Highway) Operators Class 02a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $49.16 $29.42 $78.58 Highway) Operators Class 02a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $49.17 $31.41 $80.58 Highway) Operators Class 02a - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $50.71 $32.02 $82.73 Highway) Operators Class 03 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $40.53 $26.87 $67.40 Highway) Operators Class 03 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $42.07 $27.33 $69.40 Highway) Operators Class 03 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $42.08 $29.32 $71.40 Highway) Operators Class 03 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $43.62 $29.93 $73.55 Highway) Operators Class 04 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $40.24 $26.78 $67.02 Highway) Operators Class 04 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $41.78 $27.22 $69.00 Highway) Operators Class 04 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $41.78 $29.23 $71.01 Highway) Operators Class 04 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $43.32 $29.84 $73.16 Highway) Operators Class 05 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $38.51 $26.27 $64.78 Highway) Operators Class 05 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $40.05 $26.73 $66.78 Highway) Operators Class 05 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $40.06 $28.72 $68.78 Highway) Operators Class 05 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $41.60 $29.33 $70.93 Highway) Operators Class 06 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $37.52 $25.98 $63.50 Highway) Operators Class 06 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $39.07 $26.43 $65.50 Highway) Operators Class 06 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $39.07 $28.43 $67.50 Highway) Operators Class 06 - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $40.61 $29.04 $69.65 Highway) Operators Class 07 (A) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $54.14 $32.47 $86.61 Highway) Operators Class 07 (A) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $55.99 $33.02 $89.01 Highway) Operators Class 07 (A) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $56.30 $35.11 $91.41 Highway) Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 11 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 11

BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES Project: 21-00354 - Heavy/Highway Effective Expiration Hourly Rate Fringe Total Date Date Benefits Operators Class 07 (A) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $58.16 $35.80 $93.96 Highway) Operators Class 07 (B) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2017 $53.84 $32.40 $86.24 Highway) Operators Class 07 (B) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2018 $55.70 $32.92 $88.62 Highway) Operators Class 07 (B) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2019 $56.00 $35.03 $91.03 Highway) Operators Class 07 (B) - See Notes (Building, Heavy, 5/1/2020 $57.86 $35.72 $93.58 Highway) Painters (Bridges, Stacks, Towers) 2/1/2017 $53.67 $26.09 $79.76 Painters (Bridges, Stacks, Towers) 2/1/2018 $54.14 $27.27 $81.41 Painters (Bridges, Stacks, Towers) 2/1/2019 $55.52 $28.39 $83.91 Painters (Bridges, Stacks, Towers) 2/1/2020 $57.12 $28.79 $85.91 Steamfitters (Heavy and Highway - Gas Distribution) 5/1/2017 $51.91 $32.53 $84.44 Steamfitters (Heavy and Highway - Gas Distribution) 5/1/2020 $60.47 $36.93 $97.40 Steamfitters 5/1/2018 $56.37 $34.39 $90.76 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2017 $30.31 $17.96 $48.27 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2018 $31.78 $17.96 $49.74 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2019 $32.06 $19.19 $51.25 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2020 $34.78 $17.96 $52.74 Truckdriver class 1(see notes) 5/1/2021 $36.33 $17.96 $54.29 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2017 $30.41 $17.96 $48.37 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2018 $31.88 $17.96 $49.84 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2019 $32.16 $19.19 $51.35 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2020 $34.88 $17.96 $52.84 Truckdriver class 2 (see notes) 5/1/2021 $36.43 $17.96 $54.39 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2017 $30.66 $17.96 $48.62 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2018 $32.13 $17.96 $50.09 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2019 $32.41 $19.19 $51.60 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2020 $35.13 $17.96 $53.09 Truckdriver class 3 (see notes) 5/1/2021 $36.68 $17.96 $54.64

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry Report Date: 1/15/2021 Page 12 of 12

PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE DETERMINATION - 12

DAS Industrial Serices Compan, LLC P.O. Bo 201 and 4/20/2017 Pinebrook, NJ 07058 Vincent Maganiello, Indiiduall New Elementary School Commission Number 634 Warrior Run School District 21 Pine Street Rockaa, NJ 07866 Chrstal Clean and More https://www.dli.pa.gov/Individuals/Labor-Management-Relations/llc/prevailing-550 Chicora Road --AND-- 2/2/2017 wage/Pages/Debarments-and-Settlements.aspx# Butler, PA 16001 Chrstal Nelson, Indiiduall Castle Painting, Inc. a/k/a Castle Painting & Repair 1075 Franklin Ae 11/9/2016 --AND-- Crodon, PA 19021 DebarmentsThomas F. Kaufmann, Indiiduall and Settlements 1 Simple Drie Simple Industries, Inc. 10/13/2016 This notice is published for the information andScranton, PA 18504 convenience of public bodies subject to the Act. Seman Flooring, Inc. 625 Henderson Ae. --AND-- 8/31/2016 Washington, PA 15301 SettlementsLori Seman, Indiiduall Ward Building Solutions, LLC 1615 Condor Lane --AND-- 6/29/2016 None at this time. Doer, PA 17315 Tessa M. Ward, Indiiduall DebarmentsM&R Insulation Sstems, LLC --AND-- 2060 Sierod Drie Mariln DaBrono, Indiiduall 4/12/2016 Neton, PA 18940 Under Section 11(e)--AND-- of the Act (43 P.S. § 165-1(e)), these persons and firms, or any firm, corporationAnthon DaBrono, a/k/a Rock DaBrono or partnership in which such persons and firms have an interest, shall be awarded Banner Assicates, Inc. no contract for 3 years after the date listed. 60 Merkel Road --AND-- 1/19/2016 Gilbertsille, PA 19525 Wane Grace, Indiiduall MJ Enterprises, LLC 517 Kings H --AND-- Lees, DE 19958 Maura A. Jenkins, Indiiduall 2/23/2015 --AND-- 44 Brandt Lane Ja H. Brant, Indiiduall Neille, PA 17241

CURRENT PREVAILING WAGE ACT DEBARMENTS - 1

CURRENT PREVAILING WAGE ACT DEBARMENTS - 2

"PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT" Act of 1961, P.L. 987, No. 442

PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 1

"PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT" Act of 1961, P.L. 987, No. 442

AN ACT

Relating to public works contracts; providing for prevailing wage; imposing duties upon the Secre- tary of Labor and Industry; providing remedies, penalties and repealing existing laws.

The General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania hereby enacts as follows:

Section 1. Short Title.

This act shall be known and may be cited as the "Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act."

Section 2. Definitions.

As used in this act —

(1) "Department" means Department of Labor and Industry of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

(2) "Locality" means any political subdivision, or combination of the same, within the county in which the public work is to be performed. When no workmen for which a prevailing minimum wage is to be determined hereunder are employed in the locality, the locality may be extended to include adjoining political subdivisions where such workmen are employed in those crafts or trades for which there are no workmen employed in the locality as otherwise herein defined.

((2) amended Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

(3) "Maintenance work" means the repair of existing facilities when the size, type or extent of such facilities is not thereby changed or increased.

(4) "Public body" means the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, any of its political subdivisions, any authority created by the General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and any instrumentality or agency of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

(5) "Public work" means construction, reconstruction, demolition, alteration and/or repair work other than maintenance work, done under contract and paid for in whole or in part out of the funds of a public body where the estimated cost of the total project is in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000), but shall not include work performed under a rehabilitation or manpower training program.

((5) amended Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

(6) "Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor and Industry or his duly authorized deputy or representative.

(7) "Workman" includes laborer, mechanic, skilled and semiskilled laborer and apprentices employed by any contractor or subcontractor and engaged in he performance of services directly upon the public work project, regardless of whether their work becomes a component part thereof, but does not include material suppliers or their employes who do not perform services at the job site.

(8) "Work performed under a rehabilitation program," means work arranged by and at a State institution primarily for teaching and upgrading the skills and employment opportunities of the inmates of such institutions.

(9) "Advisory Board" means the board created by section 2.1 of this act.

- 1 -

PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 2

((9) added Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

(10) "Appeals Board" means the board created by section 2.2 of this act.

((10) added Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 2.1. Advisory Board, Powers and Duties.

(a) There is hereby created in the Department of Labor and Industry an Advisory Board consisting of seven members for the purpose of assisting the secretary in carrying out his duties under the act to which this is an amendment.

(b) Except for the member employed by the secretary, each member of the Advisory Board shall be appointed by the Governor and shall receive a compensation of thirty dollars ($30) per day for each day actually spent in the performance of this duties plus necessary expenses.

(c) Of the seven members, one shall be a representative of an association of general contractors engaged full-time in the building construction industry, one shall be a representative of an association of heavy and highway construction industry, one shall be a member of an historically established union representing labor in the building construction industry, one shall be a member of an historically established union representing labor in the heavy and highway construction industry, one shall be a member of an association representing a political subdivision, one shall be learned in the law and employed by the secretary, and one shall not be engaged in or employed by the building industry or by a public body but shall represent the general public.

(d) At least two weeks' public notice shall be given in the manner prescribed by regulation of the board prior to any meeting of the board. Four members of the board shall constitute a quorum.

(e) The Advisory Board shall have the power and duty to —

(1) Consult with the secretary at his request concerning any matter arising under the administration of this act.

(2) Advise and assist the secretary in carrying out the duties provided for him by section 7 of this act.

(3) Promulgate rules and regulations necessary to carry out the duties placed upon the board by this act.

(2.1 added Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 2.2. Appeals Board Powers and Duties.

(a) There is hereby created in the Department of Labor and Industry an Appeals Board consisting of seven members for the purpose of hearing and determining grievances arising out of the administration of the act to which this is an amendment.

(b) Except for the member employed by the secretary, each member of the Appeals Board shall be appointed by the Governor and shall receive a compensation of thirty dollars ($30) per day for each day actually spent in the performance of his duties plus necessary expenses.

(c) Of the seven members, one shall be a representative of an association of general contractors engaged full-time in the building construction industry, one shall be a representative of an association of heavy and highway contractors engaged full time in the heavy and highway construction industry, one shall be a member of an historically established union representing labor in the building construction industry, one shall be a member of an historically established union representing labor in the heavy

- 2 -

PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 3

and highway construction industry, one shall be a member of an association representing a political subdivision, one shall be learned in the law and employed by the secretary, and one shall not be engaged in or employed by the building industry or by a public body but shall represent the general public. No member of the Advisory Board created by this amendatory act shall be appointed to the Appeals Board.

(d) Four members of the board shall constitute a quorum and the board shall neither sit for purposes of hearing any grievance nor make any determination unless a quorum is present.

(e) The Appeals Board shall have the power and duty to —

(1) Hear and determine any grievance or appeal arising out of the administration of this act.

(2) Promulgate rules and regulations necessary to carry out the duties placed upon the board by this act: Provided, however, That any such rules and regulations shall provide for notice of filing of grievances and appeals, public hearings, right of representation and all other procedures required by due process of law.

(2.2 added Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 3. Specifications.

The specifications for every contract for any public work to which any public body is a party, shall contain a provision stating the minimum wage rate that must be paid to the workmen employed in the performance of the contract.

(3 amended Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 4. Duty of Public Body.

It shall be the duty of every public body which proposes the making of a contract for any project of public work to determine from the secretary the prevailing minimum wage rates which shall be paid by the contractor to the workmen upon such project. Reference to such prevailing minimum rates shall be published in the notice issued for the purpose of securing bids for such project of public work. Whenever any contract for a project of public work is entered into, the prevailing minimum wages as determined by the secretary shall be incorporated into and made a part of such contract and shall not be altered during the period such contract is in force.

(4 amended Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 5. Prevailing Wage.

Not less than the prevailing minimum wages as determined hereunder shall be paid to all workmen employed on public work.

(5 amended Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 6. Duty of Contractor.

Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep an accurate record showing the name, craft and the actual hourly rate of wage paid to each workman employed by him in connection with public work, and such record shall be preserved for two years from date of payment. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the public body awarding the contract and to the secretary.

Section 7. Duty of Secretary.

The secretary shall, after consultation with the advisory board, determine the general prevailing

- 3 -

PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 4

minimum wage rate in the locality in which the public work is to be performed for each craft or classification of all workmen needed to perform public work contracts during the anticipated term thereof: Provided, however, That employer and employe contributions for employe benefits pursuant to a bona fide collective bargaining agreement shall be considered an integral part of the wage rate for the purpose of determining the minimum wage rate under this act. Nothing in the act, however, shall prohibit the payment of more than the general prevailing minimum wage rate to any workman employed on public work. The secretary shall forthwith give notice by mail of all determinations of general prevailing minimum wage rates made pursuant to this section to any representative of any craft, any employer or any representative of any group of employers, who shall in writing request the secretary so to do.

(7 amended Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 8. Review of Rates, Petition and Hearing.

Any prospective bidder or his representative, any representative of any group of employers engaged in the particular type of construction, reconstruction, alteration and demolition or repair work involved, any representative of any craft or classification of workmen or the public body may, within ten days after the publication and issue of the specifications covering the particular contract for public work involved, file with the secretary a verified petition to review the determination of any such rate or rates. Within two days thereafter a copy of such petition shall be filed with the public body authorizing the public work. The petition shall set forth the facts upon which it is based. The secretary shall, upon notice to the petitioner, the public body authorizing the public work and the recognized collective bargaining representatives for the particular crafts and classifications involved, and also to all persons entitled to receive notice pursuant to subsection (a) of section 7 hereof, institute an investigation and hold a public hearing within twenty days after the filing of such petition. Within ten days thereafter, the secretary shall make a determination and transmit it, in writing, to the public body and to the interested parties. Such determination shall be final unless within ten days an appeal is filed with the Appeals Board.

Upon receipt by the public body of the notice of the filing of such petition, the public body awarding the contract or authorizing the public work shall extend the closing date for the submission of bids until five days after the final determination of the general prevailing minimum wage rates pursuant to this section and the publication of such findings.

Upon the filing of any such petition, notice thereof and of the extension of the closing date for submission of bids, shall be given forthwith by the awarding public body in a special bulletin to all interested parties as defined herein, notice shall also be given to the bidders by the awarding body of the final determination of the secretary or Appeals Board which shall also be included in the contract. The determination of the secretary or Appeals Board shall be included in the contract.

(8 amended Aug. 9, 1963, P.L. 653, No. 342)

Section 9. Posting of Rates.

Contractors and subcontractors performing public work for a public body subject to the provisions of this act shall post the general prevailing minimum wage rates for each craft and classification involved, as determined by the secretary, including the effective date of any changes thereof, in prominent and easily accessible places at the site of the work, or at such place or places as are used by them to pay workmen their wages.

Section 10. Duty of Public Body.

(a) Before final payment is made by, or on behalf of any public body of any sum or sums due on public work, it shall be the duty of the treasurer of the public body or other officer or person charged with the custody and disbursement of the funds of the public body to require the contractor and subcontractor to file statements, in writing, in form satisfactory to the secretary, certifying to the amounts then due and owing from such contractor and subcontractor, filing such statement to any

- 4 -

PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 5

and all workmen for wages due on account of public work, setting forth therein the names of the persons whose wages are unpaid and the amount due to each respectively, which statement so to be filed shall be verified by the oath of the contractor and subcontractor, as the case may be, that he has read such statement subscribed by him, knows the contents thereof and that the same is true of his own knowledge: Provided, nevertheless, That nothing herein shall impair the right of a contractor to receive final payment because of the failure of any subcontractor to comply with provisions of this act.

(b) In case any workman shall have filed a protest, in writing, within three months from the date of the occurrence of the incident complained of, with the secretary, objecting to the payment to any contractor to the extent of the amount or amounts due or to become due to the said workman for wages or for labors performed on public works, the secretary shall direct the fiscal or financial officer of the public body, or other person charged with the custody and disbursements of the funds of the public body, to deduct from the whole amount of any payment on account thereof the sum or sums admitted by any contractor in such statement or statements so filed, to be due and owing by him on account of wages earned on such public work before making payment of the amount certified for payment and may withhold the amount so deducted for the benefit of the workmen whose wages are unpaid, as shown by the verified statement filed by any contractor, and may pay directly to any workmen the amount shown to be due to him for such wages by the statements filed as hereinbefore required, thereby discharging the obligation of the contractor to the person receiving such payment to the extent of the amount thereof.

(c) Any contractor or subcontractor who shall, under oath, verify the statement required to be filed under this section, which is known to him to be false, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall, upon conviction, be sentenced to pay a fine of not exceeding two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) or to undergo imprisonment not exceeding five years, or both.

Section 11. Remedies and Penalties.

(a) The fiscal or financial officer, or any public body having public work performed under which any workman shall have been paid less than the prevailing wage, shall forthwith notify the secretary, in writing, of the name of the person or firm failing to pay the prevailing wages.

(b) Any workman may, within three months from the date of the occurrence of the incident complained of, file a protest, in writing, with the secretary objecting to the amount of wages paid for services performed by him on public work as being less than the prevailing wages for such services.

(c) Whenever a fiscal or financial officer of any public body shall notify the secretary that any person or firm required to pay its workmen the prevailing wage under this act has failed so to do, or whenever any workman employed upon public work shall have filed a timely protest objecting that he has been paid less than prevailing wages as required by this act, it shall be the duty of and the secretary shall forthwith investigate the matter and determine whether or not there has been a failure to pay the prevailing wages and whether such failure was intentional or otherwise. In any such investigation, the secretary shall provide for an appropriate hearing upon due notice to interested parties including the workmen, the employer and their respective representative, if any.

(d) In the event that the secretary shall determine, after notice and hearing as required by this section, that any person or firm has failed to pay the prevailing wages and that such failure was not intentional, he shall afford such person or firm a reasonable opportunity to adjust the matter by making payment or providing adequate security for the payment of the amounts required to be paid under this act as prevailing wages to the workmen affected on such terms and conditions as shall be approved by the secretary.

(e) In the event that the secretary shall determine, after notice and hearing as required by this section, that any person or firm has filed to pay the prevailing wages and that such failure was intentional, he shall thereupon notify all public bodies of the name or names of such persons or firms and no contract shall be awarded to such persons or firms or to any firm, corporation or partnership in which such persons or firms have an interest until three years have elapsed from the date of the notice to the public bodies aforesaid. The secretary may in addition thereto request the Attorney General to proceed to recover the

- 5 -

PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 6

penalties for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania which are payable under subsection (f) of this section.

(f) Whenever it shall be determined by the secretary, after notice and hearing as required by this section, that any person or firm has failed to pay the prevailing wages and that such failure was intentional, such persons or firm shall be liable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for liquidated damages, in addition to damages for any other breach of the contract in the amount of the underpayment of wages due any workman engaged in the performance of such contract.

(g) It shall not constitute a failure to pay the prevailing wage rates for the work of a particular craft or classification where the prevailing wage rates determined for a specific craft or classification has been paid, and it is asserted that one or more bona fide craft unions contend that the work should have been assigned to their members instead of the members of the specific craft to whom it was assigned or by whom it was performed.

(h) The following shall constitute substantial evidence of intentional failure to pay prevailing wage rates:

(1) Any acts of omission or commission done wilfully or with a knowing disregard of the rights of workmen resulting in the payment of less than prevailing wage rates.

(2) After there has been a finding by the secretary in the manner required by this section that any person or firm has failed to pay the prevailing wages prescribed by this act and thereafter there shall be a failure by such person or firm to pay the prevailing wages prescribed by this act, or there shall be a subsequent failure of such person or firm to comply with any opportunity to adjust any differences which shall be afforded him by the secretary.

Section 12. Failure to Comply, Termination.

In any case where the secretary shall have determined that any person or firm has failed to pay the prevailing wages under subsections (e) and (f) of section 11 hereof, he may direct the public body to terminate, and the public body may terminate, any such contractor's right to proceed with the public work.

Section 13. Workmen's Rights.

Any workmen paid less than the rates specified in the contract shall have a right of action for the difference between the wage so paid and the wages stipulated in the contract, which right of action shall be instituted within six months from the occurrence of the event creating such right.

Section 14. Rules and Regulations.

The secretary is hereby authorized and empowered to prescribe, adopt, promulgate, rescind and enforce rules and regulations pertaining to the administration and enforcement of the provisions of this act.

Section 15. Application of Act.

This act shall have no application to any public works subject to the Walsh-Healey Act, the act of June 30, 1936, chapter 881, 49 Stat. 2036, 41 USCA sections 35-45, or the Davis Bacon Act, the act of March 3, 1931, 40 U.S. Code 276 (a).

Section 16. Repealer.

All acts and parts of acts are repealed in so far as they are inconsistent herewith.

Section 17. Effective Date.

This act shall take effect on the first day of the sixth month following date of final enactment.

- 6 -

PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 7

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

REGULATIONS FOR PENNSYLVANIA PREVAILING WAGE ACT

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRY BUREAU OF LABOR LAW COMPLIANCE

1997 EDITION

R-5

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 1

Subchapter E. PREVAILING REGULATIONS

Sec. 9.101. Purpose and scope. 9.102. Definitions. 9.103. Required provisions. 9.104. Duty of the public body. 9.105. Determination of classification and general prevailing minimum wage rates. 9.106. Payment of general prevailing minimum wage rates. 9.107. Petition for review of rates and hearing. 9.108. Posting of wage rates. 9.109. Records and inspection. 9.110. Certification of rate of wage and payment by contractor or subcontractor. 9.111. Remedies and penalties. 9.112. Workmen's rights.

Authority

The provisions of this Subchapter E issued under act of August 15, 1961 (P.L. 987) (43 P.S. § 165-14), unless otherwise noted.

Source

The provisions of this Subchapter E adopted May 23, 1975, 5 Pa.B. 1347, unless otherwise noted.

Notes of Decisions

The Secretary of Labor and Industry's definition of workers as "electricians" on a public works project, and therefore subjecting their employer to payment of the wages not paid in violation of the Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act (43 P.S. §§ 165-1 — 165-17) would not be disturbed as the determination was neither erroneous nor inconsistent with the statute. Henkels & McCoy, Inc. v. Department of Labor and Industry, 598 A.2d 1065 (Pa. Cmwlth. 1991).

§ 9.101. Purpose and scope.

(a) Every contract to which the Commonwealth, its political subdivisions, an authority created by the General Assembly of the Commonwealth including authorities created under the Municipality Authori- ties Act of 1945 (53 P. S. §§ 301–401) and instrumentalities or agencies of the Commonwealth is a party, for construction, reconstruction, demolition, alteration or repair work other than maintenance work where the estimated cost of the total project is in excess of $25,000, which requires or involves the employment by a contractor or subcontractor of laborers, mechanics, skilled and semi-skilled laborers and apprentices in the performance of services directly upon the public work project shall include in its specifications a provision stating the general prevailing minimum wage rates as determined by the Secretary which shall be paid for each craft or classification of workmen needed to perform the contract during the anticipated term thereof in the locality in which the public work is performed.

(b) Every person paid by a contractor or a subcontractor in any manner for his labor in the construction, reconstruction, demolition, alteration or repair work other than maintenance work done under contract and paid for in whole or in part out of the funds of a public body except work performed under a rehabilitation program or manpower training programs is "employed" and "receiving wages."

(c) These regulations do not apply to a public works contracts subject to the Walsh-Healey Act (41 U.S.C.A. §§ 35–45) or section 1 of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C.A. § 276(a)).

- 1 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 2

(d) Work performed under a rehabilitation program arranged by and at a State institution primarily for teaching and up-grading the skills and employment opportunities of the inmates of the institution is not to be considered public work performed by a public body as defined in the act and this Subchapter.

Notes of Decisions

The court declared the Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act (Act) (43 P. S. §§ 165-1–165-17) and its accompanying regulations invalid and unenforceable because they were preempted by ERISA where the Act related to ERISA plans regarding fringe benefits. Keystone Chapter, Assoc. Builders and Contractors, Ind. v. Foley, 837 F.Supp. 654 (M. D. PA. 1993).

§ 9.102. Definitions.

The following words and terms, when used in this subchapter, have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

Act–The Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act (43 P. S. §§ 165-1–165-17).

Apprentice–A person employed and working under a bona fide apprenticeship program, directly related to the particular craft involved in the construction industry and registered with an approved by the Pennsylvania Apprenticeship and Training Council and whose training and employment are in full compliance with the provisions of The Apprenticeship and Training Act (43 P. S. §§ 90.1–90.10), approved July 14, 1961.

Authorized deduction–Those deductions which are authorized by the Wage Payment and Collec- tion Law (43 P. S. §§ 260.1–260.45), approved July 14, 1961 and the Regulations of the Department of Labor and Industry issued pursuant thereto.

Bona fide collective bargaining agreement–The agreement negotiated between the historically established and recognized bargaining representatives for the employers and of the workmen for the particular crafts or classifications involved providing for applicable wage rates, hours of work, working conditions and contributions for employe benefits as defined in "contributions for employe benefits" in this section.

Classification–Specific categories of jobs which are performed within a "craft" as defined in this section. The term includes those specific categories of jobs which are performed by a "workman," as defined in section 2(7) of the act (43 P. S. § 165-2(17)) and this section, and "apprentice," as defined in this section.

Contributions for employe benefits–"Fringe benefits" paid or to be paid, including payment made whether directly or indirectly, to the workmen for sick, disability, death, other than Workmen’s Com- pensation, medical, surgical, hospital, vacation, travel expense, retirement and pension benefits.

Craft–Special skills and trades which are recognized as such by custom and usage in the building and construction industry.

Department–The Department of Labor and Industry of the Commonwealth.

General prevailing minimum wage rates, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage rates and wage rates–Rates as determined by the Secretary, as payable in the locality in which the public work is to be performed, for the respective crafts and classifications, including the amount of contributions for employe benefits as required by the act.

Locality–A political subdivision, or combination of the same, within the county in which the public work is to be performed. When no workmen for which a prevailing minimum wage is to be determined hereunder are employed in the locality, the locality may be extended to include adjoining

- 2 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 3

political subdivisions where the workmen are employed in those crafts or trades for which there are no workmen employed in the locality as otherwise herein defined.

Maintenance work–The repair of existing facilities when the size, type or extent of the facilities is not thereby changed or increased.

Public body–The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, its political subdivisions, authorities created by the General Assembly of the Commonwealth and instrumentalities or agencies of the Common- wealth.

Public work–Construction, reconstruction, demolition, alteration or repair work other than maintenance work, done under contract and paid for in whole or in part out of the funds of a public body where the estimated cost of the total project is in excess of $25,000. The term does not include work performed under a rehabilitation or manpower training program.

Secretary–The Secretary of Labor and Industry or his authorized deputy or representative.

Workman–Includes laborer, mechanic, skilled and semiskilled laborer and apprentices employed by a contractor or subcontractor and engaged in the performance of services directly upon the public work project, regardless of whether their work becomes a component part thereof. The term does not include material suppliers or their employes who do not perform services at the job site.

Notes of Decisions

Preemption

The union fund correctly argued that its suit under the Public Works Contractors’ Bond Law (8 P. S. § 191 et seq.) was not preempted by Employee Retirement and Income Security Act (ERISA), 29 U.S.C.A. § 1001 et seq., because the Bond Law made no reference to ERISA plans and was not related to employee benefit plans or the enforcement of those plans. Thus, the Union Fund’s cause of action against the bond insuring company can survive the company’s motion for summary judgment. Carpenters v. National Union Fire Insurance of Pittsburgh, 686 A.2d 1373 (Pa. Cmwlth. 1996).

Cross References

This section cited in 34 Pa. Code § 9.105 (relating to determination of classification and general prevailing minimum wage rates).

§ 9.103. Required provisions.

The specifications for every contract for a public work as defined herein shall contain at least the following conditions, provisions and requirements:

(1) The general prevailing minimum wage rates including contributions for employe benefits as determined by the Secretary which shall be paid to the workmen employed in the performance of the contract. The contract shall specifically provide that the contractor shall pay at least the wage rates as determined in the decision of the Secretary of Labor and Industry and shall comply with the conditions of the act approved August 15, 1961, and the regulations issued thereto, to assure the full and proper payment of the rates.

(2) The contract shall contain the stipulation that workmen shall be paid at least the general prevailing minimum wage rates and other provisions to assure payment thereof as set forth in this section.

(3) The contract provisions apply to work performed on the contract by the contractor and to work performed on the contract by subcontractors.

- 3 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 4

(4) The contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the stipulations contained in these required provisions and other stipulations as may be required.

(5) The contract shall provide that no workmen may be employed on the public work except in accordance with the classifications in the decision of the Secretary. If additional or different classifications are necessary the procedure in § 9.107 (relating to petition for review of rates and hearings) shall be followed.

(6) The contract shall provide that workmen employed or working on the public work shall be paid unconditionally, regardless of whether a contractual relationship exists or the nature of a contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between a contractor, subcontractor and workmen, at least once a week, without deduction or rebate, on any account, either directly or indirectly except authorized deductions, the full amounts due at the time of payment, computed at the rates applicable to the time worked in the appropriate classification. Nothing in the contract, the act or this title prohibits the payment of more than the general prevailing minimum wage rates as determined by the Secretary to a workman on public work.

(7) The contract shall provide that the contractor and each subcontractor shall post for the entire period of construction the wage determination decisions of the Secretary, including the effective date of changes thereof, in a prominent and easily accessible place or places at the site of the work and at the places used by them to pay workmen their wages. The posted notice of wage rates shall contain the following information:

(i) The name of project.

(ii) The name of the public body for which it is being constructed.

(iii) The crafts and classifications of workmen listed in the Secretary’s general prevailing minimum wage rate determination for the particular project.

(iv) The general prevailing minimum wage rates determined for each craft and classification and the effective date of changes.

(v) A statement advising workmen that if they have been paid less than the general prevailing minimum wage rate for their job classification or that the contractor or subcontractor are not complying with the act or this title, they may file a protest in writing with the Secretary within 3 months of the date of the occurrence, objecting to the payment to a contractor to the extent of the amount due or to become due to them as wages for work performed on the public work project. A workmen paid less than the rate specified in the contract shall have a civil right of action for the difference between the wage paid and the wages stipulated in the contract, which right of action shall be exercised within 6 months from the occurrence of the event creating the right.

(8) The contract shall provide that the contractor and subcontractors shall keep an accurate record showing the name, craft or classification, number of hours worked per day and the actual hourly rate of wage paid, including employe benefits, to each workman employed by him in connection with the public work. The record shall include deductions from each workman. The record shall be preserved for 2 years from the date of payment and shall be open at reasonable hours to the inspection of the public body awarding the contract and to the Secretary or his authorized representatives.

(9) The contract shall provide that apprentices shall be limited to numbers in accordance with a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with and approved by The Pennsylvania Apprenticeship and Training Council and only apprentices whose training and employment are in full compliance with The Apprenticeship and Training Act (43 P. S. §§ 90.1–90.10), approved July 14, 1961, and the regulations issued thereto shall be employed on the public work project. A workman using the tools of a craft who does not qualify as an apprentice within this subsection shall be paid the rate predetermined for journeymen in that particular craft or classification.

- 4 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 5

(10) Wages shall be paid without deductions except authorized deductions. Employers not parties to a contract requiring contributions for employe benefits which the Secretary has determined to be included in the general prevailing minimum wage rate shall pay the monetary equivalent thereof directly to the workmen.

(11) Payment of compensation to workmen for work performed on public work on a lump sum basis, or a piece work system, or a price certain for the completion of a certain amount of work, or the production of a certain result shall be deemed a violation of the act and this subchapter, regardless of the average hourly earnings resulting therefrom.

(12) The contract shall also provide that each contractor and each subcontractor shall file a statement each week and a final statement at the conclusion of the work on the contract with the contracting agency, under oath, and in form satisfactory to the Secretary, certifying that workmen have been paid wages in strict conformity with the provisions of the contract as prescribed by this section or if wages remain unpaid to set forth the amount of wages due and owing to each workman respectively.

(13) The provisions of the act and this subchapter shall be incorporated by reference in the contract.

Cross References

This section cited in 34 Pa. Code § 9.108 (relating to posting of wage rates); and 34 Pa. Code § 9.110 (relating to certification of rate of wage and payment by contractor or subcontractor).

§ 9.104. Duty of the public body.

(a) It is the duty of the public body awarding a contract for public work to request the Secretary for determination of the general prevailing minimum wage rates to be paid workmen on the public work project. The request shall be made on forms issued for the purpose by the Department. A new request for predetermination shall be made if the contract is not awarded within 120 days from the determination date.

(b) It is the duty of the public body to enforce the posting of wage rate determinations in accordance with the provisions of section 9 of the act (43 P. S. § 165-9) and § 9.108 (relating to posting of wage rates). The fiscal officer of the public body, the treasurer or other officer of the public body, charged with the custody and disbursement of the funds of the public body, shall ascertain that the wage rates as determined by the Secretary are paid and that the job classifications are maintained, otherwise it is his duty to hold up final payment and to inform the Secretary of the failure by the contractor or a subcontractor to comply with the act.

Notes of Decisions

Time Limitations

Although the borough awarded the company the contract more than 120 days after the determination of the prevailing minimum wage and although the borough never made a new request for a predetermination, the company waived its right to protest the predetermination by failing to adhere to the 120 day time period. Linde Enter., Inc. v. Prevailing Wage Appeals Board, 676 A.2d 310 (Pa. Cmwlth. 1996).

§ 9.105. Determination of classification and general prevailing minimum wage rates.

(a) For the purpose of making a determination of the general prevailing minimum wage rates in the locality in which the public work is to be performed for each craft or classification during the anticipated term of the contract, the Secretary may ascertain and consider the wage rates and employe benefits established by collective bargaining agreements.

(b) If a bona fide collective bargaining agreement has expired by the terms thereof, the Secretary

- 5 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 6

may ascertain and consider the wage rates and employe benefits established thereby until a new bona fide collective bargaining agreement, as defined in § 9.102 (relating to definitions), has been executed.

(1) Information obtained from Federal agencies charged with the administration of labor standards provisions of Federal acts applicable to contracts covering contractors and subcontractors on public building and public work and on building and work financed in whole or in part by loans and grants of the United States, within the locality.

(2) The number of skilled, competent and experienced workmen within the locality who are generally available for employment on public work.

(3) Statements signed and certified by contractors and subcontractors and union representatives showing wage rates paid on projects, within the locality. These statements to be relevant to a wage determination shall indicate the names and addresses of the contractors, including the subcontractors, the locations, approximate cost, dates of construction and type of projects, the number of workmen employed and the number of man hours worked in each craft or classification on each project and the respective wage rates paid the workmen, which wage rates shall consist only of rates paid for services performed solely within the classification for which it is submitted.

(4) Other information pertinent to the determination of prevailing minimum wage rates.

(d) The Secretary will conduct a continuing program for obtaining and compiling of wage rate information and shall encourage the voluntary submission of wage rate data by contractors, contractors’ asso- ciations, labor organizations, public officials and other interested parties, reflecting wage rates paid to workmen in the various types of construction in the locality. Rates shall be determined for varying types of projects within the entire range of work performed by the building and construction industry. Information submitted shall reflect not only the specified wage rate or rates paid to a particular craft in the locality but also the type or types of construction on which the wage rate or rates have been paid. If the Secretary deems that the data at hand is insufficient to make a determination with respect to the crafts or classifications necessary to perform the proposed public work, he may have a field survey conducted by his staff representative for the purpose of obtaining additional information upon which to make a determination of the wage rates, and also the customs, usages and practices as to the type of work to which the wage rates apply and the size of available force of qualified workmen within the locality in which the public work is to be performed.

Notes of Decisions

Granting authority to the Secretary to consider fringe benefits determined by collective bargaining when he is making prevailing wage determinations is not an unconstitutional denial of equal protection to nonunion contractors and employes, since he is not required to make his determination solely on the basis of rates in collective bargaining. Keystone Chapter of Associated Builders and Contractors, Inc. v. Depart- ment of Labor and Industry, 414 A.2d 1129 (Pa. Cmwlth. 1980).

If the parties introduce exhibits which in some way do not comply with the standards of 34 Pa. Code § 9.105(c)(3), the Secretary may give more weight to evidence which includes fringe benefits and projects of every nature and which clearly demonstrates prevailing wage rates for the year in question rather to evidence which does not include fringe benefits, excludes public works projects and some major private projects, and lumps together wage rates from previous years to establish current wage rates. Keystone Chapter of Associated Builders and Contractors, Inc. v. Department of Labor and Industry, 414 A.2d 1129 (Pa. Cmwlth. 1980).

§ 9.106. Payment of general prevailing minimum wage rates.

(a) Not less than the general prevailing minimum wage rates determined by the Secretary under the

- 6 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 7

act and this subchapter may be paid unconditionally, by contractors and subcontractors to workmen in their respective crafts and classifications on public work and the workmen can not be required to refund, directly or indirectly, part of the wages. It is no defense that workmen accepted or agreed to accept less than the required rate of wages or voluntarily made refunds, in any form or manner.

(b) Wages shall be paid without deductions except authorized deductions. Employers not parties to a contract requiring contributions for employe benefits which the Secretary has determined to be included in the general prevailing minimum wage rate shall pay the monetary equivalent thereof directly to the workmen.

(c) Payment of compensation to workmen for work performed on public work on a lump sum basis or a piece work system or a price certain for the completion of certain amount of work or the production of a certain result shall be deemed a violation of the act and this subchapter, regardless of the average hourly earnings resulting therefrom.

§ 9.107. Petition for review of rates and hearings.

(a) A prospective bidder or his representative, a representative of a group of employers engaged in the particular type of construction, reconstruction, demolition, alteration or repair work, a representative of a craft or classification of workmen or the public body affected by the determination made by the Secretary, may on verified petition request a review of this determination in accordance with the procedures required by section 8 of the act (43 P. S. § 165-8).

(b) The Secretary will, after notice and hearing as prescribed by section 8 of the act, make a final determination of the general prevailing minimum wage rates to be paid to workmen on the public work project. The public body when notified by the Secretary that a verified petition has been filed shall extend the closing date for the submission of bids until 5 days after the Secretary’s final determination. Within 10 days after hearing the Secretary will make a determination and transmit it in writing to the public body and to the interested parties. This determination shall be final unless within 10 days an appeal is filed with the Appeals Board.

(c) If, after a contract has been awarded, it is deemed advisable by the public body because of unforeseen construction development to list an additional classification and wage rate therefor the public body shall request, in writing, a determination thereof by the Secretary. A copy of this request shall be given to interested parties and shall also be posted at an appropriate place at the site of the public work project. The Secretary will thereupon give consideration to the request and if he determines that the additional classification requested is necessary, he will determine the classification and wage rate therefor and notify the interested parties of his determination, which shall be effective as of the date on which it is made. Additional classifications shall be made in conformity with this procedure.

Cross References

This section cited in 34 Pa. Code § 9.103 (relating to required provisions).

§ 9.108. Posting of wage rates.

The contractors and subcontractors on the public work project shall post a notice or notices in the manner and form prescribed by § 9.103 (relating to required provisions). This notice is to be clearly legible and placed in a prominent and easily accessible place at the site of the public work project and at places used by them to pay workmen their wages.

Cross References

This section cited in 34 Pa. Code § 9.104 (relating to duty of the public body).

§ 9.109. Records and inspection.

The accurate record of employment and wage payments required to be kept and preserved by contrac-

- 7 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 8

tors and subcontractors on public work shall include at least the following information:

(1) The name, address and social security number of each workman.

(2) The craft, if applicable, the classification within each craft, and any other classification including apprenticeship, at which the workman worked. These records shall show the number of hours in each day, specified by actual calendar date, during which each workman worked and if he worked in more than one craft or classification for which different rates were payable the records shall show the number of hours in each day as aforesaid in which he worked at the different crafts or classifications. Time cards of employes shall be kept and preserved as records required by the act and this subchapter. In addition, the original signed indentures for each apprentice and the approvals of the Pennsylvania Apprenticeship and Training Council shall be kept. The records shall be preserved for 2 years from date of payment and shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the public body awarding the contract and by the Secretary, and shall be made easily accessible within this Commonwealth within a period of 7 days from the date on which the Secretary requests in writing that these records be made so available.

§ 9.110. Certification of rate of wage and payment by contractor or subcontractor.

(a) It is the duty of the treasurer or other officer charged with the custody and disbursement of public funds applicable to the public work contract under and pursuant to which payment is made, to require the contractor and subcontractor to file a statement each week and a final statement at the conclusion of the work on the contract with the contracting agency under oath in form satisfactory to the Secretary certifying that workmen have been paid wages in strict conformity with the contract as prescribed by § 9.103(7) (relating to required provisions) or if wages remain unpaid to set forth the amount of wages due and owing to each workman respectively.

(b) It is the duty of the treasurer or other officer charged with the custody and disbursement of public funds to withhold the amount of wages unpaid or not paid in accordance with § 9.103 for the benefit of the workman whose wages have not been paid by the contractor and he may pay directly to a workman the amount shown to be due him. Each contractor and subcontractor shall also certify that he is not receiving or requiring, or will not receive or require, directly or indirectly, from a workman a refund of the minimum wage.

(c) A contractor or subcontractor who shall, under oath, verify the statements required to be filed under section 10 of the act (43 P. S. § 165-10) which are known to him to be false, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall, upon conviction, be sentenced to pay a fine of not exceeding $2,500 or to undergo imprisonment not exceeding 5 years, or both.

§ 9.111. Remedies and penalties.

(a) It is the duty of the Secretary where a timely protest has been filed by a workman that he has been paid less than the general prevailing minimum wage rate, to investigate the matter and determine whether or not there has been a failure to pay the general prevailing minimum wage rate and whether this failure was intentional or otherwise. The Secretary will hold appropriate hearings upon due notice to interested parties including the workman, the employer and their respective representatives, if any. If the Secretary, after hearing, has determined that the failure to pay the general prevailing minimum wage rate was not intentional he shall afford the person or firm a reasonable opportunity to adjust the matter by making payment to the workmen or providing adequate security to insure payment. If the Secretary determines that the failure to pay the general prevailing minimum wage rates intentional, he will thereupon notify the public bodies of the names of the persons or firms and no contract may be awarded to the person or firms or to a firm, corporation or partnership in which the person or firms have an interest until 3 years have elapsed from the date of the notice to the public bodies. The Secretary may, in addition thereto, request the Attorney General to proceed to recover the penalties for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania which are payable under section 11(f) of the act (43 P. S. 16511(f).

- 8 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 9

(b) The following constitutes substantial evidence of intentional failure to pay prevailing wage rates:

(1) Acts of omission or commission done willfully or with a knowing disregard of the rights of workmen resulting in the payment of less than prevailing wage rates.

(2) If the Secretary has made a finding that a person or firm has failed to pay the general prevailing minimum wage rate as determined by the Secretary in accordance with the act, and thereafter a person or firm continues to fail to pay the prevailing wages or a person or firm fails to comply with an opportunity to adjust differences which shall be afforded him by the Secretary.

(c) If the Secretary has determined that a person or firm has failed to pay the prevailing wages under section 11(e) and (f) of the act (43 P. S. § 165(e) and 165(f)), he may direct the public body to terminate, and the public body may terminate, the contractor’s right to proceed with the public work.

Notes of Decisions

Statute of Limitations

There is no language in this regulation which provides for a statute of limitations applicable to the Department of Labor and Industry’s initiation of enforcement actions for underpayment of workers. Linde Enter., Inc. v. Prevailing Wage Appeals Board, 676 A.2d 310 (Pa. Cmwlth. 1996).

§ 9.112. Workmen’s rights.

(a) A workman who has been paid less than the general prevailing minimum wage rate for his job classification as specified in the contract or who has not been paid, may file a protest, in writing with the Secretary within 3 months of the date of the occurrence, objecting to the payment to a contractor to the extent of the amount due or to become due to him as wages for work performed on the public work project. If the formal protest is filed with the Secretary, it is the duty of the Secretary to direct the fiscal or financial officer of the public body or the person charged with the custody of the disbursement of the funds of the public body, to deduct the money so due and owing from the whole amount or of any payment due the contractor.

(b) Any workmen paid less than the rates specified in the contract shall have a right of action for the difference between the wage paid and the wages stipulated in the contract, which right of action must be exercised within 6 months from the occurrence of the event creating the right.

Notes of Decisions

Statute of Limitations

- 9 -

REGULATIONS FOR PREVAILING WAGE ACT - 10

PART I PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES

I. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 3 (Agriculture)

Fertilizer Act, 3 Pa. C.S.A. §6701.

Soil and Plant Amendment Act, 3 Pa. C.S.A. §6901.

PA Pesticide Control Act of 1973, Act of March 1, 1974 (P.L. 90, No. 24), as amended, 3 P.S. 111.21 et seq.

Agricultural Liming Materials Act, Act of March 17, 1978 (P.L. 15, No. 9), as amended, 3 P.S. 132-1 et seq.

Noxious Weed Control Law, Act of April 7, 1982 (P.L. 228, No. 74), as amended, 3 P.S. 255.1 et seq.

Plant Pest Act, Act of December 16, 1992 (P.L. 1228, No. 162), as amended, 3 P.S. 258.1 et seq.

Conservation District Law, Act of May 15, 1945 (P.L. 547), as amended, 3 P.S. 849 et seq.

(Relating to Weather Modification), Act of January 19, 1968 (P.L. (1967) 1024), as amended, 3 P.S. 1101 et seq.

II. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 16 (Counties)

(Relating to Land Use), Act of January 13, 1966 (P.L. (1965) 1292), as amended, 16 P.S. 11941 et seq.

III. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 18 (Crimes and Offenses)

The Crimes Code, Act of December 6, 1972 (P.L. 1482, No. 332), as amended, 18 Pa. C. S. A. 101 et seq.

IV. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 24 (Education)

Public School Code of 1949, Act of March 10, 1949 (P.L. 30), as amended, 24 P.S. 1-101 et seq.

V. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 30 (Fish)

The Fish and Boat Code, Act of October 16, 1980 (P.L. 996, No. 175), as amended, 30 Pa. C. S. A. 101 et seq.

VI. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 32 (Forests, Waters and State Parks)

(Relating to Water Power and Water Supply Permits), Act of June 14, 1923 (P.L. 704), as amended, 32 P.S. 591 et seq.

PART I – PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES - 1

Water Well Drillers License Act, Act of May 29, 1956 (P.L. (1955) 1840), as amended, 32 P.S. 645.1 et seq.

(Relating to Flood Control), Act of August 7, 1936 (P.L. 106, 1st Ex. Sess., No. 46), as amended, 32 P.S. 653 et seq.

Flood Plain Management Act, Act of October 4, 1978 (P.L. 851, No. 166), as amended, 32 P.S. 679.101 et seq.

Storm Water Management Act, Act of October 4, 1978 (P.L. 864, No. 167), as amended, 32 P.S. 680.1 et seq.

Dam Safety and Encroachments Act, Act of November 26, 1978 (P.L. 1375, No. 325), as amended, 32 P.S. 693.1 et seq.

(Relating to Stream Clearance), Act of June 5, 1947 (P.L. 422), as amended, 32 P.S. 701 et seq.

(Relating to Potomac River Pollution), Act of May 29, 1945 (P.L. 1134), as amended, 32 P.S. 741 et seq.

(Relating to Schuylkill River Pollution), Act of June 4, 1945 (P.L. 1383), as amended, 32 P.S. 751.1 et seq.

(Relating to Delaware River Pollution), Act of April 19, 1945 (P.L. 272), as amended, 32 P.S. 815.31 et seq.

Delaware River Basin Compact, Act of July 7, 1961 (P.L. 518), as amended, 32 P.S. 815.101 et seq.

Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Compact, Act of April 2, 1945 (P.L. 103), as amended, 32 P.S. 816.1 et seq.

Great Lakes Protection Fund Act, Act of July 6, 1989 (P.L. 215, No. 34), as amended, 32 P.S. 817.11 et seq.

Brandywine River Valley Compact, Act of September 9, 1959 (P.L. 848), as amended, 32 P.S. 818 et seq.

Wheeling Creek Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention District Compact, Act of August 2, 1967 (P.L. 189), as amended, 32 P.S. 819.1 et seq.

Susquehanna River Basin Compact, Act of July 17, 1968 (P.L. 368, No. 181), as amended, 32 P.S. 820.1 et seq.

Chesapeake Bay Commission Agreement, Act of June 25, 1985 (P.L. 64, No. 25), as amended, 32 P.S. 820.11 et seq.

(Relating to Preservation and Acquisition of Land for Open Space Uses), Act of January 19, 1968 (P.L. (1967) 992), as amended, 32 P.S. 5001 et seq.

Land and Water Conservation and Reclamation Act, Act of January 19, 1968 (P.L. (1967) 996), as amended, 32 P.S. 5101 et seq.

PART I – PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES - 2

Bluff Recession and Setback Act, Act of May 13, 1980 (P.L. 122, No. 48), as amended, 32 P.S. 5201 et seq.

Wild Resource Conservation Act, Act of June 23, 1982 (P.L. 597, No. 170), as amended, 32 P.S. 5301 et seq.

Cave Protection Act, Act of November 21, 1990 (P.L. 539, No. 133), as amended, 32 P.S. 5601 et seq.

Rails to Trails Act, Act of December 18, 1990 (P.L. 748, No. 188), as amended, 32 P.S. 5611 et seq.

VII. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 34 (Game)

The Game and Wildlife Code, Act of July 8, 1986 (P.L. 442, No. 93), as amended, 34 Pa. C.S.A. 101 et seq.

VIII. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 35 (Health and Safety)

(Related to Public Eating and Drinking Places), Act of May 23, 1945 (P.L. 926), as amended, 35 P.S. 655.1 et seq.

The Public Bathing Law, Act of June 23, 1931 (P.L. 899), as amended, 35 P.S. 672 et seq.

The Clean Streams Law, Act of June 22, 1937 (P.L. 1987), as amended, 35 P.S. 691.1 et seq.

Environmental Stewardship and Watershed Protection Act, 27 Pa. C.S.A. §6101, et. seq.

PA Safe Drinking Water Act, Act of May 1, 1984 (P.L. 206, No. 43), as amended, 35 P.S. 721.1 et seq.

Phosphate Detergent Act, Act of July 5, 1989 (P.L. 166, No. 31), as amended, 35 P.S. 722.1 et seq.

Plumbing System Lead Ban and Notification Act, Act of July 6, 1989 (P.L. 207, N0. 33), as amended, 35 P.S. 723.1 et seq.

PA Sewage Facilities Act, Act of January 24, 1966 (P.L. (1965) 1535), as amended, 35 P.S. 750.1 et seq.

Publicly Owned Treatment Works Penalty Law, Act of March 26, 1992 (P.L. 23, No. 9), as amended, 35 P.S. 752.1 et seq.

PA Solid Waste-Resource Recovery Development Act, Act of July 20, 1974 (P.L. 572, No. 198), as amended, 35 P.S. 755.1 et seq.

(Related to Pollution from Abandoned Mines), Act of December 15, 1965 (P.L. 1075), as amended, 35 P.S. 760.1 et seq.

PART I – PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES - 3

Sewage System Cleaner Control Act, Act of May 28, 1992 (P.L. 249, No. 41), as amended, 35 P.S. 770.1 et seq.

(Related to Camp Regulation), Act of November 10, 1959 (P.L. 1400), as amended, 35 P.S. 3001 et seq.

Air Pollution Control Act, Act of January 8, 1960 (P.L. (1959) 2119), as amended, 35 P.S. 4001 et seq.

(Related to Noise Pollution), Act of June 2, 1988 (P.L. 452, No. 74), as amended, 35 P.S. 4501 et seq.

Solid Waste Management Act, Act of July 7, 1980 (P.L. 380, No. 97), as amended, 35 P.S. 6018.101 et seq.

(Related to Infectious and Chemotherapeutic Waste Disposal), Act of July 13, 1988 (P.L. 525, No. 93), as amended, 35 P.S. 6019.1 et seq.

Hazardous Sites Cleanup Act, Act of October 18, 1988 (P.L. 756, No. 108), as amended, 35 P.S. 6020.101 et seq.

Storage Tank and Spill Prevention Act, Act of July 6, 1989 (P.L. 169, No. 32), as amended, 35 P.S. 6021.101 et seq.

Hazardous Material Emergency Planning and Response Act, Act of December 7, 1990 (P.L. 639, No. 1650, as amended, 35 P.S. 6022.101 et seq.

Oil Spill Responder Liability Act, Act of June 11, 1992 (P.L. 303, No. 52), as amended, 35 P.S. 6023.1 et seq.

Land Recycling and Environmental Remediation Standards Act, Act of May 19, 1995 (P.L. 4, No. 2), as amended, 35 P.S. 6026.101 et seq.

Radiation Protection Act, Act of July 10, 1984 (P.L. 688, No. 147), as amended, 35 P.S. 7110.101 et seq.

Low-Level Radioactive Waste Disposal Act, Act of February 9, 1988 (P.L. 31, No. 12), as amended, 35 P.S. 7130.101 et seq.

Worker and Community Right-to-Know Act, Act of October 5, 1984 (P.L. 734, No. 159), as amended, 35 P.S. 7301 et seq.

IX. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 36 (Highways and Bridges)

State Highway Law, Act of June 1, 1945 (P.L. 1242), as amended, 36 P.S. 670- 101 et seq.

(Related to Junkyards Along Highways), Act of July 28, 1966 (P.L. 91, Sp. Sess.), as amended, 36 P.S. 2719.1 et seq.

Highway Vegetation Control Act, Act of December 20, 1983 (P.L. 293, No. 79), as amended, 36 P.S. 2720.1 et seq.

PART I – PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES - 4

X. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 37 (Historical and Museums)

History Code, Act of May 26, 1988 (P.L. 414, No. 72), as amended, 37 Pa. C.S.A. 101 et seq.

XI. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 43 (Labor)

(Related to General Safety), Act of May 18, 1937 (P.L. 654), as amended, 43 P.S. 25-1 et seq.

Seasonal Farm Labor Act, Act of June 23, 1978 (P.L. 537, No. 93), as amended, 43 P.S. 1301.101 et seq.

XII. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 52 (Mines and Mining)

The Coal Mine Sealing Act of 1947, Act of June 30, 1947 (P.L. 1177), as amended, 52 P.S. 28.1 et seq.

Coal Refuse Disposal Control Act, Act of September 24, 1968 (P.L. 1040, No. 318), as amended, 52 P.S. 30.51 et seq.

(Related to Coal Land Improvement), Act of July 19, 1965 (P.L. 216, No. 117), as amended, 52 P.S. 30.101 et seq.

(Related to Mine Fires and Subsidence), Act of April 3, 1968 (P.L. 92, No. 42), as amended, 52 P.S. 30.201 et seq.

PA Anthracite Coal Mine Act, Act of November 10, 1965 (P.L. 721, No. 346), as amended, 52 P.S. 70-101 et seq.

(Related to Discharge of Coal into Banks of Streams), Act of June 27, 1913 (P.L. 640), as amended, 52 P.S. 631 et seq.

(Related to Caving-in, Collapse, Subsidence), Act of May 27, 1921 (P.L. 1198), as amended, 52 P.S. 661 et seq.

(Related to Subsidence), Act of September 20, 1961 (P.L. 1538), as amended, 52 P.S. 672.1 et seq.

Anthracite Strip Mining and Conservation Act, Act of June 27, 1947 (P.L. 1095), as amended, 52 P.S. 681.1 et seq.

(Related to Control and Drainage of Water from Coal Formations), Act of July 7, 1955 (P.L. 258), as amended, 52 P.S. 682 et seq.

(Related to Maps and Plans), Act of June 15, 1911 (P.L. 954), as amended, 52 P.S. 823.

Surface Mining Conservation and Reclamation Act, Act of May 31, 1945 (P.L. 1198), as amended, 52 P.S. 1396.1 et seq.

PART I – PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES - 5

The Bituminous Mine Subsidence and Land Conservation Act, Act of April 27, 1966 (P.L. 31, 1st Sp. Sess.), as amended, 52 P.S. 1406.1 et seq.

(Related to Cave-in or Subsidence of Surface Above Mines), Act of July 2, 1937 (P.L. 2787), as amended, 52 P.S. 1407 et seq.

(Related to Coal Stripping), Act of June 18, 1941 (P.L. 133), as amended, 52 P.S. 1471 et seq.

(Related to Coal under State Lands), Act of June 1, 1933 (P.L. 1409), as amended, 52 P.S. 1501 et seq.

(Related to Mining Safety Zones), Act of December 22, 1959 (P.L. 1994), as amended, 52 P.S. 3101 et seq.

(Related to Coal Mine Subsidence Insurance Fund), Act of August 23, 1961 (P.L. 1068), as amended, 52 P.S. 3201 et seq.

Interstate Mining Compact, Act of May 5, 1966 P.L. 40, Sp. Sess. No. 1), as amended, 52 P.S. 3251 et seq.

Noncoal Surface Mining Conservation and Reclamation Act, Act of December 19, 1984 (P.L. 1093, No. 219), as amended, 52 P.S. 3301 et seq.

XIII. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 53 (Municipal Corporation)

Municipal Waste Planning, Recycling and Waste Reduction Act, Act of July 28, 1988 (P.L. 556, No. 101), as amended, 53 P.S. 4000.101 et seq.

XIV. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 58 (Oil and Gas)

Oil and Gas Conservation Law, Act of July 25, 1961 (P.L. 825), as amended, 58 P.S. 401 et seq.

PA Used Oil Recycling Act, Act of April 9, 1982 (P.L. 314, No. 89), as amended, 58 P.S. 471 et seq.

Coal and Gas Resource Coordination Act, Act of December 18, 1984 (P.L. 1069), No. 214), as amended, 58 P.S. 501 et seq.

Oil and Gas Act, Act of December 19, 1984 (P.L. 1140, No. 223), as amended, 58 P.S. 601.101 et seq.

XV. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 63 (Professions and Occupations)

Water and Wastewater Systems Operators’ Certification Act, Act of November 18, 1968 (P.L. 1052, No. 322), as amended, 63 P.S. 1001 et seq.

XVI. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 64 (Public Lands)

PA Appalachian Trail Act, Act of April 28, 1978 (P.L. 87, No. 41), as amended, 64 P.S. 801 et seq.

PART I – PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES - 6

XVII. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 71 (State Government)

The Administrative Code of 1929, Act of April 9, 1929 (P.L. 177, No. 175), as amended, 71 P.S. 51 et seq.

Conservation and Natural Resources Act, Act of June 28, 1995 (P.L. 89, No. 18), as amended, 71 P.S. 1340.101 et seq.

XVIII. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 72 (Taxation and Fiscal Affairs)

Project 70 Land Acquisition and Borrowing Act, Act of June 22, 1964 (P.L. 131), Sp. Sess., No. 8), as amended, 72 P.S. 3946.1 et seq.

(Related to Pollution Control Devices), Act of March 4, 1971 (P.L. 6, No. 2), as amended, 72 P.S. 7602.1 et seq.

XIX. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 73 (Trade and Commerce)

(Related to Explosives), Act of July 1, 1937 (P.L. 2681), as amended, 73 P.S. 151 et seq.

(Related to Explosives), Act of July 10, 1957 (P.L. 685), as amended, 73 P.S. 164 et seq.

(Related to Black Powder), Act of May 31, 1974 (P.L. 304, No. 96), as amended, 73 P.S. 169 et seq.

(Related to Excavation and Demolition), Act of December 10, 1974 (P.L. 852, No. 287), as amended, 73 P.S. 176 et seq.

Infrastructure Development Act, 73 P.S. §393.21, et seq.

XX. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 75 (Vehicles)

Vehicle Code, Act of June 17, 1976 (P.L. 162, No. 81), as amended, 75 Pa. C.S.A. 101 et seq.

Snowmobile and All-Terrain Vehicle Law, Act of June 17, 1976 (P.L. 162, No. 81), as amended, 75 Pa. C.S.A. 7701 et seq.

(Related to Hazardous Materials Transport), Act of June 30, 1984 (P.L. 473, No. 99), as amended, 75 Pa. C.S.A. 8301 et seq.

XXI. Purdon’s Statutes – Title 77 (Workmen’s Compensation)

PA Workers’ Compensation Act, Act of June 2, 1915 (P.L. 736), as amended, 77 P.S. 1 et seq.

PA Occupational Disease Act, Act of June 21, 1939 (P.L. 566, No. 284), as amended, 77 P.S. 1201 et seq.

XXII. Pennsylvania Constitution – Article 1, Section 27 (Adopted May 18, 1971).

PART I – PENNSYLVANIA STATUTES - 7

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

PART II FEDERAL STATUTES

Acid Precipitation Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 8901-8912)

Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships (33 U.S.C. 1901-1912)

Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act of 1986 (see Toxic Substances Control Act Sections 201-214 (15 U.S.C. 2651-2654)

Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2014, 2021, 2021a, 2022, 2111, 2113, 2114)

Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7642)

Clean Water Act (see Federal Water Pollution Control Act)

Coastal Wetlands Planning, Protection and Restoration Act (16 U.S.C. 3951-3956)

Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1451-1464)

Community Environmental Response Facilitation Act (42 U.S.C. 9620 note)

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9601-9675)

Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. §§11001-11050)

Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531-1544)

Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (15 U.S.C. 791-798)

Environmental Quality Improvement Act of 1970 (42 U.S.C. 4371-4375)

Federal Facility Compliance Act of 1992 (42 U.S.C. 6901 note)

Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136-136y)

Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (43 U.S.C. 1701-1784)

Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387)

Geothermal Energy Research, Development, and Demonstration Act of 1974 (30 U.S.C. 1101- 1164)

Global Climate Protection Act of 1987 (15 U.S.C. 2901note)

Hazardous Substance Response Revenue Act of 1980 (see 26 U.S.C. 4611, 4612, 4661, 4662)

Lead-Based Paint Exposure Reduction Act (15 U.S.C. 2681-2692)

Lead Contamination Control Act of 1988 (42 U.S.C. 300j-21 to 300j-25)

PART II – FEDERAL STATUTES - 1

Low-Level Radioactive Waste Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 2021b-2021d)

Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1401-1445)

Mining and Mineral Resources Research Institute Act of 1984 (30 U.S.C. 1221-1230)

National Climate Program Act (15 U.S.C. 2901-2908)

National Contaminated Sediment Assessment and Management Act (33 U.S.C. 1271 note)

National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370b)

Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 U.S.C. 4901-4918)

Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982 (42 U.S.C. 10101-10270)

Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33 U.S.C. 2701-2761)

Organotin Anti-Fouling Paint Control Act of 1988 (33 U.S.C. 2401-2410)

Outer Continental Shelf Land Act Amendments of 1978 (43 U.S.C. 1801-1866)

Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)

Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300f-300j-11)

Renewable Resources Extension Act of 1978 (16 U.S.C. 1671-1676)

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. 6901-6991)

Safe Drinking Water Act (see Public Health Service Act Sections 1401-1451 (42 U.S.C. 300f- 300j-11))

Soil and Water Resources Conservation Act of 1977 (16 U.S.C. 2001-2009)

Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6901-6991i)

Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 1201-1328)

Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601-2692)

Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978 (42 U.S.C. 7901-7942)

Water Resources Research Act of 1984 (42 U.S.C. 10301-10309)

Wood Residue Utilization Act of 1980 (16 U.S.C. 1681-1687)

PART II – FEDERAL STATUTES - 2

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

The following abbreviations shall not be considered all inclusive. Additional abbreviations not listed which have well known technical or trade meanings shall be used in accordance with such recognized meanings.

CL CENTER LINE CI CAST IRON PL PLATE CI CLEAR INSULATING A AMPERE CIP CAST IRON PIPE A/C AIR CONDITIONING CIRC CIRCULATING PUMP AB ANCHOR BOLT CJ CONTROL JOINT ABV ABOVE CLG CEILING AC AIR CONDITIONING CLO/CLOS CLOSET AC CMU ACOUSTICAL CONCRETE CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE MASONRY UNIT CMT CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE ACOUST ACOUSTIC CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT AD AREA DRAIN CO CLEANOUT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR COMB COMBINATION ALT ALTERNATE CONC CONCRETE ALUM ALUMINUM CONST CONSTRUCTION AP ACOUSTICAL PANEL CONT CONTINUOUS APPROX APPROXIMATE CONTR CONTRACT(OR) ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) CS COUNTERTOP SINK ATC AUTOMATIC CT CERAMIC TILE TEMPERATURE CONTROL CT CLEAR TEMPERED B&B BALLED AND BURLAPPED CTI CLEAR TEMPERED INSULATING BD BALANCING DAMPER CTRL CONTROL BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER CW CHILLED WATER BIT BITUMINOUS CW CLEAR WIRE BLDG BUILDING CW COLD WATER BLK'G BLOCKING CWR CHILLED WATER RETURN BLW BELOW CWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY BOC BOTTOM OF CURB DB DRY BULB BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT DBA DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL DEPT DEPARTMENT BRK BRICK DETS DETAILS BS BOTH SIDES DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT DH DUCT HEATER BTUH BRITISH THERMAL DIAM DIAMETER UNITS PER HOUR DIM'S DIMENSIONS BUR BUILT-UP ROOF DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE C COURSES DL DOOR LOUVER CAB CABINET DN DOWN CARP CARPET DO DITTO CB CATCH BASIN DPR DAMPER CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE DPRV DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CH CABINET HEATER REGULATING VALVE DR DOOR

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS - 1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

DTR DUCT THRU ROOF H FIXTURE FOR HANDICAPPED DW DISHWASHER HB HOSE BIBB DWGS DRAWINGS HC HEATING CONTRACTOR EA EACH HCP HANDICAPPED EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR HDPE HIGH DENSITY EF EXHAUST FAN POLYETHYLENE PIPE EJ EXPANSION JOINT HDWD HARDWOOD ELEC ELECTRIC OR ELECTRICAL HELV HELVETICA ELEV ELEVATOR HGT HEIGHT ELEV'S ELEVATIONS HM HOLLOW METAL EPDM ETHYLENE PROPYLENE HORIZ HORIZONTAL DIENE MONOMER HP HIGH POINT EPX EPOXY COATING HP HORSEPOWER EQ EQUAL HTR HEATER EQUIP EQUIPMENT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING AND ERD EMERGENCY ROOF DRAIN AIR CONDITIONING EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER HW HOT WATER EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE HWH HOT WATER HEATER EXH EXHAUST HWR HOT WATER RETURN EXIST EXISTING HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY EXP EXPANSION HZ HERTZ EXP STRUCT EXPOSED STRUCTURE ID INSIDE DIAMETER EXT EXTERIOR IN INCH F.T. FIN TUBE RADIATION INFO INFORMATION FAV FRESH AIR VENT INSUL INSULATED FC FAN COIL UNIT INV INVERT FD FLOOR DRAIN JAN JANITOR FDN FOUNDATION JST JOIST FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER JT JOINT FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET KS KITCHEN SINK FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET KW KILOWATT FIN FINISHED LAV LAVATORY FIN GR FINISHED GRADE LAV'S LAVATORIES FLA FULL LOAD AMPS LB POUND FLR FLOOR LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL FLR MT FLOOR MAT LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL FPM FEET PER MINUTE LP LOW POINT FS FLOOR SINK LS LAUNDRY SINK FS FOOD SERVICE LVR LOUVER FT FOOT/FEET MAX MAXIMUM FTG FOOTING MB MOP BASIN FU FIXTURE UNITS MBH THOUSANDS OF BTU'S PER HOUR GA GAUGE MD MOTORIZED DAMPER GAL GALLON MECH MECHANICAL GALV GALVANIZED MFG MANUFACTURING GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MFR MANUFACTURER GL BLK GLASS BLOCK MH MANHOLE GL GLASS MIN MINIMUM GPH GALLONS PER HOUR MO MASONRY OPENING GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD MTD MOUNTED GWT GLAZED WALL TILE NC NORMALLY CLOSED GYP GYPSUM NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS - 2 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

NO NUMBER SIE SEE INTERIOR ELEVATION NS/FS NEAR SIDE/FAR SIDE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NTS NOT TO SCALE SIM SIMILAR Ø PHASE OR DIAMETER SLV SLEEVE OA OUTSIDE AIR SP STATIC PRESSURE OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER SPECS SPECIFICATIONS OC ON CENTER SQ SQUARE OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER SRCP SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN OFF OFFICE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OPG OPENING SS SERVICE SINK OPP OPPOSITE SS STAINLESS STEEL P PRESSURE GAGE SST STAINLESS STEEL PC PIECE STL JST STEEL JOIST PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR STL STEEL PD PRESSURE DROP STRUCT STRUCTURAL PH POST HYDRANT SUS SUSPENDED PLAS LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE SYM SYMETRY/SYMETRICAL PLY WD PLYWOOD T THERMOMETER PNT PAINT T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE TB TACKBOARD PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT TER TERRAZZO PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH TGL TEMPERED GLASS PT PRESSURE TREATED THK THICK PTD PAINTED THRES THRESHOLD PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE TOC TOP OF CONCRETE OR CURB QT QUARRY TILE TOF TOP OF FOOTING QTY QUANTITY TOS TOP OF STEEL R RISERS TOW TOP OF WALL RA RETURN AIR TT TERRAZZO TILE RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE TTI TINTED TEMPERED INSULATING RD ROOF DRAIN TUB BATHTUB RDO ROOF DRAIN W/OVERFLOW TV TELEVISION RE: REFERENCE TYP TYPICAL REFRIG REFRIGERATOR UC UNDERCUT REINF REINFORCED OR REINFORCING UH UNIT HEATER REQ'D REQUIRED UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE RES FL RESINOUS FLOORING UR URINAL RLF RELIEF UV UNIT VENTILATOR RM ROOM V VENT RO ROUGH OPENING V VOLT ROW RIGHT OF WAY VB VINYL BASE RV RELIEF VENT VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE RWC RAIN WATER CONDUCTOR VERT VERTICAL S SLOPE VEST VESTIBULE S SOIL LINE/STACK VIF VERIFY IN FIELD SAN SANITARY VP VENEER PLASTER SCHED SCHEDULE VTR ROOF VENT SD SHOWER DRAIN VWF VINYL WALL FABRIC SD SMOKE DETECTOR W WASTE SECT SECTION W/ WITH SEE SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATION WB WET BULB SH SHOWER WC WATER CLOSET

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS - 3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

WD ATH FLR WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING WD WOOD WF WIDE FLANGE WH WALL HYDRANT WH WATER HEATER WP WEATHERPROOF WP WORK POINT WT WEIGHT WTW WALL TO WALL WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC XP EXPLOSION PROOF YD YARD

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS - 4 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS PLUMBING – HVAC – ELECTRICAL – FIRE PROTECTION CONSTRUCTION

ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER GRV GRAVITY RELIEF VENT AHU INDOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT GS GREASE SANITARY AL ACOUSTIC LINING GW GREASE WASTE AWC AUTOMATIC WASHER CONNECTION H HOT WATER B BOILER HG HOT GAS BF BELOW FLOOR HRU HEAT RECOVERY UNIT BG BELOW GRADE H-STAT HUMIDISTAT BOG BOTTOM OF GRILLE HWC HOT WATER DUCT COIL BV BALL VALVE IE INVERT ELEVATION BWE BAKED WHITE ENAMEL L LOUVER C COLD WATER MAU MAKE-UP AIR UNIT C CONVECTOR MR MOP RECEPTOR CA COMPRESSED AIR MU MAKE-UP WATER CD CONDENSATE DRAIN NFWH NON-FREEZE WALL HYDRANT CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR N.O. NORMALLY OPEN COND CONDENSATE OAI OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE COND CONDUIT P PUMP CONN CONNECT PIV POST INDICATING VALVE COOR COORDINATE R RADIATION CT COUNTERTOP RDOS ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW STACK CTG CLEANOUT TO GRADE RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID CU CONDENSING UNIT RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION CWV COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT RTU ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNIT DBF DOWN BELOW FLOOR RW RAIN WATER E/A EXHAUST AIR RWS RAIN WATER STACK EDC ELECTRIC DUCT COIL S/A SUPPLY AIR EXIST EXISTING SF SQUARE FEET F.C. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR HANDLING UNIT FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT ST STORM WATER PIPING FD FIRE DAMPER SW SWITCH FD/AP FIRE DAMPER W/ACCESS PANEL T/A TRANSFER AIR FF FINISHED FLOOR T-STAT THERMOSTAT FH FIRE HYDRANT VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX FM FORCE MAIN VD VOLUME DAMPER FOR FUEL OIL RETURN VS VENT STACK FOS FUEL OIL SUPPLY WH WALL HEATER FOV FUEL OIL VENT W/O WITHOUT FP FIRE PROTECTION WVS WASTE VENT STACK FPV FAN POWERED VAV BOX FTP FUEL OIL PUMP SET G GAS GND GROUND

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS - 1 PLUMBING – HVAC – ELECTRICAL – FIRE PROTECTION CONSTRUCTION

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

BRESLIN RIDYARD FADERO ARCHITECTS

AGREEMENT FOR DELIVERY OF ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS WITH CONTRACTORS

At your request, we, Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects, (hereinafter referred to as “Design Professional”), are providing to you, the following electronic files as indicated on the enclosed transmittal or email, for your use in coordinating background information for the preparation of coordination drawings for the project indicated on the transmittal. These documents shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Electronic Documents.” They are provided as a convenience to the recipient for the purpose of general coordination of background plan information for the preparation of coordination drawings. The recipient shall be responsible for the final coordination of plan background information and the coordination drawings with the final hard copy of the Design Professional’s project documents that include the Architect’s seal and are intended as the final construction documents.

1. It is understood and agreed that all drawings, specifications or other documents of any kind prepared by Design Professional or its subconsultants, whether in printed form or any electronic or machine readable format including (collectively the “Design Professional’s Documents”), are instruments of their services prepared solely for use in connection with the single project for which they were prepared and that the Design Professional and its subconsultants retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including the copyright. Notwithstanding Design Professional’s agreement to release the Electronic Documents to Recipient, all Design Professionals Documents are and remain the property of the Design Professional and subconsultant.

2. Recipient understands and agrees that the conversion of printed copies of Design Professional’s Documents into electronic or machine readable format or the conversion of Electronic Documents from the machine readable format used by Design Professional to some other format may introduce errors or other inaccuracies. Recipient also understands electronic files will degrade over time. Recipient therefore agrees to confirm the accuracy of the Electronic Documents by comparing them to the printed copies of the Electronic Documents that are in the final construction documents and all subsequent addenda. Recipient agrees to accept all responsibility for any errors or inaccuracies and to release Design Professional and its subconsultants from any liability or claims for recovery of damages or expenses arising as the result of such errors or inaccuracies.

3. Recipient agrees not to add to, modify or alter in any way, or to allow others to add to, modify or alter in any way, any of the Design Professional's or its subconsultant’s information provided the Electronic Documents or any of the Design Professional’s Documents except for the following: The Recipient may add electronic information, solely for the purpose of producing Coordination Drawings and in accordance with the Project Specifications, on new and distinct layers, added by each individual Recipient as authorized by this agreement. Each Recipient shall clearly identify the added information and clearly identify the layer(s) added by that Recipient in the name of the layer.

1226 UNION BOULEVARD, ALLENTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA 18109 TELEPHONE: 610-437-9626 TELEFAX: 610-437-4769

EXHIBIT “A” – AGREEMENT FOR DELIVERY OF ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS WITH CONTRACTORS 1

4. Upon completing the coordination drawings, a final electronic file shall be returned by the General Contractor to the Architect with all of the added electronic information by all of the recipients.

5. Recipient further agrees that the Design Professional’s Documents were prepared for use in connection with this Project only and that the Electronic Documents are supplied to Recipient for the limited purpose stated above only. Recipient agrees not to use, or allow others to use, the Design Professional’s Documents or the Electronic Documents, in whole or in part, for any purpose or project other than for the Project and for the purposes described above.

6. Recipient agrees to waive any and all claims and liability against the Design Professional and its subconsultants resulting in any way from any failure by Recipient to comply with the requirements of this Agreement for the Delivery of Documents in Electronic Format.

7. Recipient further agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Design Professional and its subconsultants and each of their partners, officers, shareholders, directors and employees from any and all claims, judgments, suits, liabilities, damages, costs, or expenses (including reasonable defense and attorney fees) arising as the result of the Recipient’s use of the Electronic Documents or the Design Professional’s Documents including Recipient’s failure to comply with any of the requirements of Agreement for the Delivery of Documents in Electronic Format.

Date: Name: Title: Company:

EXHIBIT “A” – AGREEMENT FOR DELIVERY OF ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS WITH CONTRACTORS 2

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

A. Submissions for approved substitutions will be permitted and processed in accord with Paragraph 29 of the “Instructions to Bidders” and Section 012500 “Substitution Procedures.”

B. Submissions will be "received dated" immediately upon arrival at the office of Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects.

C. All Submissions must be received ten (10) days prior to the bid date or they may not be reviewed.

D. Reviewer's General Criteria for review will be:

1. Burden of proof of performance equality and completeness of this submittal is the responsibility of the submitter.

2. Reviewers will not be required to complete the submittal, that is, select from options or between models and lines of products.

3. Reviewer will not be required to seek information from the manufacturer's literature on file in the office, or information from other locations.

4. Product must be equal, or better, in those features and performance which specified product provides.

5. When in the reviewer's opinion, significant deficiencies are established, further review of submitted data is not required.

E. Reviewer will note action (approval or disapproval), the date, and their initials.

F. If a submittal is disapproved, reviewer will make notations that will be adequate to guide a later reviewer to the same conclusion. Sample notations may be: "Submittal vague", "incomplete", or "product equality not substantiated".

G. Submittals received after closing time will be "received dated," marked "late", initialed, and filed without review.

H. Submittals will be filed in the project file until completion of the project, then destroyed.

I. Approval of a substitute item will be communicated to bidders in the form of an Addendum.

EXHIBIT “B” SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - 1

TO: Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects 1226 Union Boulevard Allentown, Pennsylvania 18109

PROJECT

PRIME BIDDER

CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER

We hereby submit for consideration, the following product instead of specified item for above project:

SECTION/DRAWING PARAGRAPH/DETAIL SPECIFIED ITEM

Proposed Substitution:

MANUFACTURER’S HOME OFFICE: LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE:

Address: Address:

Telephone: Telephone:

Contact: Contact:

Attached to this request is product data, specifications, performance tests and data, and color samples. The attached information also include any modifications of the Contract Documents which would be required if this substitution is utilized for this Project.

The undersigned states that as a Prime Bidder on the above referenced Project the following statements are true. 1. The Prime Bidder has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. That the product manufacturer will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified Product. 3. That the use of this product will not have an adverse effect on any other trade or Prime Contractor or the Construction Schedule. 4. That the use of this product does not affect the dimensions shown on the Drawings unless specifically stated in the attached information.

Reason for Substitution:

EXHIBIT “B” SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - 2

ATTACHMENTS (If not applicable, write N/A in space provided)

No. 1 Complete product data, including technical data and laboratory tests, if applicable.

No. 2 Drawings indicating dimensional changes.

No. 3 Complete description of changes to Drawings and Specifications that proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.

No. 4 Necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality, performance, and appearance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. Differences in quality of materials and construction shall be indicated.

No. 5 List of names and addresses of three similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and Architect/Engineer's name, address, and telephone numbers.

Fill in blanks below (Provide attachments if more space is necessary)

A. Does the substitution affect dimensions indicated on the Contract Drawings?

Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes:

B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?

C. What effect does substitution have on other trades, other contracts, and Contract Completion Date?

D. What effect does substitution have on applicable code requirements?

E. List differences between proposed substitution and specified item:

F. Identify manufacturer's guarantees:

G. Identify cost impact; Provide attachments showing proposed credit:

EXHIBIT “B” SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - 3

Undersigned attests function and quality equivalent or superior to specified item.

CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE:

Submitted by: Title:

Company:

Address:

Date:

Telephone: E-mail:

Signature:

For Use by the Architect/Engineer:

Accepted Accepted as Noted:

Not Accepted Received Too Late:

Reviewer: Date:

REMARKS:

EXHIBIT “B” SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - 4

GUIDANCE FOR BUSINESSES IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY PERMITTED TO OPERATE DURING THE COVID-19 DISASTER EMERGENCY

INTENT

The virus that causes Coronavirus 2019 Disease (“COVID-19”) is easily transmitted, especially in group settings, and it is essential that the spread of the virus be slowed to safeguard public health and safety. Previously, the Governor and Secretary of Health ordered most construction projects to cease unless they were supporting life-sustaining businesses or activities. Recognizing that the construction industry is vital to Pennsylvania’s economy, construction activities may resume in accordance with this guidance.

Businesses in the Commonwealth that have been permitted to maintain in-person operations during the disaster emergency, other than health care providers, must take several precautions to protect their employees, their employees’ families, and members of their communities. Businesses that are permitted to maintain in-person operations are those authorized under the Governor’s and Secretary’s Non-Life Sustaining Business Closure Orders, an exemption from those orders, or subsequent applicable order from the Governor and Secretary. All businesses (especially those that were originally closed and later permitted to re-open a portion of their operations) must review these guidelines and commit to ensuring the health and safety of their employees and the public, including construction businesses currently conducting in-person operations and those now able to resume activities.

BUSINESSES SUBJECT TO THIS GUIDANCE

Beginning May 1, 2020, all businesses in the construction industry in the Commonwealth, including those in new construction, renovation, and repair, as well as land subdivision and design-related field activities, are permitted to maintain in-person operations pursuant to the Governor’s and Secretary of Health’s April 20, 2020 amendments to the Business Closure Orders so long as their activities strictly adhere to this guidance. Construction projects previously granted an exemption to continue in-person operations may continue operations but must adhere to this guidance.

Prior to May 1, all businesses in the construction industry should continue to follow existing Administration orders and guidance, and may continue to maintain in-person operations to the extent authorized by any existing exemptions.

POLICY

It is the policy of the Administration to ensure that all businesses in the construction industry subject to this guidance conduct operations in the manner best designed to prevent or mitigate the spread of COVID-19 and ensure the safety of the employers, employees and the public as a whole.

All construction businesses authorized to conduct in-person operations in the Commonwealth must adhere to requirements of this guidance, as well as all applicable business and building safety orders issued by the Secretary of Health.

Local political units may elect to impose more stringent requirements than those contained in this guidance. In such instances, businesses must adhere to the more stringent requirements.

Issued 04-23-20

ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

All businesses and employees in the construction industry must do the following:

• Follow all applicable provisions of the Order of the Secretary of Health providing for business safety measures, issued April 15, 2020, including but not limited to provisions requiring that every person present at a work site wear masks/face coverings, and provisions requiring the establishment of protocols for execution upon discovery that the business has been exposed to a person who is a probable or confirmed case of COVID-19. • Follow all applicable provisions of the Order of the Secretary of Health providing for building safety measures, issued April 5, 2020. • Follow other applicable Department of Health (DOH) and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) guidance. • Require social distancing (6-feet minimum distance between workers) unless the safety of the public or workers require deviation (e.g. drywalling, team lifting). • Provide hand wash stations at appropriate locations on the site such as building entrances, break areas, food truck areas, offices, trailers, and job site egress areas. • Implement cleaning or sanitizing protocols at all construction sites and projects. Identify and regularly clean and disinfect areas that are at high risk for transmission (requirements to clean common areas and regularly trafficked spaces periodically). • Ensure all gatherings are limited to no more than 10 people, maintaining 6-foot social distancing, when required to meet, even when conducted outside. • Use virtual meetings, and disseminate information electronically to the extent feasible. • Stagger shifts, breaks, work areas and/or stacking of trades where feasible to minimize workers on site. • Limit tool sharing and sanitize tools if they must be shared. • Employ jobsite screening based on CDC guidance to determine if employees should work. Prohibit from working any employees with any symptoms of COVID-19. Encourage sick employees to stay home. • Prohibit unnecessary visitors to any project or work site, and limit supplier deliveries. • Limit access to enclosed spaces to the extent feasible. • Ensure workers are traveling to and from the job site separately. Wherever possible employees should not share a vehicle. • Identify a “Pandemic Safety Officer” for each project or work site, or, if a large-scale construction project, then for each contractor at the site. The primary responsibility of the Pandemic Safety Officer will be to convey, implement, and enforce the social distancing and other requirements of this guidance for the protection of employees, suppliers, and other personnel at the site.

RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION

The Uniform Construction Code (34 Pa. Code § 401.1) defines residential buildings as “detached one-family and two-family dwellings and townhouses which are not more than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress and their accessory structures.”

• All residential construction projects including new construction, renovation, and repair are authorized to conduct in-person operations; however, such projects may not permit more than four persons on the job site at any time inclusive of employees of both prime and sub contractors, but not inclusive of delivery persons, code inspectors, or similar persons who require temporary access to the site and are not directly engaged in the construction activity.

Issued 04-23-20

NON-RESIDENTIAL OR COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION

The Uniform Construction Code (34 Pa. Code § 401.1) defines “Commercial construction” as “a building, structure or facility that is not a residential building.” This definition includes multi-unit housing and student housing.

• All commercial construction projects including new construction, renovation, and repair are authorized to conduct in-person operations; however, enclosed projects or portions of enclosed projects, may not permit more than four persons on job sites of 2,000 square feet or less, and

• One additional person is allowed for each additional 500 square feet of enclosed area over 2,000 square feet. These numbers are inclusive of employees of both prime and sub contractors, but not inclusive of delivery persons, code inspectors, or similar persons who require temporary access to the site and are not directly engaged in the construction activity. Enclosed square footage shall include all areas under roof that are under active construction at the time.

• Commercial construction firms, including particularly those managing large-scale construction projects, should consider strongly establishing a written Safety Plan for each work location containing site specific details for the implementation of this guidance to be shared with all employees and implemented and enforced by the designated Pandemic Safety Officer.

PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION

Elected political subdivisions (or “local political units” as described in the Governor’s guidance), and other public entities should continue to use best judgment in exercising their authority to conduct critical construction projects. All construction decisions should appropriately balance public health and safety while ensuring the continued safety of critical infrastructure. When possible, local political units and public entities should postpone non-essential projects and only proceed with essential projects when they can implement appropriate social distancing and cleaning/disinfecting protocols, and should adhere to this guidance on all construction projects.

Local political units and public entities should officially communicate to contractors whether their specific project will be resumed. Notwithstanding any general authorization to resume construction activities, contractors should not resume work on public construction projects until directed to do so by the applicable governmental unit.

Certain commonwealth agencies and independent commissions have already issued guidance for critical or essential projects that are continuing. Those specific agency or commission directives should be followed unless there is a direct conflict with these guidelines, in which case these guidelines control. Contractors working on public construction projects must follow construction restart or resumption plans established by that agency or commission.

INSPECTIONS AND APPRAISALS

Beginning May 1, 2020, in-person inspection and appraisals related to construction financing loans, and UCC building code plan review and inspection services may be conducted as necessary for all construction projects authorized under this guidance.

Issued 04-23-20

QUESTIONS AND FURTHER GUIDANCE

Businesses that have questions about whether this guidance applies to them may email the Department of Labor and Industry at [email protected].

Answers to frequently asked questions involving application of the Employee Safety Order is available here.

Businesses in the construction industry may wish to refer to PennDOT’s COVID-19 Guidance for Restarting Construction Projects which provided a process for restarting construction projects that were suspended in response to COVID-19 mitigation. The guidance is available here.

Help is available for people who are struggling with their mental or emotional health or feeling anxious or overly stressed contact the Crisis Text Line by texting PA to 741-741.

ENFORCEMENT

Enforcement actions against violators of the Governor’s and Secretary of Health’s Orders Closing Businesses That Are Not Life Sustaining commenced on March 23, 2020, and is ongoing.

Law enforcement officers should refer to Enforcement Guidance available online here.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

For the most up-to-date, reliable information, please continue to refer to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania’s website for Responding to COVID-19 in Pennsylvania: https://www.pa.gov/guides/responding-to-covid-19/.

Issued 04-23-20

EXHIBIT “D”

GUIDANCE REGARDING COVID-19 Warrior Run School District / New Elementary School Project 12/2/20

In order to conduct essential business while prioritizing worker safety, based on information available at this time and subject to reasonable and practical adjustment as circumstances evolve, the following are some critical facts important to recognize:

1. The current strain of coronavirus is very infectious and is easily transmitted from person to person.

2. What makes COVID-19 so dangerous is no therapeutic treatment or vaccine is available for it and spread by asymptomatic carriers can happen for 2 to 14 days before they show any symptoms.

3. Most health officials believe the best way to mitigate spread is to avoid contact with other people and follow some basic guidelines issued by CDC, WHO and PA Department of Health. A condensed compilation is as follows: o IF YOU ARE SICK, STAY HOME o IF YOU HAVE ANY FLU TYPE SYMPTONS, STAY HOME o IF YOU OR ANY MEMBER OF YOUR HOUSEHOLD HAS BEEN IN CONTACT WITH A PERSON WHO HAS TESTED POSITIVE FOR COVID-19, STAY HOME o WASH YOUR HANDS OFTEN WITH EITHER SOAP AND WATER OR SANITIZING GEL o COVER COUGHS AND SNEEZES WITH TISSUES OR YOUR ELBOW. DISCARD TISSUES IMMEDIATLEY o MASKS ARE TO BE WORN WHEN WORKING IN A BUILDING OR OTHER CONFINED AREA o CLEAN AND DISINFECT FREQUENTLY-TOUCHED HARD SURAFCES AND SHARED EQUIPMENT o AVOID CONGREGATING IN GROUPS AND SEPARATE AT LUNCH AND BREAK TIMES o AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE CONDUCT MEETINGS VIA VIDEO OR TELECONFERENCE PRACTICE SOCIAL DISTANCING AT ALL TIMES

4. Prior to working on a construction site: Contractor(s) are generally required to follow all local, state or federal safety regulations applicable to their work scopes. The most recognized regulation in the construction industry is OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1926. It contains a General Duty clause which stipulates, in part “…each employer furnish to each of its employees a work place that is free from recognized hazards that are causing or likely to cause death or serious physical harm.” Further, OSHA has recently issued guidance (OSHA 3990) on how to prepare a workplace for COVID-19. It is our interpretation that both of these documents assign to onsite contractors the responsibility to establish clear guidance to their employees as applicable both to work and health related safety on the jobsite. To ensure that contractors understand the seriousness of the COVID-19 issue, as a condition to being permitted on a construction site, prime contractors should submit their firm’s policy for COVID-19 Exposure Prevention, Preparedness, and Response to the Owner and Fidevia, which outlines the guidelines their company has developed and is implementing, as well as their means to monitor and enforce them, prior to returning to the jobsite.

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Form W-9 Request for Taxpayer Give Form to the (Rev. December 2011) requester. Do not Department of the Treasury Identification Number and Certification send to the IRS. Internal Revenue Service Name (as shown on your income tax return)

Business name/disregarded entity name, if different from above

Check appropriate box for federal tax classification: Individual/sole proprietor C Corporation S Corporation Partnership Trust/estate

Exempt payee Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (C=C corporation, S=S corporation, P=partnership)

Other (see instructions) Print or type Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.) Requester’s name and address (optional)

City, state, and ZIP code See Specific Instructions on page 2. List account number(s) here (optional)

Part I Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on the “Name” line Social security number to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other –– entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page 3. Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose Employer identification number number to enter. – Part II Certification Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: 1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and 2. I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

3. I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below). Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions on page 4.

Sign Signature of Here U.S. person Date General Instructions Note. If a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is substantially similar Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise to this Form W-9. noted. Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are Purpose of Form considered a U.S. person if you are: A person who is required to file an information return with the IRS must • An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien, obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) to report, for • A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or example, income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage interest organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, you paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation • An estate (other than a foreign estate), or of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA. • A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7). Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN to the person requesting it (the Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a trade or requester) and, when applicable, to: business in the United States are generally required to pay a withholding tax on any foreign partners’ share of income from such business. 1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 has not been received, a number to be issued), partnership is required to presume that a partner is a foreign person, 2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or and pay the withholding tax. Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a 3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person, your States, provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. allocable share of any partnership income from a U.S. trade or business status and avoid withholding on your share of partnership income. is not subject to the withholding tax on foreign partners’ share of effectively connected income. Cat. No. 10231X Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011)

EXHIBIT “E” REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION - 1

Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011) Page 2

The person who gives Form W-9 to the partnership for purposes of Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable See the instructions below and the separate Instructions for the share of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or business Requester of Form W-9. in the United States is in the following cases: Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1. • The U.S. owner of a disregarded entity and not the entity, Updating Your Information • The U.S. grantor or other owner of a grantor trust and not the trust, and You must provide updated information to any person to whom you claimed to be an exempt payee if you are no longer an exempt payee • The U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of and anticipate receiving reportable payments in the future from this the trust. person. For example, you may need to provide updated information if Foreign person. If you are a foreign person, do not use Form W-9. you are a C corporation that elects to be an S corporation, or if you no Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 (see Publication 515, longer are tax exempt. In addition, you must furnish a new Form W-9 if Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities). the name or TIN changes for the account, for example, if the grantor of a Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, only a grantor trust dies. nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce Penalties or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a specified in the saving clause may permit an exemption from tax to requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure continue for certain types of income even after the payee has otherwise unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect. become a U.S. resident alien for tax purposes. Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an exemption backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty. from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must attach a statement Willfully falsifying to Form W-9 that specifies the following five items: Criminal penalty for falsifying information. certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties 1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under including fines and/or imprisonment. which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien. Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of 2. The treaty article addressing the income. federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties. 3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving clause and its exceptions. Specific Instructions 4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption Name from tax. 5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name shown on the treaty article. your income tax return. However, if you have changed your last name, for instance, due to marriage without informing the Social Security Example. Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows an Administration of the name change, enter your first name, the last name exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a Chinese shown on your social security card, and your new last name. student temporarily present in the United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in If the account is in joint names, list first, and then circle, the name of the United States exceeds 5 calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I of the form. the first Protocol to the U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows Sole proprietor. Enter your individual name as shown on your income the provisions of Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese tax return on the “Name” line. You may enter your business, trade, or student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese “doing business as (DBA)” name on the “Business name/disregarded student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of the first entity name” line. protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an exemption from tax Partnership, C Corporation, or S Corporation. Enter the entity's name on his or her scholarship or fellowship income would attach to Form on the “Name” line and any business, trade, or “doing business as W-9 a statement that includes the information described above to (DBA) name” on the “Business name/disregarded entity name” line. support that exemption. Disregarded entity. Enter the owner's name on the “Name” line. The If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup name of the entity entered on the “Name” line should never be a withholding, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8. disregarded entity. The name on the “Name” line must be the name What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments to you shown on the income tax return on which the income will be reported. must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the IRS a percentage For example, if a foreign LLC that is treated as a disregarded entity for of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” Payments that U.S. federal tax purposes has a domestic owner, the domestic owner's may be subject to backup withholding include interest, tax-exempt name is required to be provided on the “Name” line. If the direct owner interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, of the entity is also a disregarded entity, enter the first owner that is not royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from fishing boat disregarded for federal tax purposes. Enter the disregarded entity's operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup name on the “Business name/disregarded entity name” line. If the owner withholding. of the disregarded entity is a foreign person, you must complete an You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you appropriate Form W-8. receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper Note. Check the appropriate box for the federal tax classification of the certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your person whose name is entered on the “Name” line (Individual/sole tax return. proprietor, Partnership, C Corporation, S Corporation, Trust/estate). Payments you receive will be subject to backup Limited Liability Company (LLC). If the person identified on the withholding if: “Name” line is an LLC, check the “Limited liability company” box only and enter the appropriate code for the tax classification in the space 1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester, provided. If you are an LLC that is treated as a partnership for federal 2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the Part II tax purposes, enter “P” for partnership. If you are an LLC that has filed a instructions on page 3 for details), Form 8832 or a Form 2553 to be taxed as a corporation, enter “C” for 3. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN, C corporation or “S” for S corporation. If you are an LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under Regulation 4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding section 301.7701-3 (except for employment and excise tax), do not because you did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax check the LLC box unless the owner of the LLC (required to be return (for reportable interest and dividends only), or identified on the “Name” line) is another LLC that is not disregarded for 5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to federal tax purposes. If the LLC is disregarded as an entity separate backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend from its owner, enter the appropriate tax classification of the owner accounts opened after 1983 only). identified on the “Name” line.

EXHIBIT “E” REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION - 2

Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011) Page 3

Other entities. Enter your business name as shown on required federal Part I. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) tax documents on the “Name” line. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on the “Business name/ you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS disregarded entity name” line. individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN Exempt Payee below. If you are exempt from backup withholding, enter your name as If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either described above and check the appropriate box for your status, then your SSN or EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN. check the “Exempt payee” box in the line following the “Business name/ If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity disregarded entity name,” sign and date the form. separate from its owner (see Limited Liability Company (LLC) on page 2), Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner has one). Do not enter the backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is classified as a corporation or for certain payments, such as interest and dividends. partnership, enter the entity’s EIN. Note. If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still Note. See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name and TIN complete this form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. combinations. The following payees are exempt from backup withholding: How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security 1. An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the form online at www.ssa.gov. You may also get this form by calling requirements of section 401(f)(2), 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer 2. The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for 3. A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities, an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a 4. A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, Business. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting or instrumentalities, or IRS.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676). 5. An international organization or any of its agencies or If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, write instrumentalities. “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include: it to the requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain 6. A corporation, payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments, generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester before you 7. A foreign central bank of issue, are subject to backup withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does 8. A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject to backup United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to the States, requester. 9. A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Note. Entering “Applied For” means that you have already applied for a Futures Trading Commission, TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon. 10. A real estate investment trust, Caution: A disregarded domestic entity that has a foreign owner must 11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the use the appropriate Form W-8. Investment Company Act of 1940, Part II. Certification 12. A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a), To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, or 13. A financial institution, resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign by the 14. A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or withholding agent even if item 1, below, and items 4 and 5 on page 4 custodian, or indicate otherwise. 15. A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I 4947. should sign (when required). In the case of a disregarded entity, the person identified on the “Name” line must sign. Exempt payees, see The following chart shows types of payments that may be exempt Exempt Payee on page 3. from backup withholding. The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through 15. Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated in items 1 through 3, below, and items 4 and 5 on page 4. IF the payment is for . . . THEN the payment is exempt 1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened for . . . before 1984 and broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the Interest and dividend payments All exempt payees except certification. for 9 2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts Broker transactions Exempt payees 1 through 5 and 7 opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered inactive during through 13. Also, C corporations. 1983. You must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If Barter exchange transactions and Exempt payees 1 through 5 you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely providing patronage dividends your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the form. Payments over $600 required to be Generally, exempt payees You must sign the certification. You may 2 3. Real estate transactions. reported and direct sales over 1 through 7 cross out item 2 of the certification. $5,000 1 1 See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions. 2 However, the following payments made to a corporation and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys' fees, gross proceeds paid to an attorney, and payments for services paid by a federal executive agency.

EXHIBIT “E” REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION - 3

Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011) Page 4

4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not Note. If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the have to sign the certification unless you have been notified that you number will be considered to be that of the first name listed. have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other payments” include payments made in the course of the requester’s trade or business for Secure Your Tax Records from Identity Theft rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information health care services (including payments to corporations), payments to such as your name, social security number (SSN), or other identifying a nonemployee for services, payments to certain fishing boat crew information, without your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys An identity thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return (including payments to corporations). using your SSN to receive a refund. 5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of To reduce your risk: secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program • Protect your SSN, payments (under section 529), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension distributions. You • Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification. • Be careful when choosing a tax preparer. If your tax records are affected by identity theft and you receive a What Name and Number To Give the Requester notice from the IRS, respond right away to the name and phone number For this type of account: Give name and SSN of: printed on the IRS notice or letter. If your tax records are not currently affected by identity theft but you 1. Individual The individual think you are at risk due to a lost or stolen purse or wallet, questionable 2. Two or more individuals (joint The actual owner of the account or, credit card activity or credit report, contact the IRS Identity Theft Hotline account) if combined funds, the first 1 at 1-800-908-4490 or submit Form 14039. individual on the account For more information, see Publication 4535, Identity Theft Prevention 3. Custodian account of a minor The minor 2 (Uniform Gift to Minors Act) and Victim Assistance. 4. a. The usual revocable savings The grantor-trustee 1 Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm or a trust (grantor is also trustee) system problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have b. So-called trust account that is The actual owner 1 not been resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for not a legal or valid trust under Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by state law calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 5. Sole proprietorship or disregarded The owner 3 1-800-829-4059. entity owned by an individual Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing schemes. The grantor* 6. Grantor trust filing under Optional Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to Form 1099 Filing Method 1 (see Regulation section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i)(A)) mimic legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established For this type of account: Give name and EIN of: legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering 7. Disregarded entity not owned by an The owner private information that will be used for identity theft. individual 8. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust Legal entity 4 The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information through email or ask 9. Corporation or LLC electing The corporation taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret access corporate status on Form 8832 or Form 2553 information for their credit card, bank, or other financial accounts. 10. Association, club, religious, The organization If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, charitable, educational, or other forward this message to [email protected]. You may also report misuse tax-exempt organization of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS property to the Treasury Inspector 11. Partnership or multi-member LLC The partnership General for Tax Administration at 1-800-366-4484. You can forward 12. A broker or registered nominee The broker or nominee suspicious emails to the Federal Trade Commission at: [email protected] 13. Account with the Department of The public entity or contact them at www.ftc.gov/idtheft or 1-877-IDTHEFT Agriculture in the name of a public (1-877-438-4338). entity (such as a state or local Visit IRS.gov to learn more about identity theft and how to reduce government, school district, or your risk. prison) that receives agricultural program payments 14. Grantor trust filing under the Form The trust 1041 Filing Method or the Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 2 (see Regulation section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i)(B))

1 List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished. 2 Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN. 3 You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “DBA” name on the “Business name/disregarded entity” name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN. 4 List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1. *Note. Grantor also must provide a Form W-9 to trustee of trust.

Privacy Act Notice Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons (including federal agencies) who are required to file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, or certain other income paid to you; mortgage interest you paid; the acquisition or abandonment of secured property; the cancellation of debt; or contributions you made to an IRA, Archer MSA, or HSA. The person collecting this form uses the information on the form to file information returns with the IRS, reporting the above information. Routine uses of this information include giving it to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions for use in administering their laws. The information also may be disclosed to other countries under a treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce civil and criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Under section 3406, payers must generally withhold a percentage of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to the payer. Certain penalties may also apply for providing false or fraudulent information.

EXHIBIT “E” REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION - 4

SUBCONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

Prime Contractor:

Subcontractor Name:

Subcontractor Address:

Subcontractor Telephone:

Subcontractor Fax:

Subcontractor Federal EIN:

Subcontractor Scope of Work:

The undersigned Subcontractor hereby certifies to the Radnor Township School District and Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects that: (1) Subcontractor’s portion of the Work shall comply with each and every requirement of the Contract Documents between the Radnor

Township School District and the above named Prime Contractor, including all warranty requirements; (2) Subcontractor acknowledges receipt of the attached copy of Article 11 of the

General Conditions; and (3) Subcontractor consents to the provisions of Article 6 and paragraph 11.1 of the General Conditions and acknowledges that those provisions shall be deemed to be incorporated into Subcontractor’s agreement with the above named Prime

Contractor.

(Typed Name)

By: (Signature)

Typed Name and Title:

Date:

EXHIBIT “F” SUBCONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE - 1

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

EXHIBIT “G” APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT G732/CMa - 1

G732-2009 Document G732™ – 2009 Instructions

Application and Certificate for Payment, Construction Manager as Adviser Edition GENERAL INFORMATION

Purpose. AIA Document G732™–2009, Application and Certificate for Payment, Construction Manager as Adviser Edition, is to be used in conjunction with AIA Document G703™–1992, Continuation Sheet. These documents are designed to be used on a Project where a Construction Manager is employed as an adviser to the Owner, but not as a constructor. Procedures for their use are covered in AIA Document A232™–2009, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Construction Manager as Adviser Edition.

Related Documents. AIA Document G703–1992.

Use of Current Documents. Prior to using any AIA Contract Document, users should consult www.aia.org or a local AIA component to verify the most recent edition.

Reproductions. This document is a copyrighted work and may not be reproduced or excerpted from without the express written permission of the AIA. There is no implied permission to reproduce this document, nor does membership in The American Institute of Architects confer any further rights to reproduce this document.

The AIA hereby grants the purchaser a limited license to reproduce a maximum of ten copies of a completed G732–2009, but only for use in connection with a particular project. The AIA will not permit reproduction outside of the limited license for reproduction granted above, except upon written request and receipt of written permission from the AIA.

Rights to reproduce the document may vary for users of AIA software. Licensed AIA software users should consult the End User License Agreement (EULA).

To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects’ legal counsel, [email protected].

USING G732–2009

After the Contractor has completed AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet, summary information should be transferred to AIA Document G732–2009, Application and Certificate for Payment, Construction Manager as Adviser Edition. The Contractor should sign G732, have it notarized and submit it, together with G703, to the Construction Manager and Architect. The Construction Manager and Architect should review G732 and G703 and, if they are acceptable, complete the Certificate for Payment on G732. The Construction Manager and Architect may certify a different amount than that applied for pursuant to Sections 9.5 and 9.6 of AIA Document A232–2009. They should then initial all figures on G732 and G703 that have been changed to conform to the amount certified and attach an explanation. The completed G732 and G703 should be forwarded to the Owner.

COMPLETING G703

Heading. This information should be completed to be consistent with similar information on AIA Document G732–2009, Application and Certificate for Payment, Construction Manager as Adviser Edition.

EXHIBIT “G” APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT G732/CMa - 2

Columns A, B and C. These columns should be completed by identifying the various portions of the Project and their scheduled value consistent with the schedule of values submitted at the commencement of the Project or as subsequently adjusted. The breakdown may be by sections of the Work or by Subcontractors and should remain consistent throughout the Project. Multiple pages should be used when required.

Column C. Should be subtotaled at the bottom when more than one page is used and totaled on the last page. Initially, this total should equal the original Contract Sum. The total of column C may be adjusted by Change Orders during the Project.

Column D. Enter in this column the amount of completed work covered by the previous application (columns D & E from the previous application). Values from column F (Materials Presently Stored) from the previous application should not be entered in this column.

Column E. Enter here the value of Work completed at the time of this application, including the value of materials incorporated into the project which were listed on the previous application under Materials Presently Stored (column F).

Column F. Enter here the value of Materials Presently Stored for which payment is sought. The total of the column must be recalculated at the end of each pay period. This value covers both materials newly stored for which payment is sought and materials previously stored which are not yet incorporated into the Project. Mere payment by the Owner for stored materials does not result in a deduction from this column. Only as materials are incorporated into the Project is their value deducted from this column and incorporated into column E (Work Completed - This Period).

Column G. Enter here the total of columns D, E and F. Calculate the percentage completed by dividing column G by column C.

Column H. Enter here the difference between column C (Scheduled Value) and column G (Total Completed and Stored to Date).

Column I. This column is normally used only for contracts where variable retainage is permitted on a line- item basis. It need not be completed on projects where a constant retainage is withheld from the overall contract amount.

Change Orders and Construction Change Directives. The amount of the original contract, adjusted by Change Orders and amounts authorized for Construction Change Directives as reflected in line 2, is to be entered on line 3 of the G732 form.

MAKING PAYMENT

The Owner should make payment directly to the Contractor based on the amount certified by the Construction Manager and Architect on AIA Document G732–2009, Application and Certificate for Payment, Construction Manager as Adviser Edition. The completed form contains the name and address of the Contractor. Payment should not be made to any other party unless specifically indicated on G732.

EXHIBIT “G” APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT G732/CMa - 3

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

EXHIBIT “H” CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION G704/CMa - 1

EXHIBIT “H” CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION G704/CMa - 2

EXHIBIT “I” CHANGE ORDER G701/CMa - 1

EXHIBIT “I” CHANGE ORDER G701/CMa - 2

EXHIBIT “J” CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE G714/CMa - 1

EXHIBIT “J” CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE G714/CMa - 2

EXHIBIT “K” CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS G706 - 1

EXHIBIT “K” CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS G706 - 2

EXHIBIT “L” CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS G706A - 1

EXHIBIT “L” CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS G706A - 2

Contractor: ______

Project: Radnor Township School District – Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Project

Application for Payment for Period Ending: ______

The Contractor certifies that, upon receipt of the amount certified by the Design Professional as due in connection with the application for a progress payment submitted with this Certification and Partial Release, the Contractor has received payment in full for or on account of all amounts due under the Contract for Construction with the Radnor Township School District (the “Owner") for the Project referenced above through the end of the period covered by the application for payment, including any amounts due for extra or additional work, change orders, damages, delays, claims of any kind, or any other increase to the Contract Sum. In consideration of prior payments received and receipt of this payment, the Contractor hereby waives, releases and forever discharges the Owner from any and all obligations and liabilities arising under or on account of the Contract for Construction and the Project, or either of them, through the end of the period covered by the application for payment, including any obligations or liabilities for extra or additional work, change orders, damages, delays, interest, penalties for late payment, attorney's fees, claims of any kind, or any other increase to the Contract Sum, and hereby expressly waives and relinquishes the right to have, file or maintain any mechanic's liens or claims against the Project, the building(s), the improvement, the land covered thereby and the lot or cartilage appurtenant thereto ("the Premises").

The Contractor certifies that all charges for labor, materials, services and every other nature in connection with the Contract for Construction for Work performed through the period covered by previous applications for payment have been paid in full, and that there remains no amount due, or claimed to be due, to any subcontractor, vendor, or individual furnishing Iabor or material in connection with such Work, with the exception of the following:

The Contractor hereby further declares and agrees that in the event that any lien or other claim should be brought against Owner, or the Project or Premises, the Contractor will protect the Owner and defend any suit or action brought against the Owner by reason of any lien or other form of claim or action arising out of the Contract for Construction and hold the Owner harmless and indemnified therefrom.

Signed and sealed by the Contractor this day of ______, 20___.

(Contractor) By: ______

Title: ______(SEAL)

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AFFIDAVIT

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

COUNTY OF ______

Be it remembered, that on this day of . 20___ , before me appeared ______, being duly sworn according to law, who acknowledged him/herself to be the ______of ______, a corporation, and that he/she as such ______being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the corporation by him/herself as said officer; and that the facts set forth therein are correct to the best of his/her knowledge, information and belief.

Sworn and Subscribed before me this _____ day of ______, 20_____ .

Notary Public

My commission expires: Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

EXHIBIT “M” CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT G707 - 1

EXHIBIT “M” CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT G707 - 2

EXHIBIT “N” CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL REDUCTION IN OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE G707A - 1

EXHIBIT “N” CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL REDUCTION IN OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE G707A - 2

SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN COMPLIANCE

Project: Radnor H. S. Additions & Renovations for the Radnor Twp. School District To: Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect

The Safety and Health Management Plan requirements are the minimum parameters that contractors must comply with. Contractors are required to prepare their own Safety Plan and comply with all applicable regulations.

As used in this Safety and Health Management Plan (herein referred to as “Plan”), "Contractor" shall mean the controlling Contractor (who has a contractual agreement with the Owner), who shall comply with these minimum requirements. The Contractor shall also agree to require each of their Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors to comply with the minimum requirements of this Plan.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain total control of Safety to ensure that employees and the general public will be provided with a hazard free environment during Construction and renovation activities. This Plan does not relieve the Contractor of their responsibilities regarding the safety of their employees and the preservation of property. The Contractor agrees that he and all his Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors shall be fully responsible for project Safety and Health Management. The Owner, the Construction Manager and the Architect shall not be responsible for any Safety precautions and programs in connection with the work.

The Contractor and Subcontractors of all tiers are solely responsible for safety on the job site and with respect to the work and indemnify, hold harmless and waive all claims against the Owner, the Construction Manager, and/or the Architect based on, arising out of or in any way involving any actual or alleged non-compliance with the Safety and Health Management Plan.

The Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act as well as other federal, state, and local regulations promulgated in the Interest of Safety are required by law and this Plan.

The Safety Requirements of this Plan is a supplementary document to all Government rules and regulations. It does not negate, abrogate, alter or otherwise change any provisions of those rules and/or regulations, and is intended to supplement and enforce the individual program of each Contractor and the overall safety effort. It is understood that the ultimate responsibility for providing a safe workplace rests with each individual Contractor.

I hereby acknowledge that I have received, read and evaluated the Project Safety and Health Management Plan and I hereby certify that I will ensure that at a minimum its requirements and conditions are fulfilled.

Company Name

Contractor – Project Manager Contractor – Field Supervisor

Date Date

EXHIBIT “O” SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN COMPLIANCE - 1

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

3D COMPUTER MODEL USER RELEASE AND TERMS OF USE AGREEMENT

This 3D Computer Model User Release and Terms of Use Agreement is made this day of , 2021 in connection with the proposed construction of the Radnor High School Additions & Renovations project for the Radnor Township School District.

The 3D Computer Model for the Project is provided by the Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner to users (individually, a “User”, or collectively, “Users”) at the User’s request subject to the terms and conditions stated below (the “Terms of Use”):

1. By opening the files provided, the User agrees that these terms apply to the 3D Model in its entirety, together with all of its component parts and data The User acknowledges that the requirements of these Terms of Use apply to all of User’s principals, employees and agents.

2. The 3D Model is made available to User solely for his convenience and for informational purposes only. The User is not to rely upon the 3D Computer Model and the data and/or information contained therein in preparing any of the coordination documents for the Project. The User acknowledges that the Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the 3D Computer Model’s, accuracy or completeness or the data and/or information contained therein.

3. The User agrees that the use of the 3D Computer Model is solely at the User’s risk and that the User assumes full responsibility and liability in connection with the User’s use of the 3D Computer Model and the information and/or data contained therein. The User agrees that the Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner has no responsibility for any deficiencies, inaccuracies, errors and/or omissions contained in the 3D Computer Model or the data and/or information contained therein. The Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner has no responsibility for any deficiencies or defects in the User’s documents, work and/or services resulting from the User’s use of the 3D Computer Model in lieu of the Construction and/or Contract Documents for the Project.

4. The User acknowledges and agrees that: a) The use of the 3D Computer Model is not a substitute for professional judgment. b) The use of the 3D Computer Model does not relieve the User from applying the appropriate standard of care and skill relevant to the use of the 3D Computer Model and its contents. c) The 3D Computer Model is only to be used as a tool to assist the User in connection with the Project. d) The User is solely responsible for verifying the accuracy of all results created with the use of the 3D Computer Model; and e) The Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner is not responsible or liable for the means and methods of construction and the User’s use of the 3D Computer Model shall in no way give rise to any responsibility or liability by the Architect, Construction Manager, its consultants or the Owner.

EXHIBIT “P” 3D COMPUTER MODEL USER RELEASE AND TERMS OF USE AGREEMENT - 1

5. The Architect, Construction Manager, Owner, and its consultants specifically disclaim all warranties whether expressed, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, all warranties of merchantability, title, fitness for a particular purpose, constructability, non-infringement, compatibility, security or accuracy and users’ use of the 3D Computer Model is at its own risk. User assumes full responsibility and risk of loss resulting from use or inability to use the 3D Computer Model or its content.

6. The User further agrees that the 3D Computer Model contains information that is confidential and proprietary to the project, and that the Architect retains the copyright and all other reserved rights in the work product reflected in the 3D Computer Model that was prepared by the Architect or its consultants for the Project. The Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner grant the User a non- exclusive, non-transferable royalty-free license to use the 3D Computer Model for informational purposes only in connection with the Project in strict accordance with these Terms of Use. The User agrees that the 3D Computer Model will be used solely and exclusively for the Project and that it will not use the 3D Computer Model and the data and/or information contained therein, in whole or in part, for any purpose or project other than the Project. The User further agrees that the 3D Computer Model will continue to be kept confidential by the User, and that it shall not be disclosed in any manner, transferred or exchanged to any third parties by the User without the express written consent of the Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner.

7. Upon completion of the User’s involvement with the Project or at any time upon written request of the Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner, the User shall promptly deliver to the Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner the 3D Computer Model and any other material containing or reflecting any information or data in the 3D Computer Model (whether prepared by the Architect, the User or otherwise) and will not retain copies, extracts or other reproductions, tangible or intangible, in whole or in part of the 3D Computer Model. The User’s non- disclosure and non-use obligations set forth herein shall survive the return, destruction or deletion of the 3D Computer Model. If the User becomes legally compelled, by subpoena or court order, to disclose the 3D Model, or any information contained therein, the User shall provide the Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner with prompt notice.

8. User hereby agrees that the Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction, in the event of any breach of the Terms of Use, including without limitation its obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the 3D Model, that the granting of such relief will not be opposed and that such relief shall not be the exclusive remedy for such breach. The Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner’s failure to insist upon strict adherence to any term of these Terms of Use shall not be considered a waiver thereof or deprive the Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner of the right subsequently to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Terms of Use.

9. The User hereby agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in no event shall the Architect, Construction Manager, or Owner be liable to User for any damages or losses of any kind including, but not limited to, damages for death or bodily injury to persons, injury to property, and direct, indirect,

EXHIBIT “P” 3D COMPUTER MODEL USER RELEASE AND TERMS OF USE AGREEMENT - 2

consequential, special, or incidental damages, resulting from any error, omission, inaccuracy, deficiency or defect in or problem with, the 3D Computer Model or the data and/or information contained therein.

10. The User agrees that in the event the User, its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, agents, employees, consultants or independent contractors use the 3D Computer Model or the information and/or data contained therein, it shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, defend, indemnify and hold the Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, partners, principals, consultants, agents and employees harmless from and against any and all actions, damages, demands, claims, suits, losses, liability, judgments, recoveries, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees which any of them may incur in connection with, arising from, resulting from or related to any use of the 3D Computer Model or the data and/or the information contained therein by the User or any third party who receives the 3D Computer Model from the User. Such claims include, without limitation, any claim which may arise due to deletions, omissions or variations of data due to mechanical or technical failure in connection with the transmission of the 3D Computer Model.

11. The User further agrees to obligate any contractor, consultant or other party who uses the 3D Computer Model to be bound by the terms and conditions contained herein. Any User’s use of the 3D Computer Model and the information and/or data contained therein constitutes such User’s acceptance of all the terms here specified.

AGREEMENT APPROVAL AND DISTRIBUTION:

USER Project Manager or Principal-In-Charge Signature Date

Printed Name and Title

Company Name

Address

Telephone Number Email Address

EXHIBIT “P” 3D COMPUTER MODEL USER RELEASE AND TERMS OF USE AGREEMENT - 3

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Certification of Punchlist Completion

PROJECT: Radnor H. S. Additions & Renovations PROJECT NUMBER: 696 Radnor Township School District

(Name and address): CONTRACT FOR:

CONTRACTOR DATE: (Name and address):

The undersigned Contractor certifies that in accordance with the Contract all the punchlists listed below and hereto attached have been completed.

Punchlist(s):

CONTRACTOR BY DATE

Notary Public

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 .

My commission expires:

EXHIBIT “Q” CERTIFICATION OF PUNCHLIST COMPLETION - 1

SP 4-164 (12-2017) PENNSYLVANIA STATE POLICE REQUEST FOR CRIMINAL RECORD CHECK 1-888-QUERYPA (1-888-783-7972)

This form is to be completed in ink by the requester – (information will be mailed to the FOR CENTRAL REPOSITORY USE ONLY requester only). If this form is not legible or not properly completed, it will be returned CONTROL NUMBER unprocessed to the requester. A response may take four weeks or longer. TRY OUR WEBSITE FOR A QUICKER RESPONSE https://epatch.state.pa.us

REQUESTER NAME AFTER COMPLETION MAIL TO: ADDRESS PENNSYLVANIA STATE POLICE CENTRAL REPOSITORY – 164 1800 ELMERTON AVENUE CITY/STATE/ HARRISBURG, PA 17110-9758 ZIP CODE DO NOT SEND CASH OR PERSONAL TELEPHONE NO. (AREA CODE) CHECK CHECK ONE BLOCK INDIVIDUAL/NONCRIMINAL JUSTICE AGENCY – ENCLOSE A CERTIFIED CHECK/MONEY ORDER IN THE AMOUNT OF $22.00, PAYABLE TO: “COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA” THE FEE IS NONREFUNDABLE

NOTARIZED INDIVIDUAL/NONCRIMINAL JUSTICE AGENCY – ENCLOSE A CERTIFIED CHECK/MONEY ORDER IN THE AMOUNT OF $27.00, PAYABLE TO: “COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA” THE FEE IS NONREFUNDABLE

FEE EXEMPT-NONCRIMINAL JUSTICE AGENCY – NO FEE

SUBJECT OF RECORD CHECK (FIRST) (MIDDLE) (LAST)

MAIDEN NAME AND/OR ALIASES SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER DATE OF BIRTH SEX RACE (MM/DD/YYYY)

The Pennsylvania State Police response will be based on the comparison of the data provided by the requester against the information contained in the files of the Pennsylvania State Police Central Repository only.

FEES FOR REQUESTS - $22.00. NOTARIZED FEE REQUESTS - $27.00. ***MAKE ALL MONEY ORDERS PAYABLE TO: COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA ***

REASON FOR REQUEST ◄◄◄◄◄◄CHECK THE BOX THAT MOST APPLIES TO THE PURPOSE OF THIS REQUEST►►►►►► INTERNATIONAL ADOPTION - INTERNATIONAL ADOPTION MUST BE NOTARIZED AND MAILED IN. ($27.00 FOR REQUEST)

ADOPTION (DOMESTIC) EMPLOYMENT VISA OTHER

WARNING: 18 Pa.C.S. 4904(b) UNDER PENALTY OF LAW - MISIDENTIFICATION OR FALSE STATEMENTS OF IDENTITY TO OBTAIN CRIMINAL HISTORY INFORMATION OF ANOTHER IS PUNISHABLE AS AUTHORIZED BY LAW.

Homeland Security is Everyone’s Responsibility - Pennsylvania Terrorism Tip Line 1-888-292-1919 EXHIBIT "R" - SP 4-164 PA STATE POLICE REQUEST FOR CRIMINAL RECORD CHECK - 1

1 of 3

ARREST/CONVICTION REPORT AND CERTIFICATION FORM (under Act 24 of 2011 and Act 82 of 2012)

Section 1. Personal Information

Full Legal Name: Date of Birth: _____/_____/______Other names by which you have been identified:

Section 2. Arrest or Conviction

By checking this box, I state that I have NOT been arrested for or convicted of any Reportable Offense.

By checking this box, I report that I have been arrested for or convicted of an offense or offenses enumerated under 24 P.S. §§1-111(e) or (f.1) (“Reportable Offense(s)”). See Page 3 of this Form for a list of Reportable Offenses.

Details of Arrests or Convictions

For each arrest for or conviction of any Reportable Offense, specify in the space below (or on additional attachments if necessary) the offense for which you have been arrested or convicted, the date and location of arrest and/or conviction, docket number, and the applicable court.

______

Section 3. Child Abuse

By checking this box, I state that I have NOT been named as a perpetrator of a founded report of child abuse within the past five (5) years as defined by the Child Protective Services Law.

By checking this box, I report that I have been named as a perpetrator of a founded report of child abuse within the past five (5) years as defined by the Child Protective Services Law.

Section 4. Certification

By signing this form, I certify under penalty of law that the statements made in this form are true, correct and complete. I understand that false statements herein, including, without limitation, any failure to accurately report any arrest or conviction for a Reportable Offense, shall subject me to criminal prosecution under 18 Pa.C.S. §4904, relating to unsworn falsification to authorities.

Signature Date

EXHIBIT "S" PDE-6004 03/01/2016 PDE-6004 - ARREST/CONVICTION REPORT AND CERTIFICATION FORM - 1 2 of 3

INSTRUCTIONS

Pursuant to 24 P.S. §1-111(c.4) and (j), the Pennsylvania Department of Education developed this standardized form (PDE-6004) to be used by current and prospective employees of public and private schools, intermediate units, and area vocational-technical schools.

As required by subsection (c.4) and (j)(2) of 24 P.S. §1-111, this form shall be completed and submitted by all current and prospective employees of said institutions to provide written reporting of any arrest or conviction for an offense enumerated under 24 P.S. §§1-111(e) and (f.1) and to provide notification of having been named as a perpetrator of a founded report of child abuse within the past five (5) years as defined by the Child Protective Services Law.

As required by subsection (j)(4) of 24 P.S. §1-111, this form also shall be utilized by current and prospective employees to provide written notice within seventy-two (72) hours after a subsequent arrest or conviction for an offense enumerated under 24 P.S. §§1-111(e) or (f.1).

In accordance with 24 P.S. §1-111, employees completing this form are required to submit the form to the administrator or other person responsible for employment decisions in a school entity. Please contact a supervisor or the school entity administration office with any questions regarding the PDE 6004, including to whom the form should be sent.

PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THIS FORM LEGIBLY IN INK.

PDE-6004 03/01/2016 EXHIBIT "S" PDE-6004 - ARREST/CONVICTION REPORT AND CERTIFICATION FORM - 2 3 of 3

LIST OF REPORTABLE OFFENSES

 A reportable offense enumerated under 24 P.S. §1-111(e) consists of any of the following:

(1) An offense under one or more of the following provisions of Title 18 of the Pennsylvania Consolidated Statutes:

. Chapter 25 (relating to criminal homicide) . Section 4304 (relating to endangering . Section 2702 (relating to aggravated assault) welfare of children) . Section 2709.1 (relating to stalking) . Section 4305 (relating to dealing in infant . Section 2901 (relating to kidnapping) children) . Section 2902 (relating to unlawful restraint) . A felony offense under section 5902(b) . Section 2910 (relating to luring a child into a motor (relating to prostitution and related vehicle or structure) offenses) . Section 3121 (relating to rape) . Section 5903(c) or (d) (relating to obscene . Section 3122.1 (relating to statutory sexual assault) and other sexual materials and . Section 3123 (relating to involuntary deviate sexual performances) intercourse) . Section 6301(a)(1) (relating to corruption . Section 3124.1 (relating to sexual assault) of minors) . Section 3124.2 (relating to institutional sexual assault) . Section 6312 (relating to sexual abuse of . Section 3125( relating to aggravated indecent assault) children) . Section 3126 (relating to indecent assault) . Section 6318 (relating to unlawful contact . Section 3127 (relating to indecent exposure) with minor) . Section 3129 (relating to sexual intercourse with animal) . Section 6319 (relating to solicitation of . Section 4302 (relating to incest) minors to traffic drugs) . Section 4303 (relating to concealing death of child) . Section 6320 (relating to sexual exploitation of children) (2) An offense designated as a felony under the act of April 14, 1972 (P.L. 233, No. 64), known as “The Controlled Substance, Drug, Device and Cosmetic Act.”

(3) An offense SIMILAR IN NATURE to those crimes listed above in clauses (1) and (2) under the laws or former laws of: • the United States; or • one of its territories or possessions; or • another state; or • the District of Columbia; or • the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; or • a foreign nation; or • under a former law of this Commonwealth.

 A reportable offense enumerated under 24 P.S. §1-111(f.1) consists of any of the following:

(1) An offense graded as a felony offense of the first, second or third degree, other than one of the offenses enumerated under 24 P.S. §1-111(e), if less than (10) ten years has elapsed from the date of expiration of the sentence for the offense.

(2) An offense graded as a misdemeanor of the first degree, other than one of the offenses enumerated under 24 P.S. §1-111(e), if less than (5) five years has elapsed from the date of expiration of the sentence for the offense.

(3) An offense under 75 Pa.C.S. § 3802(a), (b), (c) or (d)(relating to driving under influence of alcohol or controlled substance) graded as a misdemeanor of the first degree under 75 Pa.C.S. § 3803 (relating to grading), if the person has been previously convicted of such an offense and less than (3) three years has elapsed from the date of expiration of the sentence for the most recent offense.

PDE-6004 03/01/2016 EXHIBIT "S" PDE-6004 - ARREST/CONVICTION REPORT AND CERTIFICATION FORM - 3

PENNSYLVANIA CHILD ABUSE HISTORY CERTIFICATION

Type or print clearly in ink. If obtaining this certification for non-volunteer purposes or if, as a volunteer having direct volunteer contact with children, you have obtained a certification free of charge within the previous 57 months, enclose an $13.00 money order or check payable to the PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN SERVICES or a payment authorization code provided by your organization. DO NOT send cash. Certifications for the purpose of “volunteer having direct volunteer contact with children” may be obtained free of charge once every 57 months. Send to CHILDLINE AND ABUSE REGISTRY, PA DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN SERVICES, P.O. BOX 8170 HARRISBURG, PA 17105-8170. APPLICATIONS THAT ARE INCOMPLETE, ILLEGIBLE OR RECEIVED WITHOUT THE CORRECT FEE WILL BE RETURNED UNPROCESSED. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS CALL 717-783-6211, OR (TOLL FREE) 1-877-371-5422. PURPOSE OF CERTIFICATION (Check one box only) Foster parent Volunteer having direct volunteer contact with children Prospective adoptive parent If purpose is volunteer having direct volunteer contact with chil- Employee of child care services dren, choose SUB PURPOSE: School employee governed by the Public School Code Big Brother/Big Sister and/or affiliate School employee not governed by the Public School Code Domestic violence shelter and/or affiliate Self-employed provider of child-care services in a family child-care home Rape crisis center and/or affiliate An individual 14 years of age or older applying for or holding a paid Other: position as an employee with a program, activity, or service PA Department of Human Services Employment & Training Program An individual seeking to provide child-care services under contract with a participant (signature required below) child care facility or program An individual 18 years or older who resides in the home of a foster parent for children for at least 30 days in a calendar year SIGNATURE OF OIM/CAO REPRESENTATIVE OIM/CAO PHONE An individual 18 years or older who resides in the home of a certified or NUMBER licensed child-care provider for at least 30 days in a calendar year An individual 18 years or older, excluding individuals receiving services, who resides in a family living home, community home for individuals with an intellectual disability, or host home for children for at least 30 days in a calendar year An individual 18 years or older who resides in the home of a prospective adoptive parent for at least 30 days in a calendar year AGENCY/ORGANIZATION NAME: PAYMENT AUTHORIZATION CODE, IF APPLICABLE:

Consent/Release of Information Authorization form is attached. Applicant must fill in the “Other Address” sections. By completing the other address sections, you are agreeing that the organization will have access to the status and outcome of your certification application.

APPLICANT DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (DO NOT USE INITIALS) FIRST NAME MIDDLE NAME LAST NAME SUFFIX

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER GENDER DATE OF BIRTH (MM/DD/YYYY) AGE ______Male Female Not reported

Disclosure of your Social Security number is voluntary. It is sought under 23 Pa.C.S. §§ 6336(a)(1) (relating to information in statewide database), 6344 (relating to employees having contact with children; adoptive and foster parents), 6344.1 (relating to information relating to certified or licensed child-care home residents), and 6344.2 (relating to volunteers having contact with children). The department will use your Social Security number to search the statewide database to determine whether you are listed as the perpetrator in an indicated or founded report of child abuse.

MAILING ADDRESS OTHER ADDRESS (if Consent/Release of HOME ADDRESS (if different from home address) Information Authorization form is attached) ADDRESS LINE 1 ADDRESS LINE 1 ADDRESS LINE 1

ADDRESS LINE 2 ADDRESS LINE 2 ADDRESS LINE 2

CITY CITY CITY

COUNTY COUNTY COUNTY

STATE/REGION/PROVINCE STATE/REGION/PROVINCE STATE/REGION/PROVINCE

ZIP/POSTAL CODE ZIP/POSTAL CODE ZIP/POSTAL CODE

COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY

ATTENTION ATTENTION Different mailing address

CONTACT INFORMATION HOME TELEPHONE NUMBER WORK TELEPHONE NUMBER MOBILE TELEPHONE NUMBER

EMAIL (By submitting an email contact, you are agreeing to ChildLine contacting you at this address.)

EXHIBIT "T" - CY 113 PA CHILD ABUSE HISTORY CLEARANCE - ACT 151 - 1 CY 113 12/15 PENNSYLVANIA CHILD ABUSE HISTORY CERTIFICATION

PREVIOUS NAMES USED SINCE 1975 (Include maiden name, nickname and aliases.) First Middle Last Suffix

PREVIOUS ADDRESSES SINCE 1975 (Please list all addresses since 1975, partial address acceptable; attach additional pages if necessary.)

10.

HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS (Please list everyone who lived with you at any time since 1975 to present. Please include parent, guardian or the person(s) who raised you; attach additional pages as necessary.) Present Name (First, Middle, Last) Relationship Age Gender 1. Parent Guardian person(s) who raised you

2. Parent Guardian person(s) who raised you

10.

I affirm that the above information is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief and submitted as true and correct under penalty of law (Section 4904 of the Pennsylvania Crimes Code). If I selected volunteer, I understand that I can only use the certificate for volunteer purposes.

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE DATE

CHILDLINE USE ONLY DATE RECEIVED BY CHILDLINE SUFFICIENT PAYMENT INFORMATION RECEIVED CERTIFICATION ID # YES NO VALID PAYMENT AUTHORIZATION CODE WAIVED (supervisor initials) ______EXHIBIT "T" - CY 113 PA CHILD ABUSE HISTORY CLEARANCE - ACT 151 - 2 CY 113 12/15 INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLETE THE PENNSYLVANIA CHILD ABUSE HISTORY CERTIFICATION APPLICATION: General: • Type or print clearly and neatly in ink only. • If obtaining this certification for non-volunteer purposes or if, as a volunteer having direct volunteer contact with children, you have obtained a certification free of charge within the previous 57 months, enclose an $13.00 money order or check for each application. No cash will be accepted. Personal, agency, or business checks are acceptable. Certifications for the purpose of “volunteer having direct volunteer contact with children” may be obtained free of charge once every 57 months. If no payment is enclosed for a non-volunteer purpose, you must provide a payment authorization code, otherwise your application will be rejected and returned to you. • DO NOT SEND POSTAGE PAID RETURN ENVELOPES for us to return your results. Results are issued through an automated system generated mailing process. • Certification results will be mailed to you within 14 days from the date the certification application is received at the ChildLine and Abuse Registry. • Failure to comply with the instructions will cause considerable delay in processing the results of an applicant’s child abuse history certification application.

Purpose of Certification - Do not check more than one box: • Check the foster parent box if applying for purposes of providing foster care. • Check the prospective adoptive parent box if applying for the purpose of adoption. • Check the employee of child care services box if applying for the purpose of child care services in the following: - Child day care centers; group day care homes; family day care homes; boarding homes for children; juvenile detention center services or programs for delinquent or dependent children; mental health services for children; services for children with intellectual disabilities; early intervention services for children; drug and alcohol services for children; and day care services or other programs that are offered by a school. • Check the school employee governed by the Public School Code box if you are a school employee who is required to obtain background checks pursuant to Section 111 of the Public School Code and will continue to be required to obtain background checks prior to employment in accordance with that section and on the periodic basis required by Act 153. • Check the school employee not governed by the Public School Code box if you are a school employee not governed by Section 111 of the Public School Code, but covered by Act 153 (pertaining to school employees in institutions of higher education). Definitio of school employee: A school employee is define as an individual who is employed by a school or who provides a program, activity or service sponsored by a school. The term does not apply to administrative or other support personnel unless they have direct contact with children. Definitio of school: A facility providing elementary, secondary or postsecondary educational services. The term includes the following: (1) Any school of a school district. (2) An area vocational-technical school. (3) A joint school. (4) An intermediate unit. (5) A charter school or regional charter school. (6) A cyber charter school. (7) A private school licensed under the act of January 28, 1988 (P.L.24, No. 11), known as the Private Academic Schools Act. (8) A private school accredited by an accrediting association approved by the state Board of Education. (9) A non-public school. (10) An institution of higher education. (11) A private school licensed under the act of December 15, 1986 (P.L. 1585, No. 174), known as the Private Licensed Schools Act. (12) The Hiram G. Andrews Center. (13) A private residential rehabilitative institution as define in section 914.1-A(c) of the Public School Code of 1949. • Check the self-employed provider of child-care services in a family child-care home if providing child care services in one’s home (other than the child’s own home) at any one time to four, five or six children who are not relatives of the caregiver. • Check the individual 14 years of age or older who is applying for or holding a paid position as an employee box if the employment is with a program, activity, or service, as a person responsible for the child’s welfare or having direct contact with children: Applying as an employee who is responsible for the child’s welfare or having direct contact (providing care, supervision, guidance, or control to children or having routine interaction with children) in any of the following in which children participate and which is sponsored by a school or public or private organization: - A youth camp or program; - A recreational camp or program; - A sports or athletic program; - A community or social outreach program; - An enrichment or educational program; and - A troop, club, or similar organization • Check the individual seeking to provide child care services under contract with a child care facility or program box if you are providing child care services as part of a contract or grant funded program. • Check the box for individual 18 years or older who resides in the home of a foster parent for at least 30 days in a calendar year if you are an adult household member in this setting and require certification • Check the box for individual 18 years or older who resides in the home of a certified or licensed child-care provider for at least 30 days in a calendar year if you are an adult household member in this setting and require certification

EXHIBIT "T" - CY 113 PA CHILD ABUSE HISTORY CLEARANCE - ACT 151 - 3 CY 113 12/15 • Check the box for individual 18 years or older, excluding individuals receiving services, who resides in a family living home, community home for individuals with an intellectual disability, or host home for children for at least 30 days in a calendar year if you are an adult household member in this setting and require certification • Check the box for individual 18 years or older who resides in the home of a prospective adoptive parent for at least 30 days in a calendar year if you are an adult household member in this setting and require certification • Check the volunteer having direct volunteer contact with children box if applying for the purpose of volunteering as an adult for an unpaid position as a volunteer with a child-care service, a school, or a program, activity or service as a person responsible for the child’s welfare or having direct volunteer contact with children. In addition, check the box of one of the organizations listed, i.e. Big Brother/Big Sister, domestic violence shelter, rape crisis center. If you are NOT applying for a volunteer in one of the organizations listed, please check the other box and write the name of the organization in the space provided. • Check the PA Department of Human Services employment & training program participant box if you are applying for the purpose of participating in a PA Department of Human Services employment and training program through a county assistance offic (CAO) or the Offic of Income Maintenance (OIM). The signature AND phone number of the CAO or OIM representative is required. If there is no signature and no phone number, your application will be rejected and returned to you. • If you were provided a “PAYMENT AUTHORIZATION CODE” by an organization, please provide the agency/organization name in the space provided and the payment authorization code in the space provided. • Please check the CONSENT/RELEASE OF INFORMATION box if you included a payment code in the space above and attached the completed Consent/Release of Information Authorization form to your Pennsylvania Child Abuse History Certificatio application when you mail it to our office The Consent/Release of Information Authorization form allows the department to send your results to a third party. If the Consent/Release of Information Authorization form is NOT attached to the certificatio application, the results WILL be mailed to the applicant’s home address and not to the third party. Applicant Demographic Information: • Name - Include the applicant’s full legal name. Initials are not acceptable for a firs name. If your full legal name is an initial, please provide supporting documentation along with your certificatio application. • Social Security number - Include the applicant’s social security number. A social security number is voluntary; HOWEVER, PLEASE NOTE THAT APPLICATIONS THAT DO NOT INCLUDE SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS MAY TAKE LONGER TO BE PROCESSED. • Gender - Please check one box. • Date of birth - Fill in the applicant’s date of birth (Example: 01/22/1990). • Age - Fill in the applicant’s current age.

Address: • The address listed must be the applicant’s current home address. This is also where the results of the certificatio will be mailed, unless otherwise noted. If the different mailing address box is checked and a mailing address is provided in the “different” mailing address column, the results will be mailed to the “mailing” address and not the “home” address. Note: If the consent/release of information box is checked and an “other” address is provided, the results will be mailed to the “other” address.

Contact Information: • Please provide your home, work or mobile telephone number. Fill in the number where the applicant can be reached in the event that there are questions about the information on the application. • Please provide an email address. By providing an email address, you are consenting to ChildLine contacting you by email in the event that you cannot be reached by phone. NO CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WILL EVER BE SHARED OR PROVIDED IN AN EMAIL FROM OUR OFFICE.

Previous Names Used Since 1975: • The applicant must list any and all full legal names that they have ever had since 1975. This includes maiden names, nicknames, aliases and also known as (aka) names.

Previous Addresses Since 1975: • List all addresses where the applicant has resided since 1975. The applicant can attach an additional sheet of paper with all of the addresses listed if necessary. If the applicant cannot remember the exact mailing addresses since 1975, fillin in as much information as possible about the location is acceptable.

Household Members: • Include anyone that the applicant lived with since 1975 (parents, guardians, siblings, children, spouse (ex), paramour, friends, etc.). In addition, include the household member’s relationship to the applicant, their age (to the best of your knowledge) and their gender. If the applicant was under the age of 18 in 1975, this section MUST include the applicant’s PARENT(S) or GUARDIAN(S). If this section is left blank, the application will be rejected and returned to the applicant.

Signature: • Applications MUST be signed and dated. Applications that are not signed and dated will be rejected and returned to the applicant.

CHILDLINE USE ONLY: • Please DO NOT WRITE in this section. This is for CHILDINE staff only.

Additional Information: Applicants can visit https://www.compass.state.pa.us/CWIS for more information about submitting the child abuse certification online or to register for a business/organization account. CY 113 12/15 EXHIBIT "T" - CY 113 PA CHILD ABUSE HISTORY CLEARANCE - ACT 151 - 4 EXHIBIT "U" COMMONWEALTH OF PA PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYMENT VERIFICATION FORM - 1

PA Department of Education Use Only Fingerprint Service Code Form

Service Name: School Districts

To Schedule your ten-minute fingerprint appointment, simply visit https://uenroll.identogo.com and enter the following Service Code

1KG6XN

Service Code is unique to your hiring/licensing agency. Do not use this code for another purpose.

Please bring one of the identification documents from the list below to your enrollment appointment.

 Driver's License issued by a State or outlying possession of the U.S.  Driver's License PERMIT issued by a State or outlying possession of the U.S.  ID card issued by a federal, state, or local government agency or by a Territory of the United States  State ID Card (or outlying possession of the U.S.) with a seal or logo from State or State Agency  Commercial Driver's License issued by a State or outlying possession of the U.S.  Canadian Driver's License  Department of Defense Common Access Card  Employment Authorization Card/ Document (I-766) with Photo  Foreign Driver's License (Mexico and Canada only)  Foreign passport  Military Dependent's Identification Card  Permanent Resident Card or Alien Registration Receipt Card (Form I-551)  U.S. Coastguard Merchant Mariner Card  U.S. Military Identification Card  U.S. Passport  Enhanced Tribal Identification Card (for federally recognized U.S. tribes)  U.S. Visa issued by the U.S. Department of Consular Affairs for travel to or within, or residence within, the United States  Uniformed Services Identification Card (Form DD-1172-2)  Photo ID Waiver for Minors and U.S. Social Security Card or Birth Certificate

Don’t have access to the Internet? You can still schedule an appointment by calling 844-321-2101

EXHIBIT "V" FBI FINGERPRINT SERVICE CODES - ACT 114 - 1

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Request for Interpretation/Information (RFI)

PROJECT (Name and address): RFI NUMBER: OWNER: Radnor H. S. Additions & Renovations RFI SUBJECT: ARCHITECT: Radnor Township School District CONSULTANT: TO (Name and address): ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER: 696 CONTRACTOR: DATE RECEIVED: DATE RESPONDED: OTHER:

ATTENTION: CONTRACT FOR: SPEC SECTION PARAGRAPH DRAWING NO. DETAIL NO.

REQUEST:

ATTACHMENTS

SIGNED BY:

RESPONSE:

ATTACHMENTS

Breslin Ridyard Fadero ARCHITECT (Firm name) 1226 Union Boulevard Allentown, Pennsylvania 18109 ADDRESS

BY (Signature)

(Typed name)

DATE

EXHIBIT “C” REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION/INFORMATION (RFI) - 1

Providing Innovative Solutions to Subsurface Problems Since 1985

REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION

Radnor High School Additions and Renovations 130 King of Prussia Road, Radnor, PA 19087 Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA

PREPARED FOR

RADNOR TOWNSHIP SCHOOL DISTRICT 235 S Wayne Avenue Wayne PA 19087

PROJECT 5263G1R1 September 8, 2020

DAVID BLACKMORE AND ASSOCIATES, INC. 3335 WEST RIDGE PIKE POTTSTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA 19464 (610) 495-6255

______Mr. Brian D. McCree, PE Matthew T. Uhrig, PE Vice President Geotechnical Engineer TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 4

1. INTRODUCTION 6

2. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 6

3. GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION 7

4. GEOTECHNICAL BACKGROUND 7

4.1 SITE DESCRIPTION 7

4.2 GEOLOGY 8

4.3 SOILS 8

5. LABORATORY TESTING 8

6. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 9

7. GEOTECHNICAL ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 10

7.1 SITE PREPARATION 12

7.1A SOIL EXCHANGE 12

7.2 FOUNDATIONS 13

7.1.1 SEISMIC SITE CONDITIONS 14

7.3 ROCK REMOVAL 14

7.4 SLAB ON-GRADE 16

7.5 BACKFILL OF FOUNDATION AND UTILITY TRENCHES 17

7.6 PAVEMENTS AND WALKWAYS 17

7.7 FILL AND COMPACTION CRITERIA 18

7.8 LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES - RETAINING WALLS 19

8. QUALITY CONTROL 20

9. LIMITATIONS 20

2 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

FIGURES AND TABLES

FIGURE I: SITE LOCATION FIGURE II: GEOLOGY FIGURE III: SOILS

TABLE I: LABORATORY TEST RESULTS TABLE IIA: APPROXIMATE ROCK ELEVATIONS TABLE IIB: APPROXIMATE GROUNDWATER ELEVATIONS TABLE III: COMPACTION CRITERIA

APPENDIX

SOIL PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS RESULTS SOIL PLASTIC AND LIQUID LIMIT TEST RESULTS TEST BORING LOGS BORING LOCATION PLAN

3 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Purpose This exploration was completed to evaluate the subsurface conditions and their effect upon the proposed site development. This exploration focused on the proposed Fitness Addition, Pool Storage Addition, and Lobby addition to the existing High School Building. The project also includes the construction of a two-story fieldhouse with upper level viewing terrace and a new home bleacher installation. The existing parking area to the north of the existing school is also to be expanded. Scope A total of fourteen (14) borings were completed at the subject site. Eleven (11) of the test borings were drilled to depths of up to 22 feet within the proposed building addition, bleacher, and field house building footprint areas. The test locations were determined and field located using the site plan prepared by Breslin, Ridyard, Fadero Architects, Inc. numbered, C.1 dated April 30, 2020. Site design was underway during the implementation of our exploration. Therefore, final site design may vary from the preliminary design used to complete this exploration. A copy of the site plan used for our exploration which has been annotated with our test boring locations is included in the appendix of this report. Findings Preliminary finding include the following: • Existing fill soils • Limited areas of shallow rock • Compressible soil strata • Shallow depths to groundwater

A relatively clean but variable strength existing fill deposit was encountered beneath the existing basketball court within the footprint of the proposed addition and at the eastern end of the proposed fieldhouse. This fill was approximately 7 feet deep beneath the basketball court and approximately 4.5 feet deep at the eastern end of the proposed fieldhouse. See borings B1, B12 and B14. This fill is not considered to be suitable for foundation or slab support. The bulk of this fill is anticipated to be removed from the fitness center addition footprint which has a lower level elevation 348.0. The depth of fill in this area suggests that the existing foundation for the adjacent school building is at least 7 feet below existing grade. However, due to the planned excavation for the proposed addition, it is recommended that a test pit be excavated along the abutting wall line to evaluate the actual depth and bearing conditions of the existing building wall on either side of the existing basement level.

Portions of the residual soil strata, Stratum I and II include loose zones as indicated by low SPT values ranging from 4 to 6 blows per foot. These conditions are attributed to zones of increased silt content and associated reduction in soil shear strength. Due to this condition and the inherent difficulties related to the moisture sensitivity of silty soils, it shall be anticipated that undercutting and/or stabilization will be necessary during the site grading operation, particularly in the site work is

4 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc. not completed during the summer months. In addition, due to this condition it is paramount that all foundation bearing surfaces be closely inspected by the Geotechnical Engineer during the construction phase so that loose/soft conditions are identified and properly addressed.

The site exploration also identified some areas of relatively shallow depths to dense weathered rock and bedrock. The dense weathered rock, which may be encountered during the excavation for the fitness addition and is likely to be encountered during excavation for the proposed lobby addition is anticipated to be rippable in bulk excavations. The trench removal of this dense weathered rock may require hydraulic hammering. The intact gneiss bedrock is very hard and is not anticipated to be removed without the use of hydraulic hammers and/or explosives. However, a review of the areas and elevations at which rock was encountered and the planned building elevations does not indicate that rock removal will be necessary. However, the site design and associated utilities depths and elevations shall be closely reviewed against the encountered bedrock and dense weathered rock elevations. See Table IIA Approximate Rock Elevations and the enclosed test boring logs for further details. Although not encountered it should be noted based on the underlying geologic formation bulk excavations in this area may encounter boulders

Relatively shallow groundwater depths were encountered at the site, however a review the planned site grading does not suggest that this groundwater will impact the proposed construction. However, the site design and associated utilities depths and elevations shall be closely reviewed against the encountered groundwater elevations. See Table IIA Approximate Groundwater Elevations and the enclosed test boring logs for further details.

Recommendations: The site conditions are suitable for the support of the proposed structure. A shallow foundation system with slab on grade construction is feasible provided that the recommendations included herein are followed.

5 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

1. INTRODUCTION

David Blackmore and Associates, Inc. (DBA) has completed the geotechnical

exploration of the subject site in accordance with our Proposal 5236G1P1, dated May

7, 2020. This exploration was completed to evaluate the existing subsurface

conditions and their effect upon the proposed site development. Specifically, DBA

has provided recommendations regarding the following:

- Foundation support of the structure and slabs, including soil bearing pressures, bearing elevations, foundation design recommendations, and anticipated settlement for shallow foundations, - Depth to material requiring rock excavation methods for removal, if encountered, - Depth to and management of groundwater for design of structures and pavements, if encountered - Relative elevations of surface and subsurface features, - Fill and compaction criteria, - Pavements and floor slabs, - Lateral earth pressures for retaining walls, and - General geotechnical related construction procedures.

The following section (2. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION) summarizes the information available to DBA regarding the proposed site development. This report has been prepared based on the proposed construction. Changes to the proposed construction may require alterations to this report or additional investigative work.

DBA should be notified of significant changes to the proposed construction.

2. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION The proposed construction consists of a main fitness addition, a pool storage addition and a lobby addition to the existing high school building. The fitness addition includes a new home bleacher installation. A new fieldhouse with an upper level viewing terrace is also proposed. The project also includes the expansion of the existing parking area to the north of the school building. The proposed building loads were not available at the time of preparing this report. However, based on the

6 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

proposed construction the maximum column loads are assumed to not exceed 300

kips and the maximum wall loads are assumed to be on the order of 6 kips per lineal

foot.

3. GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION A total of fourteen (14) borings were completed at the subject site. Eleven (11) of the proposed borings were drilled within the proposed structure area to a maximum depth of 22 feet. The three (3) remaining borings were drilled in the proposed retaining wall area, to the north of the parking area expansion to a maximum depth of 16 feet.

The test borings were located in the field by DBA personnel using a Site Plan prepared by Breslin Ridyard, Fadero Architects, Inc, numbered C.1, dated 4/30,

2020. The test borings were drilled by our subcontractor, The Corcoran Drilling

Company, under the direction of DBA personnel.

All test boring logs and a test boring location plan are included in the appendix

of this report.

4. GEOTECHNICAL BACKGROUND

4.1 SITE DESCRIPTION The subject site is located on the campus of the existing Radnor Township

High School in Wayne, PA. The proposed fitness addition is situated at the east

side of the existing high school building in the location of an existing paved

basketball court and a portion of the existing home stadium bleachers. The lobby

and pool storage additions are situated at the north side of the existing high

school building within landscaped lawn areas. The proposed field house is

situated to the north of the existing football stadium, just south of the

supplemental turf field.

7 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

A photocopy of the USGS Topographical Map, Norristown Quadrangle,

indicating the site is included as Figure I.

4.2 GEOLOGY

Available geological sources indicate the site is underlain by Pyroxene

Bearing Mafic Gneiss. This formation consists of dark medium to fine grained

rock composed of calcic plagioclase, hypersynthene or augite and up to 30 percent

quartz. This rock is highly resistant to weathering and difficult to excavate.

Drilling rate is slow.

A photocopy of the USGS Geological Map of the Norristown Quadrangle,

indicating the site is included as Figure II.

4.3 SOILS Soil records indicate the site soils to be of the following series:

Made land, gabbro and diabase materials (Md): The soils of this series are disturbed and/or covered over by land development. The soils consist of human transported material derived from interbedded sedimentary rock and as such consist generally of a very channery silt loam. A soil map prepared using the USDA Natural Resources Conservation

website indicating the subject site is included as Figure III.

5. LABORATORY TESTING Representative soil samples taken during the field exploration were tested in

DBA's laboratory for basic engineering properties. The laboratory testing consisted

of classification of soil samples for engineering purposes. The laboratory testing

included Particle Size Analysis (ASTM D442), Plastic and Liquid Limits (ASTM

D4318), and Natural Moisture Content (ASTM D2216). The Unified Soil

Classification System (USCS) was used to assign group symbols and group names to

the soils tested. A summary of the test results is provided in Table I. A photocopy of

8 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc. the particle size analysis results and the plastic and liquid limit analysis results are included in the appendix of this report.

6. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The results of the drilling program revealed a fairly consistent subsurface profile.

The following strata, beneath 6 to 11 inches of topsoil or 12 to 14 inches of asphalt and subbase stone, can describe a typical soil profile.

Stratum IF: 3.8’ to 6.33’ thick; Fill, consisting of a mixture of orange brown to brown fine sand and silt with some orange brown clayey silt and gneiss fragments. Intermittent zones of occasional rock and brick fragment0s and organic silt were also encountered in this stratum. This stratum is considered to be variable in strength with SPR1 values ranging from 3 blow per foot (B/F) to 22 B/F. This stratum was encountered, beneath the existing basketball court in borings B12 and B14 and in Boring B1 at the western end of the proposed fieldhouse.

Stratum I: 0.75’ to 7.42’ thick; Orange brown and brown fine sand and silt with zones of micaceous fine sand and silt and traces of clayey silt. This stratum also includes occasional to some gneiss and quartz fragments. This stratum is ranges from loose to dense with SPR values ranging from 4 B/F to 26 B/F. The average SPR value is 14 B/F. This stratum was encountered in each of the boring completed with the exception of borings B3, B8 and B12.

Stratum II: 5.3’ to over 18.5’ thick; Multi-colored weathered/decomposed gneiss. This stratum is considered to be range from loose to very dense with SPR values ranging from 4 B/F to 50 blows per 1-inch penetration. The average SPR value for this stratum is 19 B/F.

Bedrock: Bedrock was encountered in three (3) of test borings completed at depths ranging from 10.17’ to 12.84’ below existing grade. The highest elevation at which bedrock was encountered is 354.65 feet at boring B8 located within the proposed lobby addition. Refer to Table IIA – Approximate Rock Elevations for specific bedrock and very dense weathered depths and elevations encountered in the test drilling program.

Groundwater2: Groundwater was encountered in seven (7) of test borings completed at depths ranging from 6.33’ to 10’ below existing grade. The highest elevation at which groundwater was encountered is 342.57 feet at boring B6 located at the north end of the new bleachers. Refer to Table IIB Approximate Groundwater Elevations for specific groundwater depths and elevations encountered in the test drilling program.

9 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

NOTES:

1. SPR = the Standard Penetration Resistance or number of blows required of a 140-pound hammer dropping 30", to drive a 2" OD split spoon sampler one foot.

2. The groundwater information provided is based on conditions encountered during the drilling program. Seasonal fluctuations in the groundwater table are to be expected.

7. GEOTECHNICAL ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The results of our exploration indicate the presence of the following subsurface conditions: • Existing fill soils

• Limited areas of shallow rock

• Compressible soil strata

• Shallow depths to groundwater

A relatively clean but variable strength existing fill deposit was encountered

beneath the existing basketball court within the footprint of the proposed addition

and at the eastern end of the proposed fieldhouse. This fill was approximately 7 feet

deep beneath the basketball court and approximately 4.5 feet deep at the eastern

end of the proposed fieldhouse. See borings B1, B12 and B14. This fill is not

considered to be suitable for foundation or slab support. The bulk of this fill is

anticipated to be removed from the fitness center addition footprint which has a

lower level elevation 348.0. The depth of fill in this area suggests that the existing

foundation for the adjacent school building is at least 7 feet below existing grade.

However, due to the planned excavation for the proposed addition, it is

recommended that a test pit be excavated along the abutting wall line to evaluate

the actual depth and bearing conditions of the existing building wall on either side of

the existing basement level.

Portions of the residual soil strata, Stratum I and II include loose zones as

indicated by low SPT values ranging from 4 to 6 blows per foot. These conditions are

10 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

attributed to zones of increased silt content and associated reduction in soil shear

strength. Due to this condition and the inherent difficulties related to the moisture

sensitivity of silty soils, it shall be anticipated that undercutting and/or stabilization

will be necessary during the site grading operation, particularly in the site work is

not completed during the summer months. In addition, due to this condition it is

paramount that all foundation bearing surfaces be closely inspected by the

Geotechnical Engineer during the construction phase so that loose/soft conditions

are identified and properly addressed.

The site exploration also identified some areas of relatively shallow depths to

dense weathered rock and bedrock. The dense weathered rock, which may be

encountered during the excavation for the fitness addition and is anticipated to be encountered during excavation for the lobby addition is anticipated to be rippable in bulk excavations. The trench removal of the dense weathered rock may require hydraulic hammering. The intact gneiss bedrock is very hard and is not anticipated to be removed without the use of hydraulic hammers and/or explosives. A review of the areas and elevations at which rock was encountered and the planned building elevations does not indicate that rock removal will be necessary. However, the site design and associated underground utility depths and elevations shall be closely reviewed against the encountered bedrock and dense weathered rock elevations. See

Table IIA Approximate Rock Depths and the enclosed test boring logs for further details.

Relatively shallow groundwater depths were encountered at the site, however a review the planned site grading does not suggest that this groundwater will impact the proposed construction. However, the site design and associated utilities depths and elevations shall be closely reviewed against the encountered groundwater elevations. See Table IIA Approximate Groundwater Depths and the enclosed test boring logs for further details

11 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

The site conditions are suitable for the support of the proposed structure. A shallow foundation system with slab on grade construction is feasible provided that the recommendations included herein are followed.

7.1 SITE PREPARATION

All deleterious materials including topsoil, root mass, trees and vegetation,

asphalt and other materials determined in the field by the Geotechnical

Engineer to be unsuitable shall be removed from all structural areas (buildings,

pavements, and walkways) prior to placement of structural fill. Recycling of the

asphalt and underlying stone can be accomplished on site if the asphalt is milled

to a maximum 1 inch particle size and the material is used in the upper fill zones

of pavement areas only. This fill is not suitable for structural areas.

7.1A SOIL REPLACEMENT Based on the conditions encountered in the test borings completed DBA

recommends the complete removal and replacement of Stratum IF from the

proposed building footprint areas. In addition this removal shall extend beyond

the building footprint for a minimum lateral distance equal to the removal depth

to ensure adequate lateral stability. Once this material is removed the exposed

subgrade is to be proof rolled using a heavy (minimum 15 ton) smooth drum

roller. This proof roll shall be completed under the supervision of the

Geotechnical Engineer. Any loose/soft zones identified shall be repaired to the

satisfaction of the Geotechnical Engineer. Subgrade repair would typically

include undercutting and/or the use of stabilization fabric or open graded ballast.

It is anticipated that this soil replacement procedure would include the eastern

end of the proposed fieldhouse and the north eastern portion of the fitness

addition, where a lower level is not planned. It is recommended that a test pit be

completed in this location to expose the existing wall foundation to verify the

12 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

foundation depth and bearing condition as well as the extent of soil replacement

needed in this area.

7.2 FOUNDATIONS Foundations shall bear on the undisturbed soils of Stratum I, Stratum II, or on structural fill. Soft conditions encountered during foundation construction

shall be excavated and replaced with structural fill. Refer to Section 7.7, Fill and

Compaction Criteria.

Foundations shall be designed for a maximum soil bearing capacity of 3.0

KSF on Stratum I, Stratum II, or structural fill. If the column loads are to be revised during a re-design of the structure then the bearing capacity of the soils may have to be subsequently modified. DBA shall be notified of any significant changes in this regard.

Foundation settlements for the bearing capacities provided herein are to be within a tolerance of one-inch total and one-half inch differential. It is

anticipated that the bulk of this settlement will take place during the

construction period. Settlements of this magnitude are within normal

construction tolerances. In the event more stringent settlement tolerances are

required a reduction of the allowable bearing capacity and/or a change in depth

to bearing strata may be required.

To protect against differential settlements, foundations shall not be placed

intermittently on soils and boulders. Small boulders encountered within or

directly beneath the footing bearing surface shall be removed and replaced with

structural fill. Larger boulders shall either be fully or partially removed and

replaced with structural fill. Trench excavation through areas containing boulders may require substantial over-excavation to facilitate boulder removal.

Partial removal can be completed by splitting or hammering to a minimum of 12" below the footing bottom elevation. Boulder protrusion into the bottom or side of

13 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

the proposed footing is not an acceptable condition. Boulders can be dislodged in

bulk excavations.

Should foundation excavation encounter hard bedrock, the foundation is to be

undercut a minimum of 12 inches. The undercut area is to be backfilled with a

structural fill or a low strength flowable fill (max 500 psi) “cushioning” layer to limit the potential for differential foundation settlement and the development of stress concentrations caused by rock protrusion.

Exterior foundations or foundations in unheated areas shall be provided a

minimum of 36" compacted soil cover above the footing bottom for frost

protection.

The variable soil conditions noted make it imperative that full-time Quality

Control services are provided for all Geotechnical phases of this project.

7.2.1 SEISMIC SITE COEFFICIENT

A review of Section 1613.5.5 of the International Building Code (IBC 2018

edition)/ASCE 7 and the existing soil profile indicates that a site class C

should be used in the design of the proposed structure for seismic load

resistance.

7.3 ROCK REMOVAL Hard gneiss bedrock was encountered in three (4) of test borings completed at

depths ranging from 10.17’ to 12.84’ below existing grade. The highest elevation

at which bedrock was encountered is 354.65 feet at boring B8 located within the

proposed lobby addition. In addition, dense weathered rock was encountered in

this location at a depth of 1.5 feet below existing grade. This very dense

weathered rock is anticipated to be rippable in bulk excavations but may require

hydraulic hammering to dislodge from trench excavations. The hard bedrock

encountered is not rippable using hydraulic rippers mounted on a bulldozer. It is

14 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

expected that the removal of hard bedrock will require the use of hydraulic

hammers or explosives. The use of explosives, if permitted by local authorities,

shall be completed with maximum precaution due to the close proximity of the

existing school structure and surrounding roadways and residential

development. A monitoring program to record ground vibrations should be

developed if changes or utility trenches require blasting. DBA can develop and execute a program, if required and as directed by Client, which may include methods of blasting that increases the amount of shot rock reusable as structural fill.

The Geotechnical Engineer during the excavating process should verify areas and quantities of hard bedrock in the field. Excavation requiring hydraulic rippers or similar is considered rock excavation, however, it is generally less expensive than excavation of hard rock which requires blasting. A clear definition of rock should be included in any bid package.

A review of the areas and elevations at which rock was encountered and the planned building elevations does not indicate that rock removal will be necessary. However, it is anticipated that very dense weathered rock will be encountered at the area of the proposed lobby addition. In addition, DBA

recommends that the site design and associated utilities depths and elevations,

when available, be closely reviewed against the encountered bedrock and dense

weathered rock elevations. See Table IIA Approximate Rock Depths and the

enclosed test boring logs for further details.

15 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

7.4 SLAB ON-GRADE The proposed finish floor elevation of the lobby addition, pool storage addition and the first-floor portion of the fitness addition are to match the existing school first floor elevation of 366.0 feet. This elevation compared to the existing topography indicates that the replacement of up to 6 to 12 inches of existing fill with structural fill will be required to achieve the approximate slab subgrade elevation. The proposed lower level of the fitness addition is to have a finished elevation of 352.0 to match the existing high school lower/basement level. This elevation compared to the existing grades in this area indicate approximately 12 feet of cut will be needed to achieve the proposed subgrade elevation. The

proposed field house is to have a finished floor elevation of 348.0 feet which

approximately matches the existing grade at the location of the field house.

Upon completion of the soil exchange recommended in Section 7.1A SOIL

EXCHANGE and prior to the placement of fill the exposed slab subgrade areas

shall be proof rolled with a heavy smooth drum roller (minimum 15-ton static

weight) to detect the presence of loose or soft zones. This proof rolling operation

shall be performed in the proposed fill areas under the supervision of the

Geotechnical Engineer. Proof rolling of the subgrade shall also be performed in

the cut areas when the required grades have been achieved and immediately

prior to pouring the floor slab. Loose or soft zones detected during the proof

rolling operation shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Geotechnical

Engineer.

Based on the soil type encountered, standard penetration testing of the

existing slab subgrade, and provided that all structural fill will be placed in

accordance with the fill and compaction criteria set forth in Section 7.7, an estimated modulus of subgrade reaction of 150 psi/inch may be used for the design of slab sections. Should an increased modulus of subgrade reaction be

16 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

required for the proposed design it is recommended that field or laboratory

testing be completed to establish specific modulus values.

All slab subgrade areas shall be evaluated by the Geotechnical Engineer prior

to pouring the slab so that repair can be completed. It is recommended that the

slab be poured under roof during periods of harsh weather.

A smooth drum roller shall be made available to seal the subgrade in the

event of predicted precipitation.

7.5 BACKFILL OF FOUNDATION AND UTILITY TRENCHES All foundation and utility trenches shall be backfilled with structural fill,

under the supervision of a Geotechnical Engineer (Refer to Section 7.7, Fill and

Compaction Criteria).

7.6 PAVEMENTS AND WALKWAYS Pavement and sidewalk areas shall be prepared in a manner similar to the

slab on-grade areas. A minimum of 8 inches of crushed aggregate base shall be

used beneath exterior pavements due to the frost heave potential of the subgrade

soils. The pavement subgrade shall be graded to drain water from beneath the

pavement system to prevent ponding and subsequent pumping of silty subgrade

soils.

For pavement design a preliminary estimated California Bearing Ratio (CBR)

Value of 5.0 may be used for stabilized subgrade areas consisting of on-site sandy

silt (Stratum I) and silty sands (Stratum II) or Structural fill selected and placed in accordance with Section 7.7 of this report. Should anticipated heavy duty pavement requirements or other project conditions require final site specific CBR values DBA can complete field and/or laboratory CBR testing of proposed subgrade soils at the client’s request.

17 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

7.7 FILL AND COMPACTION CRITERIA Fill supporting slabs, pavements, and foundations is considered herein to be

structural fill. Structural fill shall be placed on an approved, proof rolled, nonyielding, level subgrade, in lifts not exceeding 8 inches (loose thickness), unless otherwise directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. Structural fill shall be

maintained nominally at Optimum Moisture Content (ASTM D-698) and

uniformly compacted to the percentages of Maximum Dry Density (ASTM D-698) provided in Table III - Compaction Criteria.

Suitable structural fill shall consist of clean soils without deleterious

inclusions. On-site soils identified as Stratum I and Stratum II and portions of the existing fill stratum (Stratum IF) which are free of deleterious content are acceptable for use as structural fill if given the opportunity to dry and the soils

are maintained nominally at Optimum Moisture Content. It shall be noted that the on-site soils include soil with elevated silt contents which are anticipated to be low in shear strength and sensitive to moisture. Therefore, achieving compaction and stability of these soils may be difficult, particularly if the site grading activities are not completed during the summer months or during periods when drying conditions are limited.

Borrow fill shall be clean well-graded soils with good strength characteristics

with a maximum particle size of 3 inches and containing not more than 20%

silt/clay (by weight). Samples of on-site or borrow sources of fill shall be

submitted to the Geotechnical Engineer for testing at least 1 week before use on

site. A minimum of 65 lbs. or two (2) five-gallon buckets is required for testing.

18 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

7.7 LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES - RETAINING WALLS The retaining/loading dock walls of the structure, if proposed, should be designed for an at rest condition (Ko). The foundations and walls must be fully drained to relieve potential hydrostatic pressure. A foundation/wall drainage system is recommended. Soil backfill around the basement walls shall be well compacted and should consist of granular soils to prevent the trapping of water.

Retaining walls outside the structure which are free to rotate should be similarly designed except with an active earth pressure as opposed to Ko condition. Soil parameters used to establish the effective fluid pressures

(excluding hydrostatic loads) and some additional parameters which may be used in the design of a retaining wall system are summarized in the following table:

SOIL PROPERTIES FOR DETERMINATION OF LATERAL LOADS

Parameter Stratum I Stratum II

Angle of Internal Friction, φ 28 degrees 30 degrees

Moist unit weight, γ m 125 pcf 120 pcf

Active Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ka 0.36 0.33

Passive Earth Pressure Coefficient, Kp 2.77 3.03

At Rest Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ko 0.53 0.50

Soil/Mass concrete interface friction Angle, δ 22 degrees 24 degrees

19 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

8. QUALITY CONTROL This report was prepared to provide design criteria for the design team. DBA assumes that Geotechnical and Construction Quality Control Services will be provided in order to implement the recommendations provided herein and to identify unanticipated or changed conditions. The Geotechnical Engineer’s representative should review the consistency and texture of the exposed soils with the conditions encountered by this exploration as described herein. Since localized loose and yielding subgrade conditions may be encountered between test locations, provisions for the undercutting and subsequent replacement of these materials should be anticipated in the construction documents. The environmental quality of the subgrade soils was not reviewed as part of this evaluation. All materials generated by grading and excavation shall be managed in accordance with regulatory requirements.

DBA can provide a contract for Geotechnical and Construction Quality Control

Services (Special Inspections), as required. A pre-work meeting with the design professionals, contractors, and the Geotechnical Engineer is strongly recommended.

9. LIMITATIONS Services performed by DBA, including the Geotechnical Exploration, report, and any subsequent construction monitoring have been or will be conducted in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the profession currently practicing in the same locality under similar conditions. No other warranty or guarantee is indicated or intended in this report or any opinion, document or otherwise stated.

The recommendations included herein are based on the conditions encountered by the test borings performed at the subject site. It is noted that, although soil quality has been inferred from the interpolation of the site sampling data, subsurface conditions beyond the test borings are, in fact, unknown. As a result,

20 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc. these recommendations may require modifications based on the conditions encountered and exposed during construction excavation. Should any conditions encountered during construction differ from those described in the report, this office should be notified immediately in order to review and possibly modify the recommendations included in this report.

21 Report 5236G1R1 | David Blackmore & Associates, Inc.

FIGURES AND TABLES

SITE

GEOTECHNICAL & ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS Project 5236G1 DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOC., INC. Figure I 3335 West Ridge Pike SITE LOCATION & TOPOGRAPHY Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464 U.S.G.S. 7.5 Minute Topographic Quadrangle Telephone: (610) 495-6255 FAX: (610) 495-7353 Norristown Quadrangle SITE

KEY Mgp- Pyroxene Bearing Mafic Gneiss

GEOTECHNICAL & ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS Project 5236G1 DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOC., INC. Figure II 3335 West Ridge Pike SITE GEOLOGY Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464 USGS Geologic Quadrangle Mapping Telephone: (610) 495-6255 FAX: (610) 495-7353 Norristown Quadrangle SITE

KEY Md—Made land, gabbro and diabase materials

GEOTECHNICAL & ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS Project 5236G1R1 DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOC., INC. Figure III 3335 West Ridge Pike Soils Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464 Soil Mapping via USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service Telephone: (610) 495-6255 FAX: (610) 495-7353 TABLE IIA APPROXIMATE ROCK ELEVATIONS

Boring Surface Depth to Dense Dense Depth to Bedrock Number Elevation Weathered Weathered Bedrock2 Elevation Rock1 Rock Elevation

B1 347.57 feet >22.0 feet NE >22 feet NE

B2 348.32 feet >20.0 feet NE >20 feet NE

B3 363.14 feet >16.0 feet NE >16 feet NE

B4 364.54 feet 11.5 feet 353.04 feet 12.84 feet 351.70 feet

B5 364.50 feet 6.5 feet 358.00 feet 10.58 feet 353.92 feet

B6 349.99 feet >22 feet NE >22 feet NE

B7 364.12 feet >21 feet NE >21 feet NE

B8 364.82 feet 1.5 feet 363.32 feet 10.17 feet 354.65 feet

B9 349.97 feet 18.84 feet 331.13 feet >18.84 feet NE

B10 348.85 feet 18.0 feet 330.85 feet >20.42 NE

B11 348.24 feet >20 feet NE >20 feet NE

B12 365.14 feet 14 feet 351.14 feet >18.84 feet NE

B13 348.50 feet >21 feet NE >21 feet NE

B14 365.19 feet >20 feet NE >21 feet NE

NOTES: Surface elevations at each boring location were determined in the field using an elevation of 347.19 at an existing inlet at the running track as provided on the survey plan provided by Land Grant Surveyors, numbered 191746-01 dated 2/27/20.

1 As determined by drilling difficulty and Standard Penetration Resistance data. 2 As determined by auger refusal.

TABLE IIB APPROXIMATE GROUNDWATER ELEVATIONS

Boring Number Surface Elevation Depth to Groundwater Groundwater Elevation3

B1 347.57 feet 6.75 feet 340.82 feet

B2 348.32 feet 6.33 feet 341.99 feet

B6 349.99 feet 7.42 feet 342.57 feet

B9 349.97 feet 8.42 feet 341.55 feet

B10 348.85 feet 9.17 feet 339.68 feet

B11 348.24 feet 9.33 feet 338.91 feet

B13 348.50 feet 10.0 feet 338.50 feet

3 Groundwater information is based on conditions encountered during the field exploration. Seasonal fluctuation in groundwater elevation shall be expected.

TABLE III COMPACTION CRITERIA

LOCATION PERCENT COMPACTION (ASTM- D698)

Foundations 98% Floor Slabs 98% Pavements 95% Berms (non- 93% structural)

APPENDIX

TEST BORING LOGS

DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-1 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 10, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 22.0 X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 347.57 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 18' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : 11.17 Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 18' to 22' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): 6.75 (3 hrs) LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Topsoil (8") 0.66 346.91 1.0 Stratum IF Fill, consisting of orange 2.0 brown and brown micaceous fine sand and silt mixed with 3.0 S-1 1-1-2-4 3 some clay, some gray organic 4.0 silt and occasional rock fragments. 4.50 343.07 5.0 Stratum I S-2 7-11-8-9 19 Gray and orange brown 6.0 mottled fine sand and silt with 7.0 a trace to some clay. 7.50 340.07 8.0 Stratum II Multi-colored 9.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 10.0 S-3 2-3-3-3 6

11.0

12.0 S-4 2-3-3-5 6

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 and S-2 were S-5 3-5-7-10 12 moist. 15.0 Samples S-3 through S-7 were 16.0 very moist.

17.0

18.0

19.0 S-6 2-3-5-9 8

20.0

21.0 S-7 12-13-16-19 29 22.00 325.57 22.0 Boring Terminated 23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-10 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 18, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 20'5" X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 348.85 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 20' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : 10.17 Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 18' to 20'5" Water Level -Static (ft bgs): 9.17 (24 hrs) LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Topsoil (8") 0.66 348.19 1.0 Stratum I Orange brown micaceous fine 2.0 sand and silt with occasional gneiss and quartz fragments. 3.00 345.85 3.0 S-1 2-3-3-2 6 Stratum II 4.0 Multi-colored weathered/decomposed 5.0 gneiss. S-2 4-5-6-8 11 6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0 S-3 3-3-6-8 9

10.0

11.0 S-4 10-11-11-15 22

12.0

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 through S-6 were moist. 15.0 Fairly hard to hard augering 16.0 from 18'. S-5 6-6-7-15 13

17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0 20.42 328.43 S-6 50/5" 100 21.0 Boring Terminated

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-11 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 18, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 20.0' X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 348.24 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 18' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : 7.5 Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 18' to 20' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): 9.33 (24 hrs) LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value

Topsoil (9") 0.75 347.49 1.0 Stratum I 1.50 346.74 Orange brown micaceous fine 2.0 sand and silt with occasional gneiss fragments. 3.0 S-1 4-9-11-19 20 Stratum II 4.0 Multi-colored weathered/decomposed 5.0 gneiss. S-2 18-19-23-24 42 6.0

7.0

8.0 S-3 5-50/5" 100 9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 through S-3 were S-4 5-8-13-14 21 moist. 15.0 Samples S4 and S5 were very 16.0 moist.

17.0

18.0

19.0 S-5 12-14-16-20 30 20.00 328.24 20.0 Boring Terminated 21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-12 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 18, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 18'10" X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 365.14 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 18' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : Dry Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 18' to 18'10" Water Level -Static (ft bgs): Dry LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Asphalt (3") 1.00 364.14 1.0 Modified Stone Subbase (9") 2.0 Stratum IF Fill, consisting of orange 3.0 brown and brown fine sand S-1 3-4-6-7 10 and silt with gneiss 4.0 fragments.

5.0 S-2 5-8-10-6 18

6.0 7.00 358.14 7.0 S-3 13-15-7-6 22 Stratum II 8.0 Multi-colored weathered/decomposed 9.0 gneiss. S-4 9-10-10-12 20

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0 Notes: S-5 16-50/5" 100 14.0 Samples S-1 through S-3 were moist. 15.0 Samples S-4 through S6 were 16.0 damp.

17.0 Fairly hard augering noted from 14' to 15'. 18.0 18.84 346.30 S-6 16-50/4" 100 19.0 Boring Terminated 20.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-13 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 18, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 21.0 X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 348.50 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 19' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : 11.42' Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 19' to 21' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): 10.0' LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Topsoil (11") 1.0 1.08 347.42 Stratum I 2.0 Orange brown micaceous fine sand and silt. 2.50 346.00 3.0 Stratum II S-1 2-2-3-3 5 Multi-colored 4.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 5.0 S-2 4-4-5-6 9

6.0

7.0 S-3 5-5-4-6 9

8.0

9.0 S-4 4-4-6-7 10

10.0

11.0 S-5 6-5-6-6 11

12.0

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 through S-3 were moist. 15.0 Samples S-4 though S-8 were very moist. 16.0 S-6 2-3-6-8 9

17.0

18.0 S-7 9-12-13-18 25

19.0

20.0 S-8 11-12-19-22 31

21.00 327.50 21.0 Boring Terminated 22.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-14 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 18, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 20.0' X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 365.19 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 18' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : Dry Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 18' to 20.0' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): Dry LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Asphalt (3") 1.0 Modified stone subbase with 1.17 364.02 ballast (11") 2.0 Stratum IF 3.0 Fill, consisting of orange S-1 2-2-4-4 6 brown and brown fine sand 4.0 and silt with gneiss and brick fragments mixed with orange 5.0 brown clayey silt and a trace S-2 4-5-7-7 12 of organic silt. 6.0

7.0 S-3 3-4-4-4 7.50 357.69 8

8.0 Stratum I 8.33 356.86 Orange brown and brwon 9.0 micaceous fine sand and silt. S-4 6-7-6-6 13

10.0 Stratum II Multi-colored 11.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 12.0

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 and S-2 were S-5 6-7-11-12 18 very moist. 15.0 Sample S-3 was moist. 16.0

17.0

18.0

19.0 S-6 8-10-12-13 22 20.00 345.19 20.0 Boring Terminated 21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-2 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 10, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 20.0 X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 348.32 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 18' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : 11.17 Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 18' to 20' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): 6.33 (2 hrs) LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Topsoil (7") 0.58 347.74 1.0 Stratum I Gray and orange brown 2.0 mottled fine sand and silt with some micaceous fine sand 3.0 S-1 3-9-8-9 17 and silt. 4.0

5.0 S-2 6-11-15-16 26

6.0

7.0 8.00 340.32 8.0 Stratum II 9.0 Multi-colored weathered/decomposed 10.0 gneiss. S-3 2-2-3-3 5

11.0

12.0 S-4 2-3-4-6 7

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 and S-2 were S-5 5-5-6-10 11 moist. 15.0 Samples S-3 through S-7 were 16.0 very moist.

17.0

18.0

19.0 S-6 3-3-4-6 7 20.00 328.32 20.0 Boring Terminated 21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-3 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 19, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 16.0 X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 363.14 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 14' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : dry Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 14' to 16' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): dry LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

4.0

5.0 S-2 20-12-8-8 20

6.0

7.0

8.0 Notes:

9.0 Sample S-4 was moist.

10.0 S-3 4-4-7-10 11

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0 S-4 5-6-7-8 12 16.00 347.14 16.0 Boring Terminated 17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-4 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 19, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 12'10" X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 364.54 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 12'10" Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : dry Drilling Method #2: Water Level -Static (ft bgs): dry LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

5.0 S-2 10-7-8-9 15

6.0

7.0 7.50 357.04 8.0 Stratum II Multi-colored 9.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 10.0 S-3 13-17-31-42 48

11.0

12.0 12.84 351.70 13.0 Auger Refusal. Gneiss 14.0 Bedrock

15.0 Notes:

16.0 Hard augering noted from 11'6" to refusal. 17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-5 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 19, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 10'7" X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 364.50 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 10'7" Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : dry Drilling Method #2: Water Level -Static (ft bgs): dry LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Topsoil (6") 0.50 364.00 1.0 Stratum I Orange brown and brown micaceous fine sand and silt 2.0 with occasional gneiss 2.66 361.84 fragments. 3.0 S-1 6-8-8-9 16 Stratum II Multi-colored 4.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 5.0 S-2 11-12-35-43 47

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0 S-3 50/2" 100

10.0 10.58 353.92 11.0 Auger Refusal. Gneiss Bedrock 12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0 Notes:

16.0 Hard augering noted from 6'6" to refusal.

17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-6 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 18, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 22.0 X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 349.99 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 20' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : 9.66 Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 20' to 22' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): 7.42 (24 hrs) LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

4.0 4.75 345.24 5.0 Stratum II S-2 4-6-6-7 12 Multi-colored 6.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 7.0 S-3 5-8-9-8 17

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0 S-4 3-4-6-7 10

12.0

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 through S-5 were moist. 15.0

16.0 S-5 6-7-7-10 14

17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0

21.0 S-6 9-12-13-16 25 22.00 327.99 22.0 Boring Terminated 23.0

24.0

25.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-7 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 19, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 21.0 X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 364.12 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 19' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : dry Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 19' to 21' Water Level -Static (ft bgs): dry LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value Topsoil (6") 0.50 363.62 1.0 Stratum I Orange brown micaceous fine 2.0 sand and silt with occasional gneiss and quartz fragments. 2.75 361.37 3.0 Stratum II S-1 4-5-6-6 11 Multi-colored 4.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 5.0 S-2 4-8-11-10 19

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0 S-3 9-6-7-21 13

11.0

12.0

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 through S-5 were damp. 15.0 S-4 16-16-22-33 38

16.0

17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0 S-5 22-21-35-38 56

21.00 343.12 21.0 Boring Terminated 22.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-8 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 19, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 10'2" X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 364.82 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 10'2" Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : dry Drilling Method #2: Water Level -Static (ft bgs): dry LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value

Topsoil (7") 0.58 364.24 1.0 Stratum II Multi-colored weathered/decomposed 2.0 gneiss. S-1 50/4" 100

3.0

4.0 S-2 50/3" 100

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0 S-3 50/1" 100

10.0 10.17 354.65 Auger Refusal. Gneiss 11.0 Bedrock

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0 Notes:

16.0 Hard augering noted from 1'6" to 6'.

17.0 Very hard augering from 6' to refusal. 18.0

19.0

20.0

The boring results represent subsurface conditions at the boring locations only and are not necessarily representative of conditions at other locations. Water levels are taken at the time of drilling and are not indicative of seasonal variations in the ground water level. NR = No Recovery, S =Split Spoon sample(2" O.D.), C=Rock Coring Run. DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOCIATES, INC. Boring Number : B-9 Geotechnical & Environmental Engineers Phone: 610-495-6255 Fax: 610-495-7353 www.dbaengineering.com Sheet 1 of 1 Project : Radnor High School Additions and Renovations Project Number : 5236G1 Location: 130 King of Prussia Rd., Wayne, PA Date Drilled : August 18, 2020 Twp/City/State: Radnor Township, Delaware County, PA Inspected by : RM Drilling Contractor : Corcoran Drilling Co., Inc. Boring Depth: 18'10" X Coordinate (ft) :0 Y Coordinate (ft) : 0 Ground Surface Elevation (ft msl) : 349.97 Drilling Method #1 : 6" diameter solid augers from 0' to 18' Water Level - Immediate (ft bgs) : 10.25 Drilling Method #2: 2" O.D. Split Spoon from 18' to 18'10" Water Level -Static (ft bgs): 8.42 (24 hrs) LITHOLOGY SAMPLING DATA

GEOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OF Water Content SPT DATA SOIL AND ROCK STRATA SPT GRAPH (Blows Per Foot) 510 20 30 4050 1 100 DEPTH BELOW WATER LEVEL LITHOLOGIC SYMBOL DEPTH (FT) ELEVATION NUMBER SPT Value

Topsoil (9") 0.75 349.22 1.0 Stratum I 1.50 348.47 Orange brown micaceous fine 2.0 sand and silt. 3.0 Stratum II S-1 2-2-2-3 4 Multi-colored 4.0 weathered/decomposed gneiss. 5.0 S-2 2-2-4-6 6

6.0

7.0 S-3 5-4-5-5 9

8.0

9.0 S-4 5-6-10-12 16

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0 Notes:

14.0 Samples S-1 through S-6 were S-5 6-12-28-36 40 moist. 15.0

16.0

17.0

18.0 18.84 331.13 S-6 43-50/4" 100 19.0 Boring Terminated 20.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

TEST BORING LOCATION PLAN

TP2 TP3 B5

B10 B4 B2 B13 B11 B3 TP1

B1 B1

B8 B2

B12 B7

B9 B6 B3 B8 B4

B9 B5 TP-46(alt) TP6

IT-1 iTB1 B10 B12 iTB2 IT-4 TP4 B7 B11 B14

B13 IT-2 B6

KEY GEOTECHNICAL & ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS Project 5236G1 Test Boring Location (22 feet) DAVID BLACKMORE & ASSOC., INC. TEST BORING PLAN 3335 West Ridge Pike ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Test Boring Location (16 feet) Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464 RADNOR HIGH SCHOOL Telephone: (610) 495-6255 FAX: (610) 495-7353 WAYNE, PA Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 01 08 20 - SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

The Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act as well as other federal, state, and local regulations promulgated in the Interest of Safety are required by law and this Plan.

______Company Name

Contractor – Project Manager Contractor – Field Supervisor

Date Date

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 1 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Project Safety and Health Management Plan

Table of Contents

1.0 Introduction ...... 3 2.0 General Requirements ...... 4 3.0 Safety Policy Statement ...... 6 4.0 Responsibilities for Safety & Loss Control ...... 7 ➢ General Overview ➢ Project Manager ➢ Project Foremen ➢ Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors ➢ Worker's Responsibilities 5.0 Safety Related Meetings and Training ...... 9 6.0 Project Disciplinary/Corrective Procedures ...... 10 7.0 Record-Keeping and Files ...... 12 8.0 Job Site Inspections ...... 13 9.0 Drug and Alcohol Free Workplace Program ...... 13 10.0 Accident / Injury Management ...... 19 11.0 Workers’ Compensation Claims Cooperation ...... 19 12.0 General Safety and Health Policies ...... 20 ➢ Competent Person Requirements ➢ Personal Protective Equipment ➢ Fall Prevention ➢ Excavation and Trenches ➢ Electrical ➢ Scaffolds ➢ Welding and Cutting ➢ Cranes ➢ Motor Vehicles and Heavy Equipment

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 2 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.0 Introduction

This Safety and Health Management Plan (herein referred to as “Plan”) is intended to establish uniform policies and procedures for all Contractors, with the goal of reducing the frequency and severity of accidents. This Plan applies to all Work performed on the Project. 1. Contractor shall implement, maintain and adhere to a written Contractor Safety Program as required by the Bid Documents. Contractor, upon request, shall submit the Contractor Safety Program to the Owner or its representatives prior to commencement of the Work. In the event that the Contractor Safety Program does not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or of the Plan incorporated into this Agreement, the Contractor Safety Program shall be redrafted to comply with this Agreement and with the Plan, whichever provides the highest level of Safety. (The Contractor may, however, incorporate this Plan into their Safety Program for this project by reference.) One or more copies of the written Contractor Safety Program must be maintained on-site for employee review. Before the Contractor or any Subcontractor commences Work, the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall make available to employees a copy of the Contractor Safety Program and the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, and shall certify that prior to any employee, or any employee of any Subcontractor, beginning Work on the Project, the employees have been oriented with regards to the written Contractor Safety Program and have been directed by the Contractor or Subcontractor or its representatives to comply with Program requirements. 2. The Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall assume all costs related, but not limited to, Personal Protective Equipment, Drug and Alcohol Free Workplace Substance Abuse Program, all training requirements, etc. 3. Compliance with the Plan is a requirement of the Contract. Failure to comply will be considered a breach of Contract, subject to the remedies provided in the Contract including, but not limited to, withholding of progress payments or termination for cause. 4. The Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall immediately correct unsafe conditions. 5. If the Contractor, any Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractor refuses to correct an unsafe condition, the Owner and/or its representatives is authorized to stop that portion of the Work until the Work can continue in accordance with the requirements of this Plan. The cost to bring the Work activity into compliance shall be incurred by the Contractor, Subcontractors and/or Sub-subcontractors and at no time shall the costs be charged to the Owner.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 3 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

6. Each Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall be responsible for payment of all fines, damages or other costs resulting from failure to comply with the Plan requirements. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any fines, damages or costs incurred (including the costs of attorneys' fees for defense and appeals) arising out of the Contractor's operations.

2.0 General Requirements

Each Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor shall: (a) be solely responsible for the health, safety and security of employees and others under its control and/or supervision; and (b) comply with the terms and conditions of the Project Safety and Health Management Plan (herein referred to as “Plan”) attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. The Project Manager and Field Supervisor of each Contractor and Subcontractor must execute a copy of the Plan certifying that each will ensure that the requirements of the Plan will be fulfilled. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that is contained herein or in the Project Safety and Health Management Plan, the Contractor and Subcontractors of all tiers are solely responsible for safety on the job site and with respect to the work and indemnify, hold harmless and waive all claims against the Owner, the Construction Manager, and/or the Architect based on, arising out of or in any way involving any actual or alleged non-compliance with the Safety and Health Management Plan. 1. Contractor shall conduct its business in a professional manner to prevent the occurrence of incidents that lead to injuries or illnesses and/or equipment and property damage. Safety, health and security requirements for the Work under this Contract shall be administered by the Contractor and all of its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in accordance with the following: a. The importance of Safety with respect to all Work shall be recognized and accident prevention shall be an integral part of all planning and operations by the Contractor and its Subcontractors; b. Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall conduct Work in accordance with: (i) the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) and all additions, amendments and revisions thereto; and (ii) the Plan; c. Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall follow all applicable federal, state and local laws/regulations pertaining to pollution control, water supply, fire protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal and other related items; d. Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall cooperate fully with the Owner and its representatives and all other Contractors and Subcontractors in providing and managing safety, health and security programs with respect to the Work; e. Housekeeping shall be observed at all times and waste, debris and garbage shall be removed daily and placed in appropriate waste containers. All materials, tools and equipment shall be stored in a safe and orderly fashion.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 4 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

f. Should Owner or its representatives notify Contractor of any safety non- compliance resulting in an unsafe act or improper equipment operation that puts the life and/or safety of Job Site personnel or other persons at risk, the Owner or its representatives shall have the right to immediately stop such Work or acts. Contractor shall correct the hazard or condition within the time specified prior to resuming Work in the area. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as creating any duty on the part of the Owner or the Construction Manager to inspect the Work for safety.

2. Safety Program a. Any Contractor shall provide a site Safety Representative knowledgeable in the areas of construction safety, health and fire prevention. The Safety Representatives shall have completed the OSHA 500 Construction and Outreach Training Program, or have equivalent experience or training, as a minimum. This individual shall have the authority to act as liaison with the Owner and/or its representatives, other Contractors and Subcontractors on all matters related to safety. This individual shall have full authority to ensure safe Work practices and to correct unsafe or hazardous conditions. All Subcontractors shall designate a member of supervision, who may have other duties, as its Safety Representative whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. The Safety Representative shall have a current (within the last Two (2) Years) OSHA 10 Hour Construction Outreach Training Certificate. b. Contractor shall inform the Owner and/or its representatives of any federal or state inspections. Contractor shall provide Owner and/or its representatives with copies of all federal and state inspection reports, citations, penalties, abatement dates, and the like, with respect to the Work or any aspect of the Work under this Contract. c. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and/or its representatives, who may periodically observe any aspect of the Work and/or the Project Work Site without prior notice. d. All lay down and storage areas shall be coordinated with the designated Project official prior to set-up of these areas. Contractor shall be responsible for the security of said area(s) and for all material, equipment and tools. d. Any media contact or responses to media inquiries shall be directed to the Project official designated by the Owner. Contractor and Subcontractor shall not discuss accidents, incidents or other related issues with the media. f. All employee vehicles shall be restricted to designated parking areas. All parking areas shall be coordinated with the designated Project official.

3. Employee and Visitor Dress Requirements a. All projects shall enforce a One Hundred Percent (100%) hard hat requirement for all construction areas. All supervisors, employees and visitors shall be required to wear hard hats while on the Project Site.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 5 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

b. Contractor shall ensure that all workers wear durable work shoes and under no condition shall employees wear shorts, tank tops, sleeveless shirts, clogs or footwear with large openings, street shoes, tennis shoes or sandals. c. All Contractors shall enforce the required no smoking policy for the entire project site at all times.

4. Failure to Comply with Safety Regulations a. Failure to comply with the Contract Safety Requirements shall be deemed to constitute non-compliance with the Contract and may result in remedial action as provided by the Contract. b. If Contractor refuses to correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions or acts, the Owner and/or its representatives may take one or more of the following actions: i. Instruct the Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, who shall comply with said instructions, to cease the Work, or a portion thereof, until the condition is brought into compliance with Contract and Safety Requirements; ii. Require Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, who shall comply with said requirement, to replace or supplement its site Safety Representative and/or supervisory personnel, as appropriate; iii. Stop payment for the Work being performed; and/or iv. Correct the situation using another employee or Contractor and charge Contractor who shall pay for the expenses and costs incurred. v. All costs associated with ensuring a safe and healthful Work environment, shall be borne by any non-compliant Contractor or Subcontractor, and costs will be charged to and/or assessed against the non-conforming Contractor or Subcontractor. Contractor, Subcontractor, and Sub-subcontractor shall be responsible for the payment of all fines and/or claims for damages levied against the Owner and/or its representatives for deficiencies relating to the conduct of the Contractor’s Work.

3.0 Safety Policy Statement Objective

The objective of this Plan is to reduce the frequency and severity of accidents on this Project. There are Three (3) sound reasons for this objective: 1. No endeavor is worthy if it should cause human suffering through disabling injury or loss of life. 2. A good safety record reflects the quality of management. 3. Poor accident experience increases cost, and results in a loss of profit.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 6 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Policy Statement

The safety of persons and property is of paramount importance to the Owner. This Plan will establish employee safety and health as an integral part of the overall success of this Project. By Contract, the Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors on the Project Site shall comply with the requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) and all additions and revisions thereto, as well as any other applicable federal, state and local requirements and this Plan. The on-site supervisory personnel are responsible for the actions of those they supervise, for maintaining safe and healthy working conditions in their areas of responsibility, and for strictly enforcing all safety and health policies and regulations. All employees shall comply with these Rules and Regulations.

4.0 Responsibilities

The Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall prevent accidents and are responsible for thorough safety and risk control training and instruction for their employees. The prevention of accidents and protection of property shall receive management's top priority, support and participation.

General Overview

➢ Provide a safe environment where employees can perform high quality Work. ➢ Use Safety Planning as a tool to reduce injury to persons and damage to property. ➢ Provide inspections to locate and abate unsafe conditions and practices before they result in bodily injury or property loss. ➢ Protect the public and property adjacent to the Construction Site. ➢ Educate and Train employees through:  New Hire Safety Orientation  Weekly Safety meetings  Task-Specific Safety Training, (i.e., hazard communications (HAZCOM), fall protection, construction safety practices, trenching safety, confined space entry, etc.) ➢ Mandatory Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Programs. ➢ Injury reporting and record keeping to maintain an up-to-date accident experience and trends analysis. ➢ Using accident investigation information to abate deficiencies and eliminate any additional losses. ➢ Return-To-Work (Modified Duty) Programs

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 7 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

➢ Site-Wide One Hundred Per Cent (100%) Six (6) Foot Fall Protection Policy. THERE IS A ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY ON FALL PROTECTION. ONE VIOLATION OF THE FALL PROTECTION POLICY WILL RESULT IN THE CONTRACTOR REMOVING THE VIOLATING EMPLOYEE FROM THE SITE FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. THE EMPLOYEE’S SUPERVISOR MAY BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE FOR FAILURE TO ENFORCE THE FALL PROTECTION POLICY. ➢ Drug and Alcohol Free Work Place Program.

Contractor’s Project Manager

The Contractor’s Project Manager shall be responsible for: ➢ Promoting Total Job Safety with all employees and visitors; ➢ Accepting full and complete responsibility for the implementation and execution of the Plan on-site; ➢ Monitoring Contractor adherence to Plan Requirements; and ➢ Assisting in accident investigations with the Program’s Safety Representative;

Contractor’s Project Foremen

The Contractor’s Project Foreman shall be responsible for: ➢ Setting a good safety example for workers; ➢ Using Pre-Task Planning, instructing workers on Safe Work Practices and Methods to prevent injury, damage to property and loss of productive time; ➢ Supplying and enforcing the use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE); ➢ Familiarizing workers with the Safety Requirements applicable to their Work; ➢ Holding weekly Tool-Box Safety Meetings with their Work crews; ➢ Conducting daily Safety Inspections of their Work areas; ➢ Assisting in accident investigations with the Program’s Safety Representative; and ➢ Assuring that proper first-aid treatment is administered to injured employees.

Contractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors

All Contractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall have overall responsibility for accident prevention and implementation of this Plan for their personnel. Each Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor shall designate a member of supervision, who may have other duties, as their Safety Representative in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Safety Representative shall be knowledgeable and responsible for all applicable Safety Standards and site policies. This individual shall have, at a minimum, completed the OSHA 10 Hour Construction Outreach training course within the last Two (2) Years.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 8 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

The Safety Representative is responsible for performing Construction Safety Inspections and identifying and resolving any safety related concerns pertaining to their Work. All employees shall be orientated to their company's Contractor Safety Program as well as to the Plan. Documentation of this training (which includes but is not limited to: Attendance roster, date of training and course content) shall be maintained on file.

Each Contractor shall be responsible for providing their Subcontractor’s and Sub- subcontractor’s Safety Representative with an emergency communication plan for use in emergency response and other safety related communications.

Although many existing hazards may be corrected through informal communications, all corrective actions must be documented.

Worker's Responsibilities

The Workers shall be responsible for: ➢ Working according to good safety practices as posted, instructed and discussed; ➢ Complying with the Plan and the Contractor's Safety Program; ➢ Using all required and provided safety devices; ➢ Reporting any unsafe situation or act to their supervisor and/or designated Safety Representative immediately; ➢ Maintaining a clean and safe Work area; ➢ Performing assigned duties in an alert manner, free of any impairment that may affect safety; ➢ Following the Site's Safety Program; and ➢ Reporting injuries immediately to their supervisor.

5.0 Safety Related Meetings and Training

Safety Meetings and Training shall be conducted by the Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors. The following meetings and training shall be conducted, documented and maintained on file: ➢ Indoctrination (Orientation) Safety Training  All new employees and visitors to the Construction Project shall be properly trained and oriented with regards to the Safety Plan, hazard recognition, Site-Specific Safety Requirements, emergency procedures, first-aid/medical procedures, assigned Panel of Physicians, etc. ➢ “Tool Box” Safety Meetings  The Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall conduct weekly Safety Training Meetings with all employees working on the Construction Project. This training shall be conducted by a supervisor or foreman. SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 9 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

 The meetings shall cover any Hazardous Work Conditions, unsafe Work practices that have been identified, safe working practices, review of accidents and near-misses that have occurred on the Construction Project and safety rules and regulations.  This training shall be documented to include names of employees attending the training and an outline of all topics discussed. ➢ Weekly Progress Management Meetings  Safety shall have a portion of the agenda in all Progress Meetings for discussion of the previous week’s safety issues and to discuss the current week’s activities. Minutes from the Progress Meetings shall reflect safety items discussed and any proposed resolution to issues.

➢ Periodic Safety Management Meetings  Upon request by the Owner or its representatives, a Safety Management Meeting will be held periodically on the Construction Project to review on-going safety issues. The Contractor’s, all Subcontractor’s and Sub- subcontractor’s Safety Representatives, Project Managers and Project Safety Representatives shall attend these meetings.  If the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor has a lost- time injury, a representative of the respective company shall explain at the next Safety Meeting: ◼ Why the accident occurred? ◼ What corrective measures have been taken to prevent similar injuries from occurring? ◼ What the claim status of the injured employee is? ◼ What, if any, alternative (modified duty) work has been provided?

➢ Pre-Shift Hazard Recognition Training  The Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall hold Pre-Shift Hazard Recognition Training with each work crew working under the following conditions: ◼ One Hundred Percent (100%) Fall Protection ◼ Scaffold Erection and Dismantling ◼ Crane and all Material Hoisting Operations ◼ Excavation and Trenching Operations ◼ Non-Routine Work Operations, i.e. Emergency Procedures, Industrial Hygiene, etc. ◼ Confined Space Operations

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 10 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

6.0 Project Disciplinary / Corrective Procedures

General Statement. The Project Disciplinary/Corrective Procedures are intended to encourage compliance with the requirements of OSHA, other applicable federal, state and local requirement, and this Plan. Workers performing Work in an unsafe manner shall be subject to counseling, training, discipline, transfer or termination.

Responsibilities of Contractor and Subcontractors. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall respond to each work injury and known unsafe act as follows: 1. Investigation. The Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall conduct a proper investigation to determine: (a) the nature of the unsafe act; (b) the reasons the unsafe act occurred; and (c) the identity of the individual(s) who engaged in or was responsible for the unsafe act. With respect to any individual employee or representative who was identified as having engaged in or being responsible for an unsafe act, the following information shall be among the information reviewed and considered: a. The individual’s past training and experience as is relevant to the unsafe act committed; b. The individual’s prior disciplinary record; c. The individual’s prior record with respect to: (i) engaging in or allowing unsafe acts, and (ii) following instructions and directions; and d. The individual’s degree of culpability.

2. Prevention. The Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall take action that is reasonably calculated to insure that: a. The unsafe act will not be repeated; and b. That the individual(s) responsible for engaging in or allowing the unsafe act to occur will not engage in or allow unsafe acts to occur in the future. 3. Disciplinary/Corrective Options. The options available to Contractors and Subcontractors when taking action that is reasonably calculated to ensure that the unsafe acts will not be repeated and that responsible individuals will not engage in or allow unsafe acts to occur include: a. Additional training for workers in general and/or to the responsible individual in particular; b. Job performance counseling of the responsible individual(s); c. Verbal Warning (which shall be documented); d. Written Warning; e. Suspension from Work without pay; f. Transfer off the Project; and g. Discharge from employment.

4. Guiding Principles. Contractors and Subcontractors shall decide which option(s) to exercise in accordance with the following guiding principles: SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 11 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

a. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to require any Contractor or Subcontractor to violate the terms or conditions of any applicable law, collective bargaining agreement or employment contract; b. If any individual engages in a repeated unsafe act(s), a repeated violation(s) of the Contract, a repeated violation(s) of OSHA requirements, or a repeated violation(s) of this Plan, the actions taken by the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall be progressive in severity and consequence; c. Nothing in this Plan requires progressive discipline as a precondition to any suspension, transfer or discharge from employment and the Contractor or Subcontractor may impose a suspension, transfer or discharge for safety violations if it so chooses without having engaged in prior progressive discipline; d. It is expected that individuals who engage in or who are responsible for any unmitigated life threatening conduct or for willful disregard to the safety requirements of this Plan shall be subject to immediate discharge or permanent transfer off the Project. 5. Follow Up. Contractors and Subcontractors shall take follow up action to ensure that the actions taken are effective. If it is observed that the actions originally taken have not been effective to prevent a repeat of the particular unsafe act or to prevent the particular individual(s) from engaging in that or other unsafe acts, the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall take more aggressive disciplinary and corrective action. 6. Documentation. a. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall fully document the following: i Known unsafe acts; ii The investigation undertaken in accordance with these procedures; iii The disciplinary and/or corrective action taken; iv The rationale for choosing the particular action taken; v The follow up action that is planned; vi The follow up action that is taken; and vii The results of the follow up action. b. The documentation shall be maintained in an organized manner by each Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, and in accordance with the Record-Keeping requirements of this Plan. Records of discipline, job counseling and training shall be placed in the personnel file of the employee. Copies of the documentation shall be provided to the Owner and/or its representatives.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 12 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

7.0 Record-Keeping and Files

The Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall maintain a master or central file for safety and health related documentation on the Job Site. Files shall be maintained in such a manner that distinguishes each Contractor and their Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors. The Owner and/or its representatives shall have the right to review all documentation at any time upon request. The Contractor shall give full cooperation during these reviews. The following documentation shall be in the Safety Files: ➢ The Contractor Safety Plan. ➢ Hazard Communication Program, including current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). ➢ Site Emergency Plans. ➢ All required safety & health permits. ➢ Weekly Tool Box/Tailgate Safety Meeting reports – including meeting topic(s) and employee attendance/sign-up sheets. ➢ Specific job hazard worker training. ➢ Job Site Safety Inspection reports – including documentation of corrective measures for closure. ➢ Equipment inspection reports. ➢ Crane inspection reports – daily and monthly (annual certification reports required prior to equipment operation). ➢ Employee orientation training records. ➢ Accident investigation reports, including near misses. ➢ Job Hazard Analysis. ➢ Competent person qualifications. ➢ Written Safety Violations.

8.0 Job Site Inspections

Inspections

Daily Safety and Health Inspections shall be continually conducted by the Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors for each of their respective Work areas on the Job Site. Documentation of all identified and corrected deficiencies shall be maintained on file.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 13 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Corrective Measures Corrective Measures to abate all deficiencies shall be completed immediately if life- threatening/serious conditions exist or no later than the end of the working shift for non-life threatening/serious conditions. All Work shall be stopped until imminent danger hazards have been abated. Documentation of these corrective measures shall be provided to the Program’s Safety Representative. If a deficiency can not be abated within the same shift, a letter shall be provided to the Owner or its representatives outlining the reason(s) why and the step(s) taken as an interim measure to control the potential hazard.

Non-Abatement

If Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor fails to make corrections to identified deficiencies in a timely manner, the Owner or its representatives will: ➢ Notify the Contractor in writing to take prompt corrective action to eliminate Construction Safety and Health concerns. Written notification will describe specific contract or code violations; ➢ Resolve outstanding Construction safety issues and maintain documentation of corrective actions; ➢ Report in writing to the Contractor, the name(s) of the individual(s) and their supervisor(s) who are observed to violate Construction Safety Requirements, with copies to the Project File. If necessary, the Owner or its representatives may require the Contractor to remove these individual(s) and/or their supervisor(s) from the Job Site.

Corrective Measures to abate all deficiencies shall be completed immediately if life- threatening/serious conditions exist or no later than the end of the working shift for non-life threatening/serious conditions. All Work shall be stopped until imminent danger hazards have been abated. Documentation of these corrective measures shall be provided to the Program’s Safety Representative. If a deficiency can not be abated within the same shift, a letter shall be provided to the Owner or its representatives outlining the reason(s) why and the step(s) taken as an interim measure to control the potential hazard.

Non-Abatement If Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor fails to make corrections to identified deficiencies in a timely manner, the Owner or its representatives will: ➢ Notify the Contractor in writing to take prompt corrective action to eliminate Construction Safety and Health concerns. Written notification will describe specific contract or code violations; ➢ Resolve outstanding Construction safety issues and maintain documentation of corrective actions; ➢ Report in writing to the Contractor, the name(s) of the individual(s) and their supervisor(s) who are observed to violate Construction Safety Requirements, with copies to the Project File. If necessary, the Owner or its representatives SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 14 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

may require the Contractor to remove these individual(s) and/or their supervisor(s) from the Job Site.

Stoppage of the Work

The Owner and/or its representatives shall be authorized to order, at the Contractor's expense, a stoppage of the Work until unsafe conditions are abated.

9.0 Drug and Alcohol Free Workplace Program

General Statement. The Owner is committed to maintaining a drug and alcohol free workplace. The Owner has a vital interest in maintaining safe, healthful and efficient working conditions. Alcohol and illegal drug use or possession pose a serious threat to workplace safety and health. Impairment from alcohol and the use and possession of illegal drugs pose a danger. The costs associated with implementing the Drug and Alcohol Free Workplace Program, (herein referred to as “Program”) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, as applicable. Responsibilities of Contractor and Subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall adopt, implement and enforce drug and alcohol free workplace programs that comply with the following minimum conditions:

1. Employee Prohibitions a. No covered employee shall report for duty or remain on duty (i) while having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater; (ii) while possessing alcohol; (iii) while using alcohol; or, (iv) within Four (4) Hours after using alcohol. b. No covered employee shall report for duty or remain on duty when the employee uses any controlled substance (except when the use is pursuant to the written instructions or prescription of a physician who has advised the employee that the substance does not adversely affect the employee’s ability to work safely) or tests positive for controlled substances. c. No covered employee required to take a post-accident alcohol test under this program shall use alcohol for Eight (8) Hours following the accident, or until he or she undergoes a post-accident alcohol test, whichever first occurs. d. No covered employee shall refuse to submit to a post-accident alcohol or controlled substances test required under this program or a reasonable suspicion alcohol or controlled substances test required by this program, or a follow-up alcohol or controlled substances test required under this program. 2. Employee Duties

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 15 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

a. Covered employees shall comply with all mandates and prohibitions contained in this Program. b. Covered employees shall cooperate fully with all required testing and shall promptly report to all testing as directed. c. Covered employees are required to notify the Contractor or Subcontractor as applicable if they are taking any therapeutic drugs and shall supply a written certification on a form provided by the Contractor or Subcontractor from the physician prescribing the drug(s) that the substance(s) will not adversely affect the employee’s ability to work safely and to comply with the safety requirements on the job. 3. Consequences of Covered Employees Engaging in Substance Use-Related Conduct. a. Consistent with contractual, legal and constitutional requirements, a determination shall be made by the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, as to the appropriate disciplinary action, if any, to be imposed upon any covered employee who violates any of the prohibitions or mandates of this Program. Nothing in this Program shall be construed to limit the authority of any Contractor or Subcontractor to impose discipline, including discharge, as it shall determine so long as the minimums set forth in this Program are satisfied. Unless prohibited by law, contract or collective bargaining agreement, any employee who engages in any of the following conduct shall not be permitted access to the Construction Project and shall not be permitted to engage in any of the Work: i Fails a drug test; ii Possesses illegal drugs; iii Refuses to submit to a drug or alcohol test; iv Is in possession of alcohol on the Work Site; or v Is convicted or pleads guilty or nolo contendere of illegal drug use, possession or trafficking. b. Any covered employee tested under this Program who is found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 shall be suspended without pay at least until the start of the employee’s next regularly scheduled duty period that is at least Twenty-Four (24) Hours following the administration of the test. c. Any covered employee: (i) who reports or remains on duty while having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater, possessing alcohol, using alcohol or having used alcohol within Four (4) Hours of reporting to Work; or (ii) who reports or remains on duty when the employee uses or has used any controlled substance (except when the use is pursuant to the written instructions or prescription of a physician who has advised the employee that the substance does not adversely affect the employee’s ability to safely Work and the employee has so advised the Contractor or Subcontractor) or tests positive for controlled substances; or (iii) who consumes alcohol in contravention of a post-accident alcohol test requirement or refuses to submit to any drug or alcohol test required

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 16 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

under this Program, and who is not to be discharged from employment, shall be suspended without pay and shall not be reinstated until the following requirements have been met: i The employee has been advised of the resources available to the employee in evaluating and resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol and the use of controlled substances, including the names, addresses and telephone numbers of substance abuse professionals and counseling and treatment programs; and ii The employee has been evaluated by a substance abuse professional who shall determine what assistance, if any, the employee needs in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse and controlled substances use; and iii The employee has undergone a return-to-work alcohol test with a result indicating an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02 if the conduct involved alcohol, or a controlled substance test with a verified negative result if the conduct involved a controlled substance; and iv If the employee has been identified as needing assistance in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse or controlled substances use, the employee shall be evaluated by a substance abuse professional to determine that the employee has properly followed a rehabilitation program as prescribed. 4. Mandatory Drug and Alcohol Testing. Contractors and Subcontractors shall, as part of this Program, adhere to the following Post-Accident, Reasonable Suspicion, Return-to-Work and Follow-Up drug and alcohol testing of covered employees: a. Post-Accident Testing. As soon as practicable following an accident in connection with the Work involving any personal injury of the employee or of another requiring medical attention or first aid, or any property damage greater than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), the employee shall be tested for alcohol and controlled substances. i An employee who is subject to post-accident testing under this policy shall remain readily available for such testing or may deemed by the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, to have refused to submit to testing; ii If a post-accident alcohol test is not administered within Two (2) Hours following the accident, the Contractor or Subcontractor as applicable, shall prepare and maintain a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If the test is not administered within Eight (8) Hours following the accident, attempt to administer the alcohol test shall cease and the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall prepare and maintain a record setting forth why testing was not performed. iii If a post-accident controlled substances test is not administered within Thirty-Two (32) Hours following the accident, attempts to administer the test shall cease and the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall prepare and maintain a record stating the reasons

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 17 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

why the test was not administered within the required time. iv A breath or blood test for the use of alcohol or a urine test for the use of controlled substance conducted by federal, state or local officials or policy having authority to conduct such testing shall be considered to meet the requirements of this Program if the results will be turned over to the Contractor or Subcontractor. b. Reasonable Suspicion Testing. A covered employee shall be required to submit to an alcohol and/or controlled substances test when the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, has reasonable suspicion that the employee is using or has used alcohol or controlled substances in violation of the prohibitions or mandates of this Program. i The determination that reasonable suspicion exists to require an employee to undergo testing must be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech or body odors of the employee. The observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of controlled substances. Reasonable suspicion as to alcohol use may be based only on observations made while the employee is working or just before the employee begins Work or just after the employee stops working. ii The Contractor and Subcontractors shall designate individuals who shall have obtained necessary training that covers the physical, behavioral, speech and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances. Only those so trained are permitted to make the determination that can lead to Reasonable Suspicion Testing.

iii Reasonable Suspicion Testing may not be performed by the individual who made the determination that there was reasonable suspicion for testing. iv A written record shall be prepared and maintained setting forth the basis and observations for the reasonable suspicion leading to the testing. With respect to suspicion related to controlled substances, such record shall be made and signed by the individual who made the observation within Twenty-Four (24) Hours of the observed behavior or before the results of the controlled substances test are released, whichever is earlier. v Reasonable Suspicion Alcohol Testing shall be required while the employee is working, just before the employee begins work, or just after the employee stops working. If an alcohol test is not administered within Two (2) Hours following the determination that reasonable suspicion exists, the Contractor or Subcontractor shall prepare and maintain a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If the test is not administered within Eight (8) Hours following the determination that reasonable suspicion exists, attempts to administer the alcohol test shall cease and the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall prepare and maintain a record setting forth the reasons the test was not administered. SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 18 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Notwithstanding the absence of a reasonable suspicion alcohol test, where there was reasonable suspicion of alcohol use, the employee shall not be permitted to work until: (1) An alcohol test is administered and the employee’s alcohol concentration measures to less than 0.02; or (2) Twenty-Four (24) Hours have elapsed following the determination of reasonable suspicion. c. Return-to-Work Testing. No employee may return to work after engaging in conduct prohibited by this Program until after he or she has, as appropriate, undergone an alcohol test with a result indicating an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02 or a controlled substances test with a result indicating a verified negative result for controlled substance use. d. Follow-Up Testing. Any employee who is in need of assistance in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse and/or use of controlled substances shall be subject to unannounced Follow-up Testing as directed by a substance abuse professional. Follow-up Testing shall be conducted only when the employee is working, just before the employee begins work, or just after the employee has stopped working. 5. Miscellaneous a. A “covered employee” under this program shall mean any person who is an employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor and who engages in any Work that is subject to the safety requirements of the Contract or this Plan and any employee of any Contractor or any Subcontractor who operates a commercial vehicle as defined by law in connection with any of the Work. b. The means, manner and methods of the testing procedures for alcohol and substances under this Program shall be in accordance with the procedures set forth in Title 49, Part 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, which, by this reference, are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. Without intending to limit the generality of the foregoing requirement, preparation for testing, specimen collection procedures, laboratory personnel requirements, laboratory analysis procedures, quality assurance and quality control procedures, reporting and review of results procedures, protection of employee records procedures, individual access to test and laboratory results, use of certified laboratory requirements, breath alcohol technician requirements, breath alcohol device requirements, quality assurance plans, procedures for confirmation of tests, refusal to test and uncompleted test procedures, inability to provide an adequate amount of breath, invalid test procedures, etc., as governed by 49 CFR, Part 40, shall all be implemented by Contractors and Subcontractors with respect to any drug or alcohol test administered in accordance with this Program. c. Work Related Injuries. Contractors and Subcontractors shall require Post-Accident Testing in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Program in the event of any accident that results in a work related SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 19 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

accident. The Post-Accident Testing may be arranged by the Contractor or Subcontractor or may be arranged by the Workers’ Compensation carrier. In either event, the procedures contained in 49 CFR, Part 40, shall be followed. d. Employee Training. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall require that all employees are trained and periodically retrained in the requirements of the Drug and Alcohol Free Workplace Program. This training shall be properly documented.

10.0 Accident/Injury Management

Accident Reporting

All accidents resulting in employee injury, property damage, or involving the public shall be reported immediately to the project officials in accordance with the claims reporting instructions provided by the Contractor’s Insurance Administrator. All accidents resulting in injuries or illnesses shall be thoroughly investigated by the injured worker's supervisor. The Contractor shall complete an Accident Investigation Report for all accidents resulting in employee injury, property damage, public involvement or near miss incidents. All Contractors shall cooperate with the Owner and its representatives in the investigation, analysis and defense of any claim, accident, occurrence or insured loss.

Accident Investigation

A formal written “Accident Investigation Report” and “First Report of Injury” shall be completed by the end of the working day/shift of the accident. Identification and review of accident causes shall be completed, identifying corrective actions, persons responsible for corrective actions and date of completion shall be established. Follow- up documentation verifying corrective action shall be required. Copies of all accident investigation documents shall be maintained on file.

11.0 Workers’ Compensation Claims Cooperation

Responsibilities of Contractor and Subcontractors

Contractors and Subcontractors shall adopt, implement and enforce a Workers’ Compensation Program that complies with the following minimum conditions: 1. Compliance with Posting and Notice Requirements. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall comply with all posting and notice requirements imposed by Pennsylvania’s Workers’ Compensation Act. Contractors and Subcontractors shall maintain documentation proving that they have SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 20 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

complied with these requirements. 2. Posting and Designation of Physicians. In the event that the Workers’ Compensation insurer has provided a list of designated physicians to the Contractor and/or Subcontractor, the Contractor and Subcontractor shall properly post and provide notice of the designated physicians to employees in accordance with the requirements of the Workers’ Compensation Act. Contractors and Subcontractors shall maintain documentation proving that they have complied with these requirements. Where a designated physician panel is in place, Contractors and Subcontractors shall take action to ensure that injured employees receive treatment from the designated physicians in accordance with the law.

3. Notice of Workers’ Compensation Injuries. Contractors and Subcontractors shall receive reports of occupational injuries and diseases in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Workers’ Compensation Act and shall promptly complete and file the necessary forms and reports with the Commonwealth and the insurer or its representative. 4. Participation in Claims Meetings. Contractors and Subcontractors shall participate in claims review meetings when and if scheduled by the Workers’ Compensation insurer or its representative. 5. Return-to-Work Programs. Contractors and Subcontractors shall cooperate with the Workers’ Compensation insurer or its representative to return injured employees to Work as soon as possible consistent with their medical capabilities. Contractors and Subcontractors shall consider and offer modified Work to employees when such Work is available or can reasonably be made available. 6. Litigation Cooperation. In the event that there is any litigation growing out of a Work related injury, each Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, shall cooperate with the insurer, its representatives and attorneys, in the defense of the claim and shall make necessary evidence and witnesses available for hearing preparation and testimony. 7. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as a requirement that any Contractor or Subcontractor take any action that is in violation of law, any applicable collective bargaining agreement or contract.

12.0 General Safety and Health Policies

All employees shall use protective equipment prescribed by federal, state, and local laws and by this Plan to control hazards or other exposure to illness or injury. Any employee who willfully refuses to use prescribed protective equipment designed to protect them or willfully damages such equipment shall be subject to disciplinary action which may include immediate removal from the Job Site.

Competent Person Requirements

The Contractor, all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall develop and SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 21 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District maintain documentation identifying employee(s) designated as a competent person(s). The qualifications for Competent Persons are identified in the Subpart of OSHA 29 CFR 1926. NOTE: Various subparts of OSHA have interpretations as to the qualifications and training required to be designated as a Competent Person (i.e., Subpart P – Excavations; Subpart L – Scaffolding; etc.)

Personal Protective Equipment

Eye and Face Protection Contractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall provide, maintain and manage eye and face protection for their employees in accordance with OSHA Construction Standards 29 CFR 1926.102. The Owner and/or its representatives reserve the right to mandate a 100% Eye Protection Policy throughout designated phases of the Work or specific areas of the Project if it is deemed necessary. Only clear safety glasses shall be worn inside any building(s).

Head Protection All Construction workers shall wear hard hats which meet ANSI Z 89.1-1986, One Hundred Percent (100%) of the time while on the Construction Site. Hard hats should display the company decal where the employee works. All delivery personnel, vendors and visitors shall wear approved hard hats while on the Construction Site.

Hearing Protection All Work areas identified as high noise exposure shall be properly posted to warn employees of the exposure. Appropriate hearing protection shall be worn in Work areas where noise levels are 85 dBA or greater.

Respiratory Protection Contractors whose Work activities warrant that employees wear respiratory protection, shall establish and implement a Respiratory Protection Program. The Program shall meet the requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1926.134.

Foot Protection All personnel on the Construction Site shall wear leather hard-soled work boots. No one is permitted to wear sneakers (including ANSI approved), tennis shoes or athletic shoes of any type, sandals, high heels or open toed shoes on the Construction Site.

Clothing Suitable clothing for Construction Work shall be worn on the Construction Site. SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 22 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Shirts with sleeves (at least t-shirt (4 inches in length) and full-length pants shall be required. Polyester or similar material is not allowed. Shorts, sweat pants or tank- tops are not allowed.

Fall Prevention

The Fall Prevention Policy is based on the following observations: ➢ All fall hazards can be eliminated, prevented and/or controlled. ➢ To control fall hazards is morally responsible, good business and cost effective. ➢ The establishment and implementation of a Fall Prevention Program is the most effective way to provide a continuous process to identify, evaluate and control fall hazards. No person/employee shall be exposed to a fall hazard from any elevation greater than Six (6) Feet. In addition, all other construction activities that involves fall protection/prevention shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart M:

➢ Employees exposed to a fall distance of Six (6) Feet or more (no exceptions), or less where the distance has a likelihood of a serious or fatal injury, shall be protected by the means of a Fall Protection System. THERE IS A ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY ON FALL PROTECTION. ONE VIOLATION OF THE FALL PROTECTION POLICY WILL RESULT IN THE CONTRACTOR REMOVING THE VIOLATING EMPLOYEE FROM THE SITE FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. THE EMPLOYEE’S SUPERVISOR MAY BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE FOR FAILURE TO ENFORCE THE FALL PROTECTION POLICY. ➢ Fall prevention controls shall be based on the principle that engineering and design techniques for the elimination and prevention of fall hazards shall be utilized above and beyond the use of Personal Fall Protection Equipment. When it is not feasible to provide fall prevention controls, workers exposed to falls shall be equipped with:  Only full-body harnesses and Lanyards with shock absorbers with locking snap-hooks. Body Belts are not permitted on the Project. All Personal Fall Protection Equipment shall be compatible and all manufacturers equipment guidelines shall be understood and followed.  Appropriate anchorage points, capable of supporting Five Thousand (5,000) Pounds per worker attached shall be properly installed. ➢ Contractors performing structural erection activities (such as precast concrete and steel erection) shall provide upon request a "Task Specific Fall Protection Plan" which complies with the Six (6) Foot Fall Protection Requirement. THE ABOVE STATED ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY FOR FALL PROTECTION ALSO APPLIES TO STEEL ERECTION. ➢ Ladders (straight, extension & step) shall be used only for employee access and short duration miscellaneous light Work where 3-point contact with the ladder can be maintained. If ladders are to be used for performing long duration heavy Work at heights Six (6) Feet and greater (or any height where the likelihood of a SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 23 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

serious or fatal injury exists), the fall hazards shall be controlled through the use of fall protection.

Excavations and Trenches

Excavations shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P: ➢ A safe means of access and egress shall be provided for employees from excavations and trenches regardless of their depth at intervals that provide no more than Twenty-Five (25) Feet of lateral travel. ➢ A Competent Person shall be present anytime excavation Work is performed. The Competent Person shall inspect each excavation before the start of each shift and as conditions change (rain run-off, seeping water, freezing/thawing conditions, vibration, atmospheric conditions, etc.). All inspections shall be documented and maintained on file. ➢ All soils shall be classified as type "C" until the Competent Person can demonstrate the soil can be reclassified as another type, using acceptable soil analysis practices. ➢ All open excavations and trenches shall be barricaded or adequately guarded at all times with highly visible material. ➢ Equipment, material and spoil piles shall not be placed closer than Two (2) Feet from the excavation or trench edge. ➢ Atmospheric testing shall be conducted and completed in excavations and trenches where possible hazardous conditions exist prior to employees entering.

Electrical

Electrical Work shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart K: ➢ Only qualified electricians familiar with code requirements shall be allowed to perform electrical Work. ➢ Extension cords used with portable electrical tools and appliances shall be heavy duty and of the three-wire type. Cords shall be covered, elevated or otherwise protected from damage which would create a hazard to Construction Site Personnel. ➢ Electrical cords and equipment shall be visually inspected before each shift for external defects. All damaged and defective cords shall be removed from service immediately (this includes cords with the ground prong missing). Cords shall be repaired with approved heat-shrink methods, electrical tape is not permitted. ➢ All temporary electrical tools, cords and equipment shall be properly protected by Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI). All portable generators shall have properly functioning GFCI outlets. GFCI receptacles shall be tested monthly with a multi-range GFCI tester (the tests shall be documented) to insure the GFCI is properly functioning and protecting the worker.

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 24 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

➢ Electrical equipment or machinery shall be de-energized and rendered inoperative by the electrician performing Work on the system. Any company performing Work on electrical equipment shall develop a "task-specific" lockout/tagout safety plan. Lockout/Tagout shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147. The failure to follow lockout/tagout procedures will result in immediate removal from the Project.

Scaffolds

Scaffold Work shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart L: ➢ Lean-to scaffolds and makeshift platforms shall be prohibited. ➢ Scaffolds shall not be used for storage of materials except material currently being used. ➢ All scaffolds shall be adequately designed to carry, without failure, Four (4) Times the maximum intended load. At no time shall any scaffold be overloaded. ➢ All scaffolds shall be maintained in safe condition. Scaffolds damaged or weakened, from any cause, shall be immediately removed from service. ➢ Scaffolding more than Six (6) Feet above the working surface shall have standard guardrails and toeboards properly installed. ➢ Each Contractor working with scaffolds shall designate, in writing, the name of their designated Competent Person for erection, dismantling, altering and moving of scaffolds. ➢ Scaffolds shall be inspected prior to each shift by the designated Competent Person.

➢ Proper access shall be provided for all employees to working areas. Employees shall not climb on cross-bracing to access scaffold. ➢ Scaffolds shall be erected on sound, rigid surfaces. Base-plates and mud-sills shall be used with all scaffolds. Unstable objects such as brick, block, etc. shall not be used to support scaffolds.

Welding and Cutting

Welding and Cutting Work shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart J: ➢ Welding leads and cutting hoses shall be kept clear of walkways and stairways. ➢ Flash arrestors shall be installed on both oxygen and acetylene hoses at the regulator connection. ➢ All welders shall wear approved eye and head protection when welding. All personnel assisting the welder shall also wear approved protective eye protection. ➢ Prior to welding or cutting a "20-ABC" rated fire extinguisher shall be within easy reach of the worker. A fire watch shall be stationed at all locations where SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 25 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

sparks and/or flames may fall to a lower floor/work area or to another side of a wall. ➢ A suitable cylinder truck, with chain, shall be used to keep cylinders from being knocked over while in use. ➢ Spent welding rods shall be picked up and disposed of daily. ➢ When practical, all welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by non- combustible or flame-proof screens. ➢ Oxygen and acetylene cylinders shall not be stored inside buildings. ➢ Rubber boot protectors shall be provided on all welding leads were they make connections at the welding machine.

Cranes

Crane Operations shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart N: The following requirements shall be followed by the Contractor and all tiered Subcontractors for all cranes entering the Construction Area: ➢ All hydraulic and lattice boom cranes operating on the Construction Site shall be equipped with a functioning "anti-two blocking" device. ➢ The operator shall know the weight of every suspended load, regardless of size. ➢ All cranes shall have an annual inspection (completed and certified by a nationally recognized crane inspection organization). All crane operators shall be qualified prior to operating any crane on the Job Site: ➢ Operators shall meet the requirements of Chapter 5, ANSI B30.5c-1992. ➢ An up-to-date résumé detailing the operator's qualifications (i.e., years of experience, pervious jobs worked on, etc.) shall be maintained in the Contractor's and/or any Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractor’s files at the Job Site. ➢ Before any operator is allowed to operate a crane on the Construction Site, the Contractor and/or Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall have the operator perform a functional operation appraisal to ensure the operator is qualified. This shall be documented and maintained on file. Cranes shall be inspected for safety-related deficiencies and defective/damaged parts that effect the safe operation of a crane. Cranes shall be immediately removed from service until repairs can be made. The following inspection criteria shall be followed: ➢ After set-up and prior to initial lift; ➢ Before each shift; ➢ After every malfunction; ➢ Manufacturer's inspection guidelines.

Motor Vehicles and Heavy Equipment

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 26 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Heavy Equipment Work shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart O: ➢ All employees who operate equipment and vehicles shall have sufficient experience with that particular piece of equipment and shall be trained in the safe operation of that equipment. ➢ All heavy equipment including: cranes, forklifts, dozers, endloaders, etc. shall have a reverse signal/back-up alarm audible above surrounding background noise. ➢ No one shall ride in a vehicle or mobile equipment unless they are in a seat (exceptions, if the equipment is designed to be operated while standing up). Riding in the back of pick-up trucks shall not be allowed. ➢ All motor vehicles and equipment brought on-site shall be thoroughly inspected and shall be in safe operating condition.

Demolition Activities All Contractors performing any removal or demolition activities shall ensure compliance with OSHA 29CFR 1926.62 rules and regulations to prevent any lead contamination.

END OF SECTION 008200

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 27 Radnor High School Additions & Renovation Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

[PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 010820 - 28 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Project Identification: Work includes additions and renovations to the Radnor High School,130 King of Prussia Road, Radnor, PA 19087.

B. Owner: Radnor Township School District 135 South Wayne Ave. Wayne, PA 19087

C. Owners Representative Identification:

Fidevia, LLC, 750 Lititz Pike, Lititz, PA 17543 Telephone: 717-625-3433.

D. Architect Identification: Breslin Ridyard Fadero Architects, 1226 Union Boulevard, Allentown, PA 18109, Telephone: 610-437-9626, and their consultant(s).

E. The Construction Work includes, but is not limited to selective demolition, site work, building construction and renovation, specialty pool renovation and mechanical, electrical and plumbing work.

1.2 CONTRACT

A. Project will be constructed by: Four (4) individual prime construction contracts 1. General (GC), 2. Mechanical (HVAC) 3. Electrical, (EC) 4. Plumbing (PC)

B. The Owner will procure and bear costs of field testing only for earthwork, concrete, masonry, asphalt paving and structural steel. Contractors are to perform all factory or shop testing and any other testing required. Contractors are to perform any field-testing of electrical systems or data wiring systems. Contractors are to perform testing of above or belowground pipes, ductwork and mechanical systems including pressure, air, water or vacuum testing required.

All contractor testing shall be performed in the presence of the Construction Manager and/or (if required) in the presence of the municipal agency having jurisdiction.

C. HVAC testing and balancing is by Owner’s independent professional. Contractor is responsible for all pressure testing of any pipes, ductwork or field systems. SUMMARY 011100 -1 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

D. Project Commissioning will require the participation and cooperation of the contractors as specified in the Commissioning and other sections of these specifications.

E. Construction Waste Management is by each Prime Contractor. Implementation of each Construction Waste Management Plan requires the cooperation, participation and coordination of all Contractors and Subcontractors.

F. Construction Waste Management for any site features is by the Contractor performing the work.

G. Other contracts are at the Owner’s sole discretion.

1.3 WORK SEQUENCE

A. The entire Work shall be completed in compliance with the project phasing indicated on the drawing phasing plans, the erosion and sedimentation control plan and the Milestone completion dates listed. Any deviations from these requirements shall be subject to the approval of the Construction Manager. The Owner reserves the right to enforce liquidated damages for contractor’s non-compliance with any of the phasing, milestone and substantial completion dates.

1. The Notice to Proceed will be issued on or about: Week of March 22nd, 2021 2. Phase 1: April 12, 2021 or earlier to March 25, 2022 3. Phase 1A: June 21, 2021 to August 27, 2021 4. Phase 1B: April 12, 2021 or earlier to November 19, 2021 5. Phase 1C: April 12, 2021 or earlier to September 10, 2021 6. Phase 2: March 14, 2022 to August 26, 2022 7. Phase 2A: June 27, 2022 to August 26, 2022 8. Phase 2B: April 21, 2021 or earlier to October 21, 2022 9. Final Completion: October 31, 2022

B. Construction work for the building shall be performed in a sequence to ensure that all building systems are systematically installed in an efficient manner. The mechanical and electrical rooms shall be constructed in an early sequence to permit rough-in by the Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing trades and to ensure proper operation of life safety systems in occupied areas of the building in the timeframes identified on the Phasing Plans.

C. Contractor Each Prime Contractor is to clean and turn over the building in a sequence for Owner fit-out needs but not occupancy, at least one month prior to the substantial completion date or as stated on the Phasing Plans.

D. Liquidated Damages apply for all Phased Completion Dates and Milestone Completion Dates shown on the Phasing Drawings.

E. All Work must be completed in accordance with the Township approval requirements, the approved project schedule and in a sequence approved by the Construction Manager and Owner. SUMMARY 011100 -2 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.4 USE OF PREMISES

A. General: Contractor shall have use of project site area designated for construction operations during construction period. The site will be occupied during construction. The site is surrounded by uses such as a school, residences, and public streets. The Contractor must coordinate activities and cooperate with adjacent uses including any of their construction activities. Contractor must also schedule, coordinate and perform construction activities to avoid disruption of ongoing operations. Contractor must schedule and perform certain work on weekends and holidays to avoid disruptions. This may include street and utility work.

B. Contractors shall place trailers and materials in designated areas approved by the Construction Manager.

C. Burial of waste materials is not permitted.

D. Owner reserves the right to clean and install equipment or furniture in areas that are deemed completed and prior to the date of substantial completion provided it does not interfere with the contractors’ work. Placement of such owner-installed work does not constitute acceptance of the contractors work and does not constitute occupancy.

E. Clearances: Contractors shall provide Criminal Record Check (Act 34), Arrest/Conviction Report and Certification Form (Act 24 & 82), PA Child Abuse History Clearance (Act 151) and FBI Fingerprint Service Codes (Act 114) of all their employees. Clearances to be presented to Construction Manager at minimum one (1) week prior to employees working on this project. Contractor Employee’s will then be provided clearance badges that must be worn at all times while on the project.

1.5 WORK BY OWNER

A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner.

B. Concurrent Work:

1. PennDOT / Radnor Township is scheduled to carry out the “Trail” project along South edge of property along US Route 30. This work will require coordination around the US Route 30 construction entrance.

1.6 APPROVALS

A. Contractors must obtain all necessary state, county or local municipal approvals prior to substantial completion.

SUMMARY 011100 -3 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

B. Prior to acceptance as substantially complete all general construction, all mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems shall be complete, fully operational, tested as required, inspected by approval authorities and certified complete.

1.7 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Format: The Technical Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" 2004 numbering system.

1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents.

B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.

2. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred, as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.

3. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.

a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

4. All references to days shall mean calendar days unless otherwise designated.

SUMMARY 011100 -4 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. Local Municipal Approvals & Permits: The Owner will handle the cost of building permits and inspection fees required for the work. The Contractor shall secure and arrange for all the necessary utility connections, licensing, and municipal or agency approvals or permits required for the Project unless specified otherwise.

B. Bids to be Submitted: Bid Prices shall include all materials, labor, parts, supplies and incidental items needed for a complete and functioning product as intended. Bids shall be as a lump sum price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Contractor shall complete all work in the time period specified in the contract. Contractor(s) shall include all necessary time and the related cost required including but not limited to; overtime, shift work, weekends and holidays in order to complete the work as specified within the contract time.

END OF SECTION 011100

SUMMARY 011100 -5

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 011200 – SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes a summary of each contract, including responsibilities for coordination and temporary facilities and controls.

B. Specific requirements of each contract are also indicated in individual Specification Sections and on Drawings.

C. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Summary of Work" for the Work covered by Contract Documents and for work sequence. 2. Division 01 Section "Work Restrictions" for use of the Project site and for requirements for continued Owner occupancy of premises. 3. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for general coordination requirements. 4. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for specific requirements for temporary facilities and controls. 5. Division 01 Section 017419 “Construction Waste Management” for additional information and procedures.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect and/or Construction Manager, permanent or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial (watertight and insulated) temporary closures.

B. Coordinate: The term “coordinate” means “to cooperate with related trades to furnish and install all connections between the trades in correct sequence size and location to create a complete system ready for intended use.”

C. Verify: The term “verify” means “to measure, investigate, review, test, check the accuracy or correctness of and prove by demonstration, evidence, or testimony the location, size, dimension and condition of an item.”

D. Furnish: The term “furnish” is used to mean “supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar operations.”

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 1 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

E. Install: The term “install” is used to describe operations at the project site including the actual “unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, performing, coordinating with other trades, protecting, cleaning, and similar activities.”

F. Provide: The term “provide” means “to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.”

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Project Coordinator shall be responsible for coordination between the General Construction Contract (GC), HVAC (also referenced as Mechanical) Contract (MC), and Electrical Contract (EC), Plumbing Contract (PC).

1. General Construction Contractor shall act as and assume responsibilities of Project Coordinator, which are designated throughout the Contract Documents.

B. HVAC, Plumbing & Electrical Coordinators, who shall be subordinate to Project Coordinator, shall be responsible for coordination between the Plumbing Contract, HVAC Contract, and Electrical Contract. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the assembly of coordination drawings for himself and the inclusion of coordination drawings provided by the Electrical and Plumbing Contractors. The HVAC (Mechanical) Contractor shall be the primary M/E/P coordinator and shall be responsible for the preparation of AutoCAD electronic coordination drawings between HVAC, plumbing and electrical trades. The Plumbing and Electrical Contractors shall provide such information electronically to fully coordinate their work with that of the other primes and in the format requested by the HVAC Contractor. All Prime Contractors shall cooperate and be responsible for preparation and compliance with coordination drawings. See Section 013117 for requirements for all Prime Contractors.

C. General Contractor (GC) shall coordinate all work in accordance with project requirements and scheduled activities of all other Prime Contractors.

D. Each Contractor shall perform own cutting and patching of all roofing materials including deck as part of their scope of work. This includes any structural reinforcement required.

E. The GC, MC, PC and EC shall be responsible to maintain water-tight conditions between the roof and curbs, pipes, and conduits, both temporary and permanent.

F. Each Contractor is responsible for providing roof curbs and installation of wood blocking.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 2 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.4 PROJECT COORDINATOR

A. Project Coordinator: Full-time Project Coordinator shall be experienced in administration and supervision of building construction, including HVAC, plumbing, and electrical work.

1. Coordination activities of Project Coordinator include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Provide overall coordination of the Work. b. Coordinate shared access to work spaces. c. Coordinate product selections for compatibility. d. Provide overall coordination of temporary facilities and controls. e. Coordinate, schedule, and approve interruptions of permanent and temporary utilities, including those necessary to make connections for temporary services. f. Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by each contract. g. Prepare Coordination Drawings to coordinate work by more than one contract except for HVAC, electrical and plumbing coordination drawings which are the responsibility of the respective Contractors and primarily the HVAC Contractor. h. Coordinate sequencing and scheduling of the Work. Include the following:

1) Initial Coordination Meeting: At earliest possible date, arrange and conduct a meeting with contractors for sequencing and coordinating the Work; negotiate reasonable adjustments to schedules. 2) Prepare a combined Contractor's Construction Schedule for entire Project. Base schedule on Preliminary Construction Schedule. Secure time commitments for performing critical construction activities from contractors. Show activities of each contract on a separate sheet. Prepare a summary sheet indicating combined construction activities of contracts. 3) Distribute copies of schedules to Architect, Construction Manager, Owner, and contractors.

i. Provide quality-assurance and quality-control services specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." j. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate tests and inspections, and coordinate schedule of tests and inspections. k. Provide information necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures affected by construction. l. Perform field engineering, construction layout and locate existing permanent benchmarks and control points. Provide similar reference points and establish permanent benchmarks, control points and elevations on project site for use by other prime contractors and all trades. m. Provide field surveys of in-progress construction and site work. n. Provide progress cleaning of common areas and coordinate progress cleaning of areas or pieces of equipment where more than one SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 3 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

contractor has worked. Progress cleaning of building and site shall be performed on a daily basis. Site cleaning shall include removal of mud and debris from all areas and in particular all sidewalks and streets. o. Provide final cleaning of building and prep for waxing floors. p. Coordinate cutting and patching. q. Coordinate protection of the Work. r. Coordinate firestopping. s. Coordinate preparation of Project Record Documents if information from more than one contractor is to be integrated with information from other contractors to form one combined record. t. Collect Record Specification Sections from other contractors, collate Sections into numeric order, and submit complete set. u. Coordinate preparation of operation and maintenance manuals if information from more than one contractor is to be integrated with information from other contractors to form one combined record. v. Coordinate efforts to meet the requirement for all Contractors and Subcontractors to dispose of their construction waste in accordance with the Construction Waste Management Plan in compliance with Section 017419.

B. HVAC, Electrical, and Plumbing Coordinators: Full-time HVAC, Electrical, and Plumbing Coordinators shall be experienced in coordination of HVAC, electrical, and plumbing construction, including coordination of type of operations required for this Project.

1. Coordination activities of HVAC, Electrical, and Plumbing Coordinators include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Schedule and sequence HVAC, electrical, and plumbing construction activities. b. Coordinate sharing access to work spaces by HVAC, electrical, and plumbing contractors. c. Coordinate integration of HVAC, electrical, and plumbing work into limited spaces. d. Coordinate protection of HVAC, electrical, and plumbing contractors' work. e. Coordinate cutting and patching for HVAC, electrical, and plumbing work. f. Prepare HVAC, electrical and plumbing Coordination Drawings. g. Coordinate tests and inspections for HVAC and electrical work. h. Coordinate HVAC, electrical, and plumbing temporary services and facilities.

Refer to Section 013117 Coordination Drawings for specific requirements.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 4 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.5 CONTRACTS, GENERAL

A. Extent of Contract: Unless the Contract Documents contain a more specific description of the Work, names and terminology on Drawings and in Specification Sections determine which contract includes a specific element of Project.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, the Work described in this Section for each contract shall be complete systems and assemblies, including products, components, accessories, and installation required by the Contract Documents.

2. Local custom and trade-union jurisdictional settlements do not control the scope of the Work of each contract. When a potential jurisdictional dispute or similar interruption of work is first identified or threatened, affected contractors shall negotiate a reasonable settlement to avoid or minimize interruption and delays.

3. Trenches for the Work of each contract shall be provided by each contract for its own Work unless noted otherwise.

4. Cutting and patching for the Work of each contract shall be provided by each contract for its own Work. Refer to Section 017329 Cutting and Patching.

5. Firestopping for the Work of each contract shall be provided by each contract for its own Work.

6. Submit schedules showing construction operations sequenced and coordinated with overall construction and provide all scheduling and coordination information required for the complete scope of work.

7. Refer to “Field Engineering’ specification for responsibilities of each trade.

B. Substitutions: Each contractor shall cooperate with other contractors involved to coordinate approved substitutions with remainder of the Work.

C. Temporary Facilities and Controls: See specific responsibilities for temporary facilities and controls indicated in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls," and noted on the Contract Documents.

D. The Contractor responsible for installation of the systems and equipment is responsible for commissioning each system. The minimum commissioning requirements in accordance with specific project requirements, including coordination and verification, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 5 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.6 MULTIPLE PRIME COORDINATION CLARIFICATIONS

A. Other than demolition work that is specifically indicated for each Contract, selective demolition work is generally the responsibility of each Contractor as needed to accommodate the Work of its Contract category.

B. Cutting and patching is the responsibility of each Contractor as needed to accommodate its Work. Includes providing related necessary blocking, bracing, reinforcement or structural enhancements at no additional cost to Owner. Patching work shall match adjacent in-place work unless otherwise indicated.

C. Lintels and supplemental steel framing shall be provided for wall, floor, and roof openings in accordance with the Structural Drawings.

1. For new wall, floor, or roof construction, lintels and supplemental framing shall be furnished and installed by each prime Contractor where the required openings are ascertainable from the Drawings and layout and coordination information is provided in advance of the wall, floor, or roof construction as part of their scope of work.

2. For modifications to existing construction where specific instances are indicated on the Structural Drawings, lintels and supplemental steel framing shall be furnished and installed by each prime Contractor as part of their scope of work.

3. Otherwise, for modifications to existing construction, lintels, and supplemental steel framing shall be provided by the Contractor whose work necessitates the modifications.

D. Through-penetration firestop and smoke seal systems shall be provided by each Contractor for its penetrations through applicable assemblies.

E. Prime Contractors who fail to properly coordinate their work in new construction work and whose work requires an opening, or recess, in completed construction shall be responsible to provide that alteration; to furnish and install lintels and structural supports required; and to patch the construction to match the completed unaltered.

F. General Contractor shall apply sealant around wall mounted outside air intake louvers.

G. Plumbing Contractor shall provide sanitary and storm system within building including open air enclosed courtyards and underground to the nearest manhole structures, unless noted otherwise and shall make final connection to storm and sanitary system and backfill which will terminate 5 feet outside of building.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 6 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

H. Plumbing Contractor shall provide plumbing water supply system within building and all site water supply system work and final connections to the public water supply system which will terminate 5 feet outside of building.

I. Plumbing Contractor shall provide water and sewer connections to auxiliary equipment. Plumbing Contractor shall make final connections on gas-fired equipment as indicated.

J. Plumbing Contractor shall provide devices for equipment such as hose bibbs, washing machine outlet box, water conditioner, water filter and pet cock for icemaker, hose reel with control units.

K. Access Doors/Panels: Except where indicated in specific instances, each Contractor is responsible for furnishing access doors/panels for installation in new construction by the General Contractor. In existing construction not otherwise being rebuilt by the General Contractor, each Contractor shall furnish and install access doors/panels as its work requires.

L. Excavation and related shoring, dewatering, other protections, backfilling, and compaction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor whose work requires the excavation. Inspection and testing of subgrade and fill materials shall be as specified in Section 312000. If the existing grade, whether paved or landscaped is to be otherwise undisturbed, this same Contractor shall provide the paving patch or restoration of the landscaping or lawn. If the paving is indicated to be overlaid with new wearing course, then this same Contractor shall patch the existing paving with binder flush to the existing surface. If the existing grade is concrete slab, this same Contractor is responsible to responsible to backfill to existing sub-grade and General Contractor will repair vapor barrier, dowel into existing concrete slab and pour 3,000 psi concrete to smooth finish with existing slab and then repair floor finish.

M. Interior and exterior concrete bases and pads required for plumbing, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning, and electrical equipment shall be provided by the contractor installing the equipment unless noted otherwise.

N. HVAC and Plumbing Contractors shall provide control interlock wiring for their associated system equipment.

O. Electrical Contractor shall provide disconnect switches for HVAC and Plumbing system equipment except where such items are factory installed as an integral part of the equipment.

P. Electrical Contractor shall provide manual motor starters, or magnetic motor starters, for HVAC and Plumbing equipment except where such equipment is provided with factory installed starters as an integral part of the equipment or equipment control panel. Variable frequency drives shall be an integral part of HVAC equipment and HVAC variable speed pumping package.

Q. Electrical Contractor shall provide fuses for disconnects and disconnect/starter switches. HVAC and Plumbing Contractors shall furnish the Electrical Contractor with required motor data to properly size and select fuses and overload protection in accord with the National Electrical Code SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 7 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

requirements. HVAC and Plumbing Contractors shall furnish to the Electrical Contractor the equipment manufacturers’ circuit protection data.

R. Where fireproofing is indicated for the project each Prime Contractor shall install clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, runners, and other items required prior to installation of fireproofing. Each Prime Contractor shall protect fireproofing material; damages to fireproofing shall be repaired by the General Contractor and charged to the Prime Contractor responsible for the damage; this includes items installed out of sequence.

S. Plumbing, HVAC, and Electrical Contractors shall provide miscellaneous steel members for support of hanging systems installed under their contract, and shall reinforce joists for non-panel point concentrated loads. When run parallel to joists, hanging systems shall be supported from steel installed perpendicular to joists and spanning a minimum of three (3) joists. All miscellaneous steel required shall be provided by contractor installing the systems under their contract; do not use joists for support. Supporting from metal roof deck and deck systems is prohibited.

T. HVAC Contractor shall set controls, panelboards and appurtenances installed in pipe lines and ductwork and shall provide control wiring.

U. Plumbing Contractor to provide all sinks, fixtures, traps, etc. and to provide all installation and final connections of sinks, faucets, and fittings. Coordinate this work with the General Contractor as provided in the contract documents. Sinks and fixtures installed in Plastic Laminate Casework is furnished and installed by the General Contractor with final connections by Plumbing Contractor.

V. Plumbing, HVAC, and Electrical Prime Contracts shall furnish any access panels which are required for access to their work. Coordinate opening requirements with the General Contractor for installation by GC.

W. General Contractor shall furnish and install all louvers and vents in exterior walls.

X. The disconnection and/or reconnection of existing equipment shall be by the Plumbing/HVAC/Electrical Contractor as applicable.

Y. All removal and demolition of rooftop equipment will be by necessary M/E/P Primes. This includes all necessary patching.

Z. HVAC Equipment: General Contractor is responsible to supply and install structural steel and roof curbs for the rooftop units as specified on ‘H’ Drawings. General Contractor is also responsible to cut and patch roof for the installations.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 8 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.7 MULTIPLE PRIME COORDINATION FOR ELECTRONIC/ELECTRIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, Division 23

A. The HVAC Contractor is defined herein to include the work of the Mechanical Contractor, H.C., M.C., ATC Sub-Contractor, and/or BAS Contractor.

B. The HVAC Contractor shall provide wiring, fiber, and data cable between all Ethernet Network Controllers Standalone Digital Control Units, workstations, software, sensors, transducers, relays, valves, dampers, damper operators, control panels, and other accessory equipment, along with a complete system of electrical interlocking wiring to fill the intent of the specification and provide for a complete and operable system as specified in Division 23.

C. The Electrical Contractor shall provide electric power wiring to new plumbing and HVAC equipment. HVAC Contractor shall provide electric power wiring and control wiring for ATC equipment and devices.

D. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install duct smoke detectors at locations designated by the Mechanical Contractor and wire to the ATC/BAS system. The Electrical Contractor shall connect each smoke detector to the building fire alarm system. ATC/BAS Sub-Contractor shall provide interconnecting wiring to de-energize the fan.

E. The Electrical Contractor shall provide the kW/KWH transducer specified at each secondary metering location. The HVAC contractor shall provide control wiring to the points specified.

F. The Electrical Contractor shall provide auxiliary contacts on generator/transfer switch as required in the points list in Division 23. The HVAC Contractor shall provide control wiring to the points.

G. The HVAC Contractor shall provide all interlock wiring specific to equipment.

H. The Electrical Contractor shall provide power wiring to Refrigerant Monitoring panels. The HVAC Contractor shall provide the necessary control wiring to carry out the sequences listed in Division 23.

I. The General Contractor shall provide the points listed in Division 23 for the walk-in freezers and refrigerators. The HVAC Contractor shall provide the temperature control wiring to the walk-in freezers and refrigerators to carry out the sequences in Division 23.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 9 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.8 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (Contract No. 1)

A. The Work under the General Construction Contract includes site work, demolition, architectural and structural construction and other activities traditionally recognized as general construction required by any of the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, the architectural, civil, and structural drawings, specification Divisions 00 through 14 and 31 through 33 except when specifically assigned to another Contract for construction. Work in the General Construction Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. All General Construction work as shown and specified. 2. Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. Construction Waste Management Requirements 4. Snow Removal 5. Layout 6. Cutting & Patching 7. Interior Demolition 8. Slabs-on-grade repairs including vapor barrier, dowels, concrete and floor finishes. 9. Masonry and Limestone work 10. Structural and Other Steel Fabrications 11. Metal Stairs 12. Pipe Handrails and Decorative Metal Railings 13. Steel and Roof Curbs for HVAC Equipment 14. Rough carpentry / Architectural Woodwork/Solid Surface Fabrications 15. Slatwall Panel Systems 16. Waterproofing 17. Insulation 18. Exterior Finish Systems 19. Air Barriers 20. Composite Subframing 21. Metal Composite Wall Panels 22. Fiber Cement Panel Systems 23. Formed Metal Soffit Panels 24. EPDM Membrane Roofing 25. Gravel Stops 26. Fire Resistive Joint Systems 27. Joint Sealants 28. Expansion Control 29. Standard Steel Doors and Frames 30. Wood Doors 31. FRP Flush Doors 32. Access Doors and Frames 33. Coiling Counter and Overhead Coiling Doors 34. Aluminum Storefronts (Temporary and Permanent) 35. Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 36. Door Hardware 37. Mirrored Glass Walls 38. Louvers and Vents 39. Gypsum Board Assemblies 40. Acoustical Panel Ceilings SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 10 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

41. Sheet Rubber Athletic Flooring 42. Epoxy Terrazzo 43. Resilient Tile Flooring, Wall Base and Accessories 44. Resinous Flooring 45. Painting and High Performance Coatings 46. Visual Display Boards 47. Dimensional Letter Signage and Panel Signage 48. Toilet Compartments 49. Fire Protection Cabinets and Fire Extinguishers 50. Solid Plastic Lockers and Metal Athletic Lockers 51. Roller Shades 52. Plastic Laminate Casework 53. Entrance Flooring 54. Site Furnishings 55. Swimming Pool Shell Renovation, Recirculation, Filtration System, Water Chemistry System and Deck Equipment 56. Bleachers & Grandstands 57. Limited Application Elevators 58. Facility Water Distribution Piping (to 5’ outside building) 59. Facility Sanitary Sewer (to 5’ outside building) 60. Facility Package Submersible Pump Station 61. Facility Storm Drainage Piping (to 5’ outside building) 62. Facility Natural Gas Piping (to 5’ outside building) 63. Site Clearing 64. Earth Moving 65. Dewatering 66. Unbound Pavement Base Courses 67. Asphalt Paving 68. Cement Concrete Paving 69. Metal Panel Fences and Gates 70. Site Improvements and Amenities 71. Turf and Grasses 72. Synthetic Turf Stone Subbase 73. Synthetic Turf Surfacing 74. Storm Utility Drainage Piping 75. Subdrainage for Synthetic Turf Field

1.9 HVAC CONTRACT (Contract No. 2)

A. The Work under the HVAC Construction Contract includes all construction and other activities traditionally recognized as plumbing work required by any of the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, the HVAC drawings, specification Divisions 00, 01, 02, 03, 07, 23 and 31 except when specifically assigned to another contract for construction. Work in the HVAC Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. All HVAC work as shown and specified. 2. Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. Construction Waste Management Requirements 4. Cutting & Patching SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 11 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

5. Selective Demolition 6. General Duty Valves 7. Hangers & Supports 8. Vibration Controls 9. HVAC Identification 10. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC 11. HVAC Insulation 12. Commissioning of HVAC 13. Building Automation System 14. Direct Digital Control 15. Hydronic Piping 16. Hydronic Pumps 17. Refrigerant Piping 18. HVAC Water Treatment 19. Variable0Frequency Motor Controllers 20. Metal Ducts 21. Air Duct Accessories 22. HVAC Power Ventilators 23. Commercial Air Curtains 24. Air Terminal Units 25. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 26. Particulate Air Filtration 27. Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks 28. Condensing Boilers and Water Heaters 29. Indoor Indirect Gas Fired Heating and Ventilation 30. Packaged Outdoor ACU’s 31. Split System AC’s 32. Air Coils 33. Unit Heaters 34. Electric Wall Heaters 35. Starting, commissioning, adjusting and training for all HVAC contract equipment in conjunction with the Owner’s Testing Agent. 36. Coordination of HVAC testing, adjusting and balancing in conjunction with the Owner’s Testing Agent. 37. Coordinate work with all contractors including, but not limited to electrical, general plumbing and roofing contractors. Coordinate and confirm locations and rough-in for all work with all contractors. Make location adjustments as required. 38. Mechanical connections to equipment furnished under other contracts including educational casework. 39. All accessories for HVAC equipment. 40. Preparation of ductwork and HVAC/electrical coordination drawings. 41. Firestopping of HVAC Contractor Work. 42. Provide demolition of existing HVAC equipment and accessories. Disconnect and cap all utilities to HVAC items. Coordinate demolition work with GC. 43. Provide temporary relocation and connection of existing HVAC systems as required, whether or not indicated, in order to maintain HVAC systems throughout the occupied building. Include temporary valving and piping necessary to maintain systems.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 12 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.10 ELECTRICAL CONTRACT (EC) (Contract No. 3)

A. The Work under the Electrical Construction Contract includes all construction and other activities traditionally recognized as electrical work required by any of the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, the electrical drawings, specification Divisions 00, 01, 02, 03, 07, 26, 27, 28 and 31 except when specifically assigned to another contract for construction. Work in the Electrical Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. All Electrical work as shown and specified. 2. Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. Construction Waste Management Requirements 4. Cutting & Patching 5. Selective Demolition 6. Supplemental Requirements 7. Commissioning of Electrical Systems 8. Low Voltage Electric Power Conductors and Cables 9. Grounding and Bonding 10. Hangers and Supports 11. Raceways and Boxes 12. Underground Ducts and Raceways 13. Electrical Identifications 14. Lighting Control Devices 15. Relay Based Lighting Circuits 16. Low Voltage Distribution Transformers 17. Switchboards 18. Panelboards 19. Wiring Devices 20. Fuses 21. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 22. Enclosed Controllers 23. Variable Frequency Motor Controllers 24. Gas Engine Driven Generator Sets 25. Transfer Switches 26. Interior Lighting 27. Exterior Lighting 28. Exterior Athletic Lighting 29. Cable Trays 30. Communication Equipment Room Fittings 31. Communication Backbone Cabling 32. Communication Horizontal Cabling 33. Public Address System 34. Intercom and Program Systems 35. Clock System 36. Access Control 37. Intrusion Detection 38. Video Surveillance 39. Digital Addressable Fire Alarm System 40. Site excavation required for electrical systems 41. Electrical connections to equipment furnished under other contracts. 42. Starting, commissioning, adjusting and training of all electrical systems and equipment. SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 13 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

43. Testing, adjusting, balancing and training for electrical systems and equipment in conjunction with the Owner’s Testing Agent. 44. Installation of Door access and security systems as defined in Division 08 specifications. 45. Coordinate work with all contractors including, but not limited to plumbing, general, HVAC and roofing contractors. Coordinate and confirm locations and rough-in for all work with all contractors. Make location adjustments as required. 46. Provide electrical dimensions and drawings and assisting HVAC Contractor in preparation of coordination drawings. 47. Firestopping of Electrical Contractor Work. 48. Provide equipment and all necessary wiring for interfacing of the following systems:

i. HVAC equipment ii. Temperature control iii. Plumbing equipment iv. Door Hardware

49. The EC is responsible for maintaining power and lighting to all areas of the occupied project for all phases of the project. Also see Section 01 50 00 “Temporary Facilities and Controls” for temporary power needs.

1.11 PLUMBING CONTRACT (PC) (Contract No. 4)

A. The Work under the Plumbing Construction Contract includes all construction and other activities traditionally recognized as plumbing work required by any of the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, the plumbing drawings, specification Divisions 00, 01, 02, 03, 07, 31, 21, 22 and 31 except when specifically assigned to another contract for construction. Work in the Plumbing Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. All Plumbing work as shown and specified. 2. Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. Construction Waste Management Requirements 4. Cutting & Patching 5. Selective Demolition 6. Wet Pipe Sprinkler System 7. Common Work Results 8. Meters and Gages 9. Ball Valves 10. Butterfly Valves 11. Check Valves 12. Hangers and Supports 13. Plumbing Identification 14. Plumbing Insulation 15. Commissioning of Plumbing Systems 16. Domestic Water Piping and Specialties (to 5’ outside building) 17. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping and Specialties (to 5’ outside building) 18. Storm Drainage Piping Specialties (to 5’ outside building) 19. Fuel Fired Domestic Water Heaters SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 14 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

20. Plumbing Fixtures 21. Facility Natural Gas Piping (to 5’ outside building) 22. Plumbing connections to equipment furnished by the General Construction Contract, Plumbing Contract, HVAC Contract, Electrical and Roofing Contract. 23. Preparing plumbing drawings and assisting HVAC Contractor in preparation of coordination drawings. 24. Coordinate work with all contractors including, but not limited to electrical, general, HVAC and roofing contractors. Coordinate and confirm locations and rough-in for all work with all contractors. Make location adjustments as required. 25. Firestopping of Plumbing Contractor Work. 26. Starting, adjusting commissioning and training for all plumbing equipment in conjunction with the Owner’s Testing Agent. 27. Provide demolition of existing plumbing equipment and accessories. Disconnect and cap all utilities to plumbing items. 28. Maintain operation of existing systems at occupied areas. 29. Contractor shall include temporary feeds (including additional piping and valves) and connection to permanent system in order to maintain service to existing or new occupied areas throughout construction period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 011200

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS 011200 - 15

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 012200 – UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Unit Prices.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Refer to “General Conditions of the Contract” for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders and Construction Change Directives.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit Price: Unit Price is stated on the Bid Form – Proposal as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Unit Prices shall include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: The Architect will verify units of measurement with the Contractor. Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of Unit Prices. Methods of measurement and payment for Unit Prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Specification Sections should referenced for requirements and materials described under each Unit Price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

UNIT PRICES 012200 - 1

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Refer to each individual Construction Bid Form – Proposal for schedule of Unit Prices pertaining to that particular Contract.

END OF SECTION 012200

UNIT PRICES 012200 - 2

SECTION 012300 – ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form-Proposal for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.

1. The cost or credit for each Alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate the Work of the Alternate into Project.

1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of Alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, the Architect shall notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each Alternate. Indicate whether Alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to Alternates.

C. Execute accepted Alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract including project schedule, milestones, and phases required for completion of the Work.

ALTERNATES 012300 - 1

D. Schedule: Specification Sections and Drawings contain requirements for materials and systems necessary to achieve the Work described under each Alternate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Refer to General Construction Bid Form, Plumbing Construction Bid Form, HVAC Construction Bid Form, and Electrical Construction Bid Form for Schedule of all Alternates.

END OF SECTION 012300

ALTERNATES 012300 - 2

SECTION 012500 – SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

1. Multiple Prime Contracts: Provisions of this Section apply to each Prime Contractor.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Bidding Requirements Section “Instructions to Bidders” for additional procedural requirements for substitutions.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Requests for changes proposed by Contractor in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor are considered requests for "Substitutions" prior to receipt of Bids.

1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Pre-Bid Substitution Requests: Submit one copy of each Pre-bid Substitution Request not later than 10 days prior to receipt of Bids for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Refer to Exhibit “B” Substitution Request Form in the Non-Technical Specifications.

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following as applicable:

a. Product data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.

b. Samples, where applicable or requested.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1

c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated.

d. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate Prime Contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

e. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including the effect on the overall Contract Time. 1) If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer’s letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.

f. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated.

g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of Architects and Owners.

h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.

i. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Acceptance: Addendum.

b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated from the information provided it will be rejected.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2

1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER EXECUTION OF THE AGREEMENT

A. Substitution of Materials: No substitutions of materials will be considered after the Execution of the Contract without a Credit to the Owner, unless a Product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor.

B. No action to review the proposed substitution will be taken by the Architect or Engineer until the Contractor has submitted the following:

1. A letter itemizing the proposed credit to Owner.

2. A copy of the warranty.

3. A summary of the schedule impact.

4. Properly executed Exhibit “B” Document, Substitution Request Form.

C. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request as included above, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.

D. In submitting a substitution request the Contractor acknowledges that:

1. The Contractor shall coordinate installation of the substitution including modifications to other Work.

2. The use of this Substitution will not adversely affect the Project Schedule.

3. If modifications to the work of this contract or another contract are required because of the substitution these modifications shall be made at no additional cost to Owner.

4. The Contractor waives all rights to claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 012901 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES FOR ASPHALT PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Specification Section 321216 “Asphalt Paving”.

1.2 ASPHALT PAVING PRICING

A. The base bid contract sum shall be adjusted for asphalt paving based upon changes from the Pennsylvania Asphalt Paving Association (PAVA) Asphalt Cement Price Index for PennDOT District 3 that is in effect on a per ton basis on the date when the bids are due in accordance with the following formula:

B. Price Adjustment Criteria and Conditions: The following criteria and conditions will be considered in determining a price adjustment for bituminous materials:

1. No Price Adjustment: When the ratio IP/IB falls within the range of 0.90 to 1.10 no price adjustment will be made for any bituminous material placed during the relevant month.

2. Price Rebate: When the ratio IP/IB is calculated to be less than 0.90, the School District will receive an automatic price rebate determined according to the following formula:

P.R. = (0.90 – IP/IB) (Q) (IB); where: P.R. = Price Rebate IP = Price Index for the last Wednesday for the month preceding the month in which the material is placed (One- Month Price Adjustment Period) IB = Price Index in effect when the bids are due Q = Quantity in tons of Bitumen in Mixture placed

3. Price Increase: When the ratio IP/IB is calculated to be greater than 1.10, the Contractor will receive a price increase determined according to the following formula:

P.I. = (IP/IB – 1.10) (Q) (IB); where: P.I. = Price Increase IP = Price Index for the last Wednesday for the month preceding the month in which the material is placed (One- Month Price Adjustment Period) IB = Price Index in effect when the bids are due Q = Quantity in tons of Bitumen in Mixture placed

PAYMENT PROCEDURES FOR ASPHALT PAVING 012901 - 1

4. Contractor shall submit daily weight tickets to Construction Manager and shall submit plant material certificates identifying Bitumen in mixture placed.

5. Contractor shall submit monthly calculation to Construction Manager based on above formula for verification and final approval by Construction Manager.

6. Final price adjustment will be made by change order or allowance adjustment as determined by Owner based on the actual price adjustment verification by Construction Manager and Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 012901

PAYMENT PROCEDURES FOR ASPHALT PAVING 012901 - 2

SECTION 013100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General project coordination procedures.

2. Requests for Information (RFIs).

3. Project meetings.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013117 “Coordination Drawings” for requirements for preparation of Coordination Drawings.

2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

3. Section 017419 “Construction Waste Management” for additional information and procedures.

4. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of “Notice to Proceed” submit a list of principal staff assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including office, cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Include emergency telephone numbers for non-working hours.

1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field offices and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.

2. Provide list to Architect, Construction Manager and Owner.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1

1.4 COORDINATION PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Each Prime Contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each Contractor shall coordinate its own operations with operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: The General Contractor shall coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.

3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.

4. Delivery and processing of submittals.

5. Progress meetings.

6. Preinstallation conferences.

7. Project closeout activities.

8. Startup and adjustment of systems.

D. Conservation: Each Prime Contractor shall coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2

E. Each Prime Contractor Shall:

1. Perform his work as mandated by the project schedule to maintain the required sequence and the overall progress of the project.

2. Coordinate Work of his own employees and subcontractors.

3. Coordinate his work with that of other Prime Contractors and work by the Owner.

F. Modifications to the Work made necessary by a Contractor’s failure to properly coordinate the Work, shall be made by that Contractor, at no cost to the Owner.

G. Remove Work installed out of sequence that prohibits a separate Prime Contractor the ability to install Work that is dependent on their installation of materials or equipment. No additional compensation or time extension will be considered for the uncovering or removal of the out of sequence Work.

H. Where availability of space is limited, each Prime Contractor shall coordinate installation of different components with other Prime Contractors to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair and to meet governing code requirements.

I. Each Prime Contractor shall verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

J. Each Prime Contractor shall coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion, and for portions of Work designated for Owner’s partial occupancy.

1.5 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, each Prime Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation.

1. RFI Form: Exhibit “C” – Request for Interpretation/Information (RFI) attached to this specification.

2. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.

C. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log bi-weekly with not less than the following:

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3

1. Project name.

2. Name and address of Contractor.

3. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager.

4. RFI number and description.

5. Date the RFI was submitted.

6. Date Architect's response was received.

D. On receipt of Architect’s and Construction Manager’s action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect and Construction Manager within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner, Architect, and Contractor(s) but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. The conference will be held at Project Site or another convenient location. The meeting will review responsibilities and personnel assignments and other pertinent issues of the project.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and their consultants; Prime Contractor(s) and their superintendent; major subcontractors; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:

a. Tentative construction schedule.

b. Phasing.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4

c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.

d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.

e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.

f. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.

g. Distribution of the Contract Documents.

h. Submittal procedures.

i. Preparation of record documents.

j. Use of the premises.

k. Working hours.

l. Owner's occupancy requirements.

m. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.

n. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.

o. Construction waste management and recycling.

p. Parking availability.

q. Equipment deliveries and priorities.

r. Project safety and first aid.

s. Security.

t. Progress cleaning.

u. Construction Waste Management Plan activities.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Prime Contractors shall conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner of scheduled meeting dates.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:

a. Contract Documents.

b. Deliveries.

c. Submittals.

d. Review of mockups.

e. Possible conflicts.

f. Compatibility requirements.

g. Time schedules.

h. Weather limitations.

i. Manufacturer's written instructions.

j. Warranty requirements.

k. Compatibility of materials.

l. Acceptability of substrates.

m. Temporary facilities and controls.

n. Space and access limitations.

o. Testing and inspecting requirements.

p. Installation procedures.

q. Coordination with other work.

r. Protection of adjacent work.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6

D. Progress Meetings: The Architect will conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Construction Manager, each Prime Contractor, subcontractor, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Site utilization. 7) Temporary facilities and controls. 8) Progress cleaning. 9) Quality and work standards. 10) Field observations. 11) Review of open RFI’s. 12) Pending changes. 13) Status of Change Orders. 14) Documentation of information for payment requests. 15) Pending claims and disputes. 16) Site security and safety issues. 17) Construction Waste Management Plan activities.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.

a. Contractor shall revise construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 7

E. Coordination Meetings: General Contractor shall conduct Project coordination meetings at weekly intervals.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner, Construction Manager, each Prime Contractor, and subcontractor responsible for work in the upcoming two weeks to be represented.

2. Agenda: Review the work planned in the next two weeks and other items that may effect work in the short term including:

a. Deliveries.

b. Site traffic patterns.

c. Subcontractors working at the site.

d. Maintenance of erosion and sediment control features.

e. Site cleanliness.

f. Planned work hours.

g. Coordination items.

3. At each coordination meeting, each Prime Contractor is to provide a written two week look ahead schedule to the General Contractor, Construction Manager, and Owner for review and comment.

4. The General Contractor shall write meeting minutes for each coordination meeting and distribute them to each Prime Contractor, Construction Manager, and to the Owner for review within two days after the meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 013100

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 8

SECTION 013117 – COORDINATION DRAWINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Requirements for preparation of Coordination Drawings for structural, plumbing/fire protection, mechanical, and electrical work.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements of general coordination procedures.

2. Section 013300 “Submittal Procedures” for shop drawing submittal procedures and submittals schedule

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Coordination Drawings: Scaled drawings and Building Information Modeling files (BIM) prepared by each Prime Contractor that superimpose work of several trades, intended for careful coordination of installation of products and materials provided by separate entities.

B. Key Drawings: Two-dimensional drawings of each floor or area of the Project indicating proposed subdivision into ductwork layout shop drawings.

C. Layout Drawings: Two and three-dimensional architectural and structural backgrounds to be used by all Prime Contractors for development of Coordination Drawings.

D. Electronic Documents: Electronic Reproductions and Photocopy Reproductions of Contract Drawings will not be accepted for Shop Drawing and Product Submittals. Refer to procedures for obtaining contract drawings for background use only and BIM Model for coordination purposes only. The Construction Documents and BIM Model shall not be construed as dictating the ways and means of construction.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 1

1.4 COORDINATION DIGITAL DATA FILES

A. Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements:

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings (Revit 2017) operating in Microsoft Windows operating system.

2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using Portable Data File (PDF) format and Navisworks File (NWC).

3. Architect and their consultants will furnish Contractor one set of Revit 2017 building Information Modeling files (BIM) of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files.

a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings.

b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in Revit 2017 digital data software working on the windows operating system. Sheet views will be deleted to protect Architect and consultants. Full model will be available for coordination.

c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement included in this Project Manual.

4. BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate coordination drawing information into Building Information Model established for Project.

a. Each of the Prime Contractors shall model their respective systems in the BIM Model that are part of their contract and provide updated files to the HVAC contractor.

b. The HVAC Contractor (Prime Coordinator) shall perform three- dimensional component conflict analysis as part of preparation of coordination drawings. Resolve component conflicts with each Prime prior to submittal. Indicate where conflict resolution requires modification of design requirements by Architect and obtain approval of Architect.

c. HVAC Contractor shall revise the BIM model as necessary to reflect the coordination changes. HVAC Contractor shall pay for the cost of revisions to the BIM model. HVAC Contractor shall include a separate minimum of 300 hours for specific changes to Architectural components of the BIM model provided by Architect as a result of supplemental instruction or other direction that is identified as a result of coordination. All modifications, enhancements, additions, and changes to structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection, or HVAC components shall be made by the respective Prime Contractors responsible for that system as part of their contract.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 2

1.5 COORDINATION DRAWING PROCEDURES

A. General: Approval of Shop Drawings assumes satisfactory incorporation of coordination information.

B. Do not use Contract Drawings as Coordination Drawings.

C. Initial Submittal: Key Drawings and BIM layout drawings, shall be submitted by HVAC Contractor within 60 calendar days of Contract Award.

D. Final Submittal: Submit final BIM layout drawings & Coordination Drawings 60 days after submission of Initial Submittal.

E. Provide Coordination Drawing initial submittals as follows:

1. Key Drawings: The HVAC Contractor shall prepare and submit Key Drawings consisting of scaled drawings in .pdf format of each floor or area of the Project indicating proposed subdivision into ductwork layout shop drawings, with applicable shop drawing numbers.

2. Review: The HVAC contractor shall conduct a Coordination Planning Meeting with all contractors and the Construction Manager to review the Key Drawings and determine adequacy of proposed layouts to cover the Project and the following:

a. Sequencing and scheduling of Coordination Drawing production in relation to the Construction Schedule.

b. Complex areas for which larger scale drawings and details will be required.

c. Coordination Drawing format, text, title blocks and Contractor coordination sign-off.

3. Layout Drawings: Upon acceptance of Key Drawings, HVAC Contractor shall prepare common BIM layout drawings of all architectural and structural backgrounds to be used by all Prime Contractors for development of Coordination Drawings. Include the following elements and information on Layout Drawings:

a. Columns and beams.

b. Ceiling heights.

c. Ceiling dimensional layouts as shown on reflected ceiling plans.

d. Acoustical ceiling grid.

e. Wall-to-wall dimensions.

f. Partition layouts.

g. Windows, doors, and other openings.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 3

h. Other major architectural and structural features shown on General Construction Drawings.

i. Indicate dimensions from column centerlines.

j. Include space in title block for Contractor sign-off and shop drawing control number.

4. Drawing Format: Produce Layout Drawings in BIM format. The version of BIM software used to produce the layout drawings shall be at the discretion of the HVAC Contractor; however, any version used must be compatible with Revit 2017. The HVAC Contractor shall coordinate the modeling software he proposes to use with the other Prime Contractors. The HVAC Contractor shall distribute the layout drawings in BIM format, to the following for their use:

a. HVAC Contractor.

b. Plumbing Contractor.

c. Fire Suppression Contractor.

d. Electrical Contractor.

e. Data/Communications Contractor.

f. Subcontractors as deemed appropriate by the Architect.

F. Coordination Drawing Preparation: Upon receipt of BIM Layout files, each Prime Contractor shall proceed immediately and independently to indicate the work included in their Contract:

1. Circle, highlight, or otherwise clearly indicate deviations from Contract Documents and state reasons for deviation.

2. BIM Standards: Comply with the following:

a. Indicate pipes, conduits, and pipes with diameter of less than 6 inches with single lines.

b. Indicate ducts and pipes with diameter of 6 inches and greater with double lines showing width to scale.

c. Indicate busways to scale.

d. Use competent BIM operator to develop Coordination Drawings in a clear, legible manner.

e. The Owner, Owner’s Representative, and Architect shall have sole judgment as to acceptability of Coordination Drawings and adherence to expected standards.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 4

3. Ductwork Drawings: Show all items included as part of ductwork system, including:

a. Ductwork with insulation.

b. Hangers.

c. Equipment.

d. Grilles, registers, and diffusers.

e. Filters.

f. Volume dampers.

g. Fire dampers.

h. Automatic control dampers.

i. Duct smoke detectors.

j. Access doors and other access requirements for maintenance.

k. Location of ATC sensors and controllers

4. Piping Drawings: Show all items included in piping systems, including:

a. Piping runs with insulation.

b. Hangers.

c. Valves.

d. Coils.

e. Equipment.

f. Sensors.

g. Flow monitors.

h. Access door locations and other access requirements for maintenance.

5. Plumbing and Fire Suppression Drawings: Show all items included for plumbing and fire suppression systems, including:

a. All domestic water, fire suppression, rainwater, and sanitary piping including main and branch lines.

b. Standpipes.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 5

c. Sprinkler heads.

d. Valves.

e. Inspector test assemblies.

f. Drain outlets.

g. Access door locations and other access requirements for maintenance.

h. Flow and tamper valves.

6. Electrical Drawings: Show items included in lighting and electrical power systems, including:

a. Equipment.

b. Panelboards.

c. Boxes.

d. Conduit runs.

e. Light fixture locations and depths.

f. Devices.

g. Access door locations and other access requirements for maintenance.

h. Cable trays.

7. Other contractors required to participate in coordination drawing program shall indicate their work on the BIM Layout Drawings as directed.

8. Additional Drawings: Each contractor shall prepare additional BIM drawings as necessary to adequately and completely show the intended routing and layout of their work. Additional drawings may include riser diagrams, flow sheets, elevations, details, sections, isometric layouts, etc. as determined by the Architect/Engineer, Construction Manager or HVAC Contractor.

9. Scheduling: Time allotted for each contractor to develop their Coordination Drawings and schedule of coordination meeting will be determined by the HVAC Contractor and Architect/Engineer during the initial coordination planning meeting.

a. Each Contractor’s initial planning shall include preparing and coordinating not less than four (4) drawing areas per week or a greater amount if required. Project management time required to accomplish this schedule shall be included in Bid.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 6

b. Each Prime Contractor shall be responsible to provide sufficient staff at appropriate times to avoid delays in the coordination process.

c. Coordination Drawing preparation shall commence as soon as final BIM layout drawings are submitted.

10. Interim Submissions: Coordination Drawings and Building Information Modeling files (BIM) shall be developed and submitted in the sequence directed, in sufficient time to avoid delay in the construction schedule. Partially completed Coordination Drawing submissions may be accepted in cases where complete data is not available, pending receipt of shop drawings. Leave sufficient space to incorporate missing information in subsequent submission; note such omissions and state reason for vacant area.

a. When final information is available, promptly insert in Coordination Drawings. Submit complete set of Coordination Drawings covering all area once final information incorporated.

G. Coordination Process: Due to the complexity of the Project, coordination activities are anticipated to be a continuous daily operation. HVAC Contractor and other prime contractors shall devote whatever is necessary to fulfill the requirements and to keep the process on schedule. HVAC Contractor shall revise the BIM model as necessary to reflect the coordination changes. HVAC Contractor shall pay for the cost of revisions to the BIM model.

1. Basis for Placement of Elements: Make every reasonable effort to retain the layouts, placements, and routings shown on the Contract Drawings. Deviations from Contract Drawings will be permitted only when no other resolution is deemed appropriate, and only upon written approval of the Construction Manager and Architect.

2. Coordination Drawing Development: As Coordination Drawings are developed, each Prime Contractor shall check and adjust locations to avoid interferences. Highlight conflicts, particularly involving finish products, for discussion at coordination meeting. Minor variances from Contract Drawings in routing of ducts, pipes and conduits may be made to avoid conflicts when mutually agreed, provided these variances do not alter the intended function, or require an adjustment of the contract price.

a. Do not change sizes, adjust location of exposed items, or expose items not shown exposed on Contract Drawings without approval of the Construction Manager or Architect.

b. Do not revise any wall or chase locations, ceiling heights, door swings or locations, windows or other openings, or other features affecting the function or aesthetic effect of the building.

c. Refer conflicts and interferences that cannot be satisfactorily resolved to the Architect for a determination through the use of an RFI.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 7

d. Coordination drawings shall follow the construction phasing drawing sequence.

3. Coordination Meetings: The HVAC Contractor will schedule coordination meetings, every two weeks, or as required, to review each contractor’s layout drawings. All Prime Contractors, major trade contractors and subcontractors, as required by the HVAC Contractor shall be represented at the meetings to review and resolve conflicts and interferences.

4. Coordination Sequence:

a. Structural detailer to complete structural model. Upon completion, in whole or by phase or area determined at the coordination meetings, this model shall be shared with the HVAC Contractor.

b. HVAC Contractor to model all HVAC systems. HVAC Contractor to perform clash detection between HVAC, structural items and ceiling systems. All clashes shall be resolved prior to proceeding.

c. HVAC to provide all other prime contractors the coordinated Structural and HVAC models.

d. All prime contractors to complete their 3D Models for their systems. Upon completion give model to HVAC contractor.

e. HVAC contractor to combine all models and run clash detection to report all interferences. HVAC contractor to host coordination meetings as required to resolve all interferences with respective contractors.

5. Coordination Responsibility: All Prime Contractors have collective responsibility to fulfill coordination requirements. The HVAC Contractor may require attendance at meetings on a daily or weekly basis, or as otherwise required, to maintain the Project schedule.

a. If it becomes necessary to relocate any element due to failure of a Prime Contractor to coordinate the Work, the responsible Contractor shall bear the cost for such relocation, including costs for additional work performed by other Prime Contractors as a result of the responsible Prime Contractor’s failure to properly coordinate.

H. Responsibility for the costs for any such additional work shall be as determined by the Architect. In the event an agreement as to responsibility cannot be reached, the determination by the Architect shall be final and binding.

I. Final Coordination Drawings: Once all necessary information has been added to the BIM Layout Drawings, the HVAC Contractor shall prepare a conformed file and review for clashes to be resolved. All clashes shall be addressed to create the final layout drawings and BIM Model. The HVAC Contractor (Prime Coordinator) shall perform three-dimensional component conflict analysis as part of preparation of coordination drawings. Resolve component conflicts with

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 8

each Prime prior to submittal. Indicate where conflict resolution requires modification of design requirements by Architect. Each Prime Contractor required to produce Coordination Drawings shall sign off on each of the other Coordination Drawings to indicate agreement and recognition of the indicated routing and layouts and the correlation with adjoining or contiguous work of all contracts.

1. After sign-off, no unauthorized deviations will be permitted. If deviations are made without consent of the Architect or other affected Prime Contractors, the responsible Prime Contractor shall remove and correct the affected work at no additional cost to the Owner.

2. Final Submission: Following agreement and sign-off by all Prime Contractors, the HVAC Contractor shall submit the files of all the systems to the Architect for review as follows; one (1) electronic copy (.pdf) of all 2D drawings, one (1) Navisworks NWC file, and one (1) Navisworks NWF file of completed Coordination Drawings. Furnish one additional electronic copy (.pdf) to all other Prime Contractors and applicable subcontractors. Furnish one (1) electronic copy (.pdf), one (1) Navisworks NWC file, and one (1) Navisworks NWF file of completed Coordination Drawings to the Construction Manager. The files submitted shall note any conflicts or changes required that require further input or direction of Architect.

a. Architect will review for resolution of conflicts and will process Coordination Drawings for general conformance with design only.

J. Shop Drawing Coordination: Shop Drawings produced separately from Coordination Drawings shall be reviewed by the submitting Prime Contractor in detail to assure conformance with coordination process. Included a statement and signature on shop drawings indicating contractor’s review and conformance with Coordination Drawings

1. Architect’s review of shop drawings submitted during the coordination process will be considered independent of Coordination Drawing review and need not take into consideration information included on Coordination Drawings.

2. If changes resulting from shop drawing review affect work included in Coordination Drawings, the Prime Contractor submitting the shop drawing shall correct the Coordination Drawing, coordinate with affected Prime contractors and resubmit for approval. Perform correction and coordination without delay or additional cost to avoid impacting the construction schedule.

K. Record Coordination Drawings: Each Prime contractor shall retain record copies of final Coordination Drawings and building Information Modeling files (BIM) as a working reference. Any revision that may become necessary during the course of the Work shall be neatly and accurately recorded on the record copies by each Prime Contractor. Each Prime Contractor is responsible for maintaining record Coordination Drawings up-to-date.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 9

1. Each Prime Contractor shall maintain one copy of record Coordination Drawings available at the site.

2. All changes in the Work of any Contract, whether or not associated with a change in cost, shall be recorded on the Coordination Drawings.

3. Coordination Drawings and any subsequent changes shall be incorporated into As-Built Drawings.

a. Subject to approval of the Owner, the Architect, final updated Coordination Drawings may be used for As-Built Drawings.

b. As-Built Drawings shall also incorporate details of structural elements cut during construction and supplemental bracing or reinforcement.

L. Resolution of Conflicts: Where conflicts occur either on Coordination Drawings or during actual installation in the field, and they can be resolved by rerouting conflicting elements or installing risers, offsets, falls, curves, pull boxes, transitions or other solutions, the affected Prime Contractor shall bear the expense of adjustments required, including costs for labor and material, and shall modify the Coordination Drawings to reflect the changes at no additional cost.

M. Managing As-Built and Recording BIM Model: The HVAC Contractor shall periodically coordinate with each of the prime contractors the updates to the BIM Model and all the systems and components. The prime contractors are responsible for updating their model to reflect as built information and provide this to the HVAC contractor for final model update. Any prime contractor who does not provide the revisions when requested will be subject to the assessment of costs to perform this work. The HVAC Contractor shall deliver a final and complete BIM model showing all as-built conditions at the completion of the project to the Architect and Construction Manager.

1.6 COORDINATION DRAWING CONTENT

A. The Prime Contractor responsible for Work in each of the following categories shall prepare or arrange for preparation of Coordination Drawings and 3D model for the following systems:

1. HVAC systems.

2. Plumbing systems.

3. Fire protection systems including sprinklers.

4. Electrical systems.

5. Openings and sleeves in structural slabs.

6. Ceiling systems.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 10

7. Kitchen equipment.

8. Wall systems.

9. Stage equipment.

B. Include on Coordination Drawings and in 3D model the information listed below for each of the following categories of Work:

1. Food Service Equipment:

a. Locations and dimensions of food service equipment.

b. Rough-in locations for mechanical and electrical service.

c. Access panels and hatchway.

2. HVAC Systems:

a. Sizes and bottom elevations of rectangular ductwork.

b. Sizes and centerline elevations of round ductwork, piping and conduit.

c. Acoustical lining in ductwork.

d. Identification of low, medium and high pressure ductwork.

e. Locations of major components, including dampers, valves, diffusers, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment.

f. HVAC and ATC Panels.

3. Electrical Systems:

a. Horizontal and vertical runs of conduit 1-1/4-inch diameter and larger.

b. Light fixture location.

c. Smoke detector locations.

d. Speaker locations.

e. Panel boards, switchboards, switchgear, transformers, busways, generator and motor control center.

f. System racks.

g. Exit signs, strobe/horn and emergency battery pack locations.

h. Pull boxes dimensional from column centerlines.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 11

i. Cable tray pathways.

4. Plumbing and Fire Protection System:

a. All plumbing piping including domestic water, sanitary, vent, piping, and cleanout locations.

b. Sizes and centerline elevations of sprinkler piping.

c. Sprinkler head locations with elevations reverenced to ceiling heights.

d. Locations of major valves. Test and drain ports.

e. All rain water piping.

5. Structural Work:

a. Openings and sleeve locations required in slabs, walls, beams, and other structural elements, including required openings not indicated on Contract Documents.

b. Slab edge locations.

c. Columns, beams, joists, hangars, connections, braces, and other structural systems.

6. Ceiling Systems: Locations in ceiling of mechanical, fire protection and electrical items, including grilles, registers, diffusers, light fixtures, smoke detectors, sprinkler heads, exit signs, speakers and other items.

a. Conform to locations indicated on Contract Drawings to the maximum extent possible.

7. Indicate positions relative to acoustical ceiling grid where applicable.

8. Wall Systems: All walls, chases, and other components.

9. Stage Equipment.

1.7 BIM MODELING CONTENT

A. See the attached summary from AIA Document E202 attached to this specification section that identifies the minimum expected Level of Development that contractors are responsible for to address and incorporate.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 12

1.8 STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Each Prime Contractor recognizes that they must cooperate and coordinate all of their work. Any Prime Contractor that does not comply with the established timelines and requirements for coordination will have their payment request withheld until the necessary work is completed. In addition, the Prime Contractor may be charged the costs for doing any coordination drawing or BIM Modeling that is part of their contract responsibility.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 – PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 013117

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 013117 - 13

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township Run School District

SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. The Work under the Contract Documents shall be planned, scheduled, executed, reported and accomplished using the cost and resource loaded “Critical Path Method” schedule, in calendar days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays). The provisions of the General Requirements, Division 01, and the directions of the Project Coordinator (General Contractor) are to be followed by the Contractor in scheduling and coordinating construction activities. The scheduling Services of the Project Coordinator are part of its contract with the Owner, but nothing herein relieves the obligations of each Contractor to schedule their own construction activities and nothing herein alters the obligation of each Contractor to resolve all supervision, coordination and scheduling issues between and among the Sub-Contractors. In addition, the requirements for subordinate coordination responsibilities and scheduling per the Division 01 General Requirements must be followed by all contractors.

B. General Scheduling Requirements: Any of the scheduling requirements, including, but not limited to, the format, content and complexity, can be waived or modified by the sole discretion of the Architect and Owner only. Any modification or waiver by the Architect shall not be grounds for any claim by Contractor against Owner, or Architect. Project Coordinator (General Contractor) shall submit preliminary and final construction schedule and all schedule updates in electronic format with no restrictions for viewing and analyzing using the same software with which the schedule was created. Electronic format shall be submitted to the Architect and to any Contractor that the Architect may direct.

C. The General Contractor is designated as the Project Coordinator for this Project unless noted otherwise. The Project Coordinator and other Prime Contractors are responsible for coordination of the Work. The Project Coordinator is responsible for making all coordination decisions not mutually agreed to by all affected Prime Contractors. Disputes between or among the Project Coordinator and one or more other Prime Contractors and disputes in connection with the construction schedule, the furnishing of additional resources to meet the project schedule, job coordination and all aspects of the means and methods of construction shall be submitted promptly to the Project Coordinator for a final construction decision. The Project Coordinator and the affected Prime Contractor or Contractors shall in connection with all submissions for a final construction decision provide actual written notice contemporaneously to the Construction Manager. The final construction decision of the Project Coordinator must, at all times, be consistent with content and intent of the Contract Documents and the latest accepted schedule. Should the Owner or Construction Manager determine that, in its sole judgment, substantial interests have been placed at risk by the final construction decision of the Project Coordinator, then the Owner or Construction Manager reserves the right to overrule the final construction decision of the Project Coordinator. The exercise of discretion by the Owner or Construction Manager in this regard shall be unchallengeable, subject only to a determination that the decision constituted an abuse of discretion. In all other

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1

instances, the final construction decision of the Project Coordinator will be observed, accepted and fully followed by all Prime Contractors and their Subcontractors on the project, subject only to the commencement of any litigation between the Prime Contractors. The progress of the Work in accordance with the final construction decision of the Project Coordinator shall not be delayed pending litigation between the Prime Contractors. The damage remedy provided in favor of the Project Coordinator or other Prime Contractor shall be exclusive remedy for disputes between the contractors. The Contractors, including the Project Coordinator, shall have no right of action against the Owner, or Architect in connection with such disputes.

D. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Preliminary Construction Schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Submittals Schedule. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Field condition reports. 7. Special reports.

E. Related Requirements:

1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 2. Division 01 Section “Submittal Procedures” for submitting schedules and reports. 3. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 4. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic negatives as Project Record Documents at Project closeout.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources and include shop drawing preparation, work activities, equipment testing and training and any other actions required for the prosecution of the work.

1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor activity is an activity that must be completed before a given activity can be started.

3. Successor activity is an activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless otherwise approved by Architect.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 2

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest continuous chain of activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains the lowest float valve.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time belongs to Owner and shall only be assigned with Owner’s representative approval. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the following activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail.

H. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction element.

I. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.

J. Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity relationships.

K. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article and in-house scheduling personnel to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

B. Submittals Schedule: Submit seven copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format:

1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for Architect's and all consultants and agencies final release or approval.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3

C. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit seven (7) opaque copies and one (1) electronic copy.

1. Approval of cost-loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of Schedule of Values for cost-loaded activities. The electronic copy is to be provided with no restrictions for viewing and analyzing using the same software with which the schedule was created.

D. Preliminary Construction Schedule Network Diagram: Submit seven (7) opaque copies, large enough to show entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

E. Final Construction Schedule: Submit seven (7) printed copies of the initial schedule large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. Provide electronic copy if requested.

1. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, on CD-R, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label. The electronic copy is to be provided with no restrictions for viewing and analyzing using the same software with which the schedule was created.

F. Final Construction Schedule Reports: Submit three (3) copies of each of the following computer-generated reports with the Final Construction Schedule. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by Project Phase, Project Area, Prime Contractor and then early start date. Provide a duration, cost and total float value for each activity. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.

G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.

H. Material Location Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.

I. Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.

J. Special Reports: Submit two copies at time of unusual event.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Scheduler’s Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Construction Manager’s request.

B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section “Project Management and Coordination.” Review

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 4

methods and procedures related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and Contractor’s Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim milestones and partial Owner occupancy. 4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of Owner’s separate contracts. 6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals. 7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures. 9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 10. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 11. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE

A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.

1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary schedule. Include submittals required during the first 90 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead-time for manufacture or fabrication.

a. Show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule, instead of tabulating them separately.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5

3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling."

B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the “Notice to Proceed” to date of “Final Completion.”

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early or late completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

C. Each activity on the network shall have indicated for it the following:

1. A single duration, no longer than 15 days (i.e., the single best estimate of the expected elapsed time considering the scope of work involved in the activity) expressed in working days. Normal holidays and weather delays shall be included. One critical path shall be shown for the schedule. 2. An activity identification number will be assigned to each activity. The identification number will be in a format acceptable to Project Coordinator. 3. A brief description of the activity will be included. If this description is not definitive, a separate listing of each activity and a descriptive narrative may be required. 4. Each activity shall be cost loaded to indicate the total estimated budget of the activity. No activity budget shall exceed $50,000. Material and/or equipment costs to be paid as stored material shall be listed separately. In addition, activities shall be cost-loaded as requested by Owner’s representative for payment purposes. 5. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 40 calendar days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 6. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 7. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect and Owner’s administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 8. Each activity (except for procurement activities) shall be man-hour loaded with the estimated man-hours to be expended on each activity.

D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

2. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 3. Work under More Than One Contract: Include separate activities for each contract.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6

4. Work by Owner: Include separate activities for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 5. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 6. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section “Summary”. Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 7. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control.

8. Work Stages: For each Phase of the Work as described on the drawings, indicate stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Subcontract awards b. Submittals c. Purchases d. Mockups e. Fabrication f. Sample testing g. Deliveries h. Installation i. Shop and Field Tests and inspections j. Changes in traffic patterns k. Moving and occupancy timeframes l. Adjusting m. Curing n. Startup and placement into final use and operation o. Punchlist

9. Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each Phase of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following phase completion and contract milestone dates listed in the contract documents:

a. Foundation completion. b. Structural completion. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 7

C. Milestones and Phases: Include milestones and phases indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Individual Phase Completion(s), Substantial Completion, Final Completion and the following interim milestones:

1. All project milestones and phases listed in the Contract Documents.

D. Cost Correlations for Progress Payments: Provide cost loading of the Preliminary and Final schedule as follows:

1. Each activity on the construction schedule shall be allocated a dollar value in accordance with 2.2.C.4, above. Each activity's assigned cost shall consist of labor, equipment, and materials costs, and a pro rata contribution of overhead and profit. The sum of activities costs shall be equal to the total Contract Price. In submitting cost data Contractor certifies that the costs are not unbalanced and that the value assigned to each activity represents Contractor's estimate of the actual costs of performing that activity. 2. The accepted schedule of values shall represent a fair, reasonable and equitable dollar cost allocation for each activity on Contractor's construction schedule. 3. If it is determined that the cost data does not meet the requirements for a balanced bid breakdown in the opinion of Owner’s representative, Contractor will present documentation substantiating the cost allocation. Cost allocations shall be considered unbalanced if an activity on the construction schedule has been assigned a disproportionate allocation of direct costs, overhead and profit.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

F. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using one of the following programs. Microsoft Project is not an acceptable option.

1. Primavera Contractor with cost loaded options. 2. Primavera Suretrak 3. Primavera Project Planner 4. Primavera Expedition

2.3 PRELIMINARY CPM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction schedule within fourteen (14) calendar days of date established for the Notice of Award.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Provide construction activities for first 90 days of construction. Include costs for each activity.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 8

2.4 FINAL CPM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a computerized, cost- and resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.

1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than forty-five (45) calendar days after date established for the Notice to Proceed.

a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule.

2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including each contractor’s personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information. 3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule.

B. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a network diagram to identify the critical paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Within each Phase, include activities and durations for following activities:

a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for any interim Phase completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.

3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time- scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 9

4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.

C. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early start-total float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Principal events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the Schedule of Values).

D. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports and electronic copies on a monthly basis showing the following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time.

2.5 FIELD REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Each contractor shall prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. An account of work performed on the project. 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and unusual events. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Site visits or inspections by authorities having jurisdiction. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction or Work Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial Completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 10

B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site.

C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit a request for information to Architect with copy to Construction Manger on CSI Form 13.2A or other form approved by Architect. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

2.6 SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, and response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD REPORTS

A. Contractor is to submit Daily Construction Reports on a daily basis to the Owner’s Representative. Failures to maintain timely or complete reports may result in partial withholding of monthly payment applications.

3.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Requirements for the General Contractor as the Project Coordinator. As Project Coordinator, the Contractor for General Construction shall:

1. Engage a scheduling consultant to perform, for and on behalf of the Contractor, the Contractor’s duties and responsibilities as Project Coordinator, including those specifically set forth below. The scheduling consultant shall have a minimum of five (5) years prior experience in the design, preparation, publication and revision of PCM network schedules, including scheduling experience on multiple prime contractor, multiple phase construction projects. The Contractor shall submit the name, credentials and experience of its proposed scheduling consultant to the Owner, Architect and Architect’s Representative for approval within five (5) days of being awarded the Contract. The Contractor; (a) shall not terminate the engagement of any approved scheduling consultant without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Owner and Architect, and then only after submission and approval of a replacement scheduling consultant in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph; and (b) shall not engage any scheduling consultant as to whom the

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 11

Owner and Architect, at any time, make reasonable objection and shall promptly replace such scheduling consultant with another approved in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

2. If the Contractor demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Architect that it employs a person with experience and qualifications in the design, preparation, publication and revision of CPM network schedules, then, upon receipt of written approval from the owner, the Contractor may assign such employee as the scheduling consultant described herein;

3. Attend and chair meetings at least every two weeks during construction with all separate contractors, the Owner, the Architect and Owner’s Representative to review progress and to plan and coordinate the activities of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor and of the Owner;

4. Advise the Owner, Architect and Owner’s Representative of delays or potential delays;

5. Formulate and recommend to the Owner, Architect and Owner’s Representative plans, including a revised Project construction schedule, to prevent, minimize or recover from delays or potential delays;

6. Make recommendations to the Owner, Architect and Owner’s Representative concerning whether requests for extensions of time should be granted and the effect such extensions would have on the Project construction schedule;

7. Revise the Project construction schedule to reflect extensions of time granted by the Owner;

8. Resolve objections made by other contractors and make adjustments to the schedule that are mutually agreeable to all prime contractors and the Owner;

9. Prepare monthly schedule updates comparing the actual progress of all Work with the scheduled progress.

B. Scheduling requirements for all Contractors other than the Project Coordinator (General Contractor). All Contractors shall:

1. Within fourteen (14) days after the “Notice to Proceed” for Construction, prepare and submit to the Project Coordinator and Architect a preliminary construction schedule, in a form compatible with the requirements herein. Such construction schedule shall include the Work of the Contractor, show by appropriate notation whenever the commencement, progress or completion of an activity depends upon the commencement, progress or completion of another activity (including activities of separate contractors) and show the timely and orderly completion of all Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including such interim “milestone” dates as are identified therein. If not accepted, the construction schedule shall be promptly revised by the Contractor in accordance with the recommendations of the Owner, the Architect, Owner’s Representative, and the Project Coordinator and resubmitted for acceptance and incorporation into the project construction schedule

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 12

prepared by the project coordinator;

2. Within thirty (30) days of the “Notice to Proceed” prepare and submit to the Project Coordinator and Owner, Architect and Owner’s Representative a final construction schedule in a form compatible with the requirements herein for the project Coordinator’s use in submitting the final Construction Schedule.

3. Shall cooperate and participate with the Project Coordinator and the other contractors in connection with all the activities described in this section;

4. Shall notify the Project Coordinator, the Owner Architect and Owner’s Representative in writing if the Contractor objects to the Project construction schedule or any revision thereto, stating its objection and the reasons therefor within two (2) days after the Contractor’s receipt of the Project Construction schedule or any updates or revisions to which objection is made. In the absence of such timely notice, any such objection shall be deemed waived and released and the Contractor shall comply with the Project construction schedule or revision thereto. If a timely objection is made, the Contractor and the Project Coordinator shall agree to a resolution of the objection within ten (10) days. In the absence of such agreement, the Owner may, in addition to any other rights and remedies under the Contract Documents, appoint the Architect or an independent scheduling consultant to resolve the objection, whose decision shall be final and binding upon the Contractor and the Project Coordinator. All cost and expense incurred by the Owner to resolve such objection shall be charged to and borne in equal shares by the Contractor, the Project Coordinator and their respective Sureties;

5. Shall not be entitled to claim any damages against the Owner, nor any adjustment in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum in connection with the Project construction schedule, any revision thereto, or any resolution of an objection to either the Project construction schedule or a revision thereto; and

6. Acknowledges and agrees that the Owner has no duty or responsibility toward the Contractor to cause the Project Coordinator to perform or to competently perform its duties and that the Contractor’s sole claim in the event of any failure of the Project Coordinator to perform or to competently perform its duties shall be against the Project Coordinator.

7. Should any Contractor intend or plan to complete the Work, or any portion thereof, earlier than any applicable Completion Date or the Contract Time, Contractor shall give timely and reasonable written notice of this fact to the other Contractors, Project Coordinator and Architect. Project Coordinator shall have the discretion to agree to or reject such early completion plan by Contractor, subject to the rights of Contractor to litigation between prime contractors. The Project Coordinator shall have no duty or obligation to agree to, or to cooperate with Contractor regarding any early completion plan or proposal by Contractor and shall not be liable for any damages of Contractor because of the rejection by Project Coordinator of said plan. Earlier completion of any portion of the work shall be promoted wherever feasible and all Contractors must cooperate and accelerate towards earlier completion of any portion of the work unless such work affects the quality of work as determined by the Construction Manager. All Contractors shall cooperate and accelerate work as determined by Project Coordinator unless quality of work is affected as

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 13

determined by the Architect. No claims for acceleration to complete early or to meet project schedule will be considered.

C. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals or as requested by Owner’s representative, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. Provide an electronic copy of each monthly schedule update. Provide an indication of the total project float in the schedule on a monthly basis. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. 4. Items not ordered by the contractor in a timely manner for incorporation into the Work will not be considered for claims by the Contractor for additional time or costs.

D. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, Owner’s Representative, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractors with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. Provide an electronic copy to the Owner’s Representative and distribute to other contractors at the direction of the Owner’s Representative.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

E. The Critical Path Method type construction schedule will be used to monitor job progress and as a means to make monthly payments to Contractors. Contractor will be responsible for providing all information concerning the sequencing, logic and durations of all activities as well as providing the initial logic network diagram. Once the schedule is accepted, Contractor will be responsible for providing monthly update information on logic, percent complete, actual start and finish dates and duration changes. Contractor will not be required to produce the computerized printout of the schedule updates. This will be performed by Project Coordinator using information provided by Contractors. Copies of the updated schedule are to be distributed at the progress meetings by the Project Coordinator.

F. From each Contractor's initial schedule submittal and from information received at the monthly schedule update meetings, computerized and dated tabular schedule reports, or updated network diagrams, or bar charts will be produced by Project Coordinator which will be reviewed by each Contractor for accuracy and integrity. It shall at all times remain each Contractor's responsibility to schedule and direct his forces in a manner that will allow for the completion of the work within the contractual period.

G. It should be clearly understood that the initial schedule and all update information must be provided by each Contractor and that this information is a representation of the best

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 14

efforts of each Contractor and his subcontractors as to how they envision the work to be accomplished. Similarly, all progress information to be provided by and through each Contractor must be an accurate representation of his or his subcontractor or supplier’s actual performance. The schedule shall at all times remain an accurate reflection of each Contractor's actual or projected sequencing of work. Once accepted, adherence to the established CPM schedule shall be obligatory upon each Contractor and his subcontractors for the work under this Contract. Owner may require each Contractor to revise the schedule if, in his judgment, the schedule does not accurately reflect the actual execution of the work, or is in violation of any provision of this CPM scheduling specification, and each Contractor shall revise the schedule as often as is necessary during the course of performance of the work without additional cost to Owner.

H. The work shall be started on the date indicated in the “Notice to Proceed” and shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent delay to other Contractors or to the general completion of the project. The work shall be executed at such times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, material and equipment, as to assure completion of the work in the time established by the Contract. Additionally, each Contractor shall, at all times, schedule and direct his work so that it provides an orderly progression of the work to completion within the specified Contract Time.

I. Each Contractor agrees that whenever it becomes apparent from the current monthly CPM Schedule update that delays to the critical path have resulted and these delays are through no fault of Owner or Owner's representatives, and hence, that the Contract completion date will not be met, or when so directed by Owner’s representative or Project Coordinator he will take some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to Owner.

1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will substantially eliminate the backlog of work. 2. Increase the number of working hours per shift; shifts per working day, or days per week; the amount of construction equipment; etc., or any combination of the foregoing to substantially eliminate the backlog of work. 3. Schedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule. 4. Contractor shall submit for reviewing a written statement of the steps he intends to take, to remove or arrest the delay to the schedule. If Contractor fails to submit a written statement of the steps he intends to take or fails to take such steps as required by the Contract, Owner may direct the level of effort in manpower (trades), equipment, and work schedule (overtime) to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the accepted schedule, and Contractor shall promptly provide such level of effort at no additional cost to Owner. In addition, should schedule delays persist, Contractor's surety will be asked to attend meetings to update the schedule.

J. In the event the Owner determines that the performance of the Work, the work of separate contractors or of the Owner has not progressed or reached the level of completion required by the Contract Documents, or the Project construction schedule, the Owner shall have the right to order the Contractor to take corrective measures necessary to expedite the progress of construction, including, without limitation: (1) working additional shifts or overtime; (2) supplying additional manpower, equipment and facilities; (3) engaging a scheduling consultant to make recommendations concerning the corrective measures to be taken, with the cost and expense of such engagement to be borne by the Contractor, the separate contractors and their respective

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 15

Sureties in such proportions as the Architect may, in sole discretion, determine to be just; and (4) other similar measures. Such measures shall continue until the progress of construction complies with the required level of completion. The Owner’s right to require such measures shall not impose upon the Owner any duty or obligation to the Contractor, its Surety or any other party. Except as specifically provided in this paragraph, the Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum in connection with such measures required by the Owner. If the Contractor (its agents, subcontractors, suppliers or vendors) has not caused or contributed to the failure of construction to progress or reach the required level of completion, then the Contractor shall be entitled to a Change order for an amount not to exceed the reasonable additional labor cost of any overtime or shift work directed by the Owner under this paragraph. If the Contractor (its agents, subcontractors, suppliers or vendors) has caused or contributed to the failure of construction to progress or reach the required level of completion, then the Contractor and its Surety shall be liable to the Owner for any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Owner due to any measures directed by the Owner under this paragraph, including the cost of any overtime or shift work performed by the Owner or by separate contractors. The Owner may exercise the rights furnished to the Owner under this paragraph as frequently as the Owner deems necessary to ensure that the progress of construction will comply with the required level of completion. If the Contractor fails to perform its duties as the Project Coordinator adequately or to the Owner’s satisfaction, the Owner may, in addition to its other rights and remedies, appoint a substitute Project Coordinator who shall act in the place and with the authority of the original Project Coordinator. In that event, the Owner may, in its sole discretion, choose one of the separate contractors or an independent consultant as the substitute Project Coordinator. The cost and expense incurred by the Owner to engage such substitute Project Coordinator shall be charged to and borne by the Contractor and its Surety.

K. The Contractor’s failure to cooperate and participate with the Owner, the Architect, the Construction Manager and separate contractors in the development and review of construction schedules and updates as provided in this section shall be a material breach of its obligations, entitling the Owner to exercise all rights and remedies under the Contract Documents and applicable law. In no event shall any revision to any construction schedule constitute the basis for an adjustment in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum unless such adjustment is agreed to by the Owner and authorized pursuant to Change Order.

L. The Project Schedule is to be used by the Contractors as a guide and all contractors and sub-contractors shall be responsible to perform work to ensure that the Project is completed by the Project Contract completion date(s) and all milestone dates established in the Contract Drawings are met. Any claims for additional costs associated with completion of the Work within the required Contract time frames will not be considered. The Contractor and all Sub-contractors, who feel extra time, in any form such as shift work, overtime, and premium time, is necessary to meet Contract requirements regardless of trade, should include these costs in their bids. All Contractors must recognize that although their work might not require shift, overtime, or premium timework for completion within the stipulated time frame, it may be required in order to allow other Contractors to complete within the time frame. Contractors must allow for these overtime requirements and include the costs necessary to allow the other Contractors to complete within the specified time. Failure to recognize the extra costs in his bid shall not relieve the Contractor from utilizing shift, overtime, or premium time work in performance of his Contract, all costs associated with meeting the time frames indicated in the construction schedules shall

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 16

be included in the Contract Price. The Architect and Owner reserve the right to withhold processing of any monthly payment applications from any contractor if schedule compliance is not being strictly adhered to. Such payment may be withheld until the Contractor makes corrective action to comply with project schedule.

M. Contractor Approval and Certification: Approval by Contractor of the preliminary CPM Construction Schedule, the final CPM schedule and schedule updates, shall be evidence of the Contractor's agreement that the proposed schedule or schedule revision to the Construction Schedule is a true and accurate representation of his plan to complete the Work, including all Change Orders that are in Contractor's possession as of the foregoing date, that the schedule or schedule revision fully complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents, that he shall prosecute the Work in accordance with this schedule revision, subject to any change therein which is implemented in accordance with the Contract Documents and that he has met and coordinated with and obtained the acceptance or approval of said schedule revision by all other parties that are affected thereby.

3.3 NETWORK REQUIREMENTS

A. The CPM Schedule shall show the order and interdependence of activities and the sequence in which the work is to be accomplished as planned by Contractor. The basic concept of the network analysis diagram is to show how the start of a given activity is dependent on the completion of preceding activities and its completion restricts the start of succeeding activities. A time scaled precedence format will be followed. The detailed network diagram will be time scaled showing a continuous flow from left to right.

B. The CPM schedule shall include a weather calendar that contains non-working days in addition to weekend and holidays to account for anticipated inclement weather days beyond those normally anticipated for the project area.

C. Failure to include in the CPM schedule any element of Work required under the performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all Work required within the applicable completion time, notwithstanding Owner's network review.

D. A CPM schedule which shows a completion of any portion of the Work prior to the contractual completion date may be accepted but in no event shall be acceptable as a basis for a claim for delay or cost reimbursement against Owner or its representatives by Contractor. The period of time between the Contractor’s baseline accepted CPM schedules projected completion dates and the contractual stipulated completion dates, if any, will be treated as Project Float. The Owner’s right to utilize Project Float is as provided in paragraph 3.8.

E. If a review of the submitted CPM Schedule indicates a work plan which will not complete the work within the time requirements stated in the Contract, it shall be the responsibility of Contractor to revise the CPM Schedule as required and resubmit it until it is acceptable. Failure by Contractor to submit an acceptable schedule may, at Owner's sole discretion, justify the withholding of any partial payment(s) otherwise due under the Contract.

F. Acceptance of the schedule shall not constitute a representation by Owner that the work can be completed as shown on the schedule.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 17

G. The schedules prepared by the Contractor and by the Project Coordinator, if any, under this Article shall be in the form of a CPM arrow network diagram, preferably organized by IJ nodes” and shall include: (1) a shop drawing and submittal schedule noting the relevant submittal, approval, order, fabrication and delivery durations; (2) integration of the shop drawing and submittal schedule with the installation activity logic in order to determine the effect of delivery on installation of any items of work; (3) the planned progres- sions of construction work showing the activities and duration of the work of each contract phase and clearly noting any interim milestone dates; (4) the appropriate restraints in order to clearly identify the interrelationships of work and crew and trade flow; (5) logic (CPM arrow network) diagrams summarized into a summary bar chart format that is capable of displaying current progress of all Work; (6) a computerized mathematical analysis of the CPM logic with each monthly schedule responsibility, activity duration, early (target) start date, early (target) finish date, late start date, late finish date, work tasks critical to completion within the Contract Time and any interim milestone dates; and (7) crew sizes and planned labor hours for each activity shown on the schedule. The Con- tractor shall deliver to the Architect and Owner, upon the Architect’s request and in the format requested by the Architect, copies of all electronic files (including all schedule logic, restraints and all other electronic data and information used to create and maintain the schedule that the Owner may request) that comprise or relate to such schedules, including the original project schedule, all schedule updates, any recovery schedules and any schedule revisions.

H. The Project Schedule shall be submitted by the Contractor for all work. All schedule and work items must be in conformance with the project schedule requirements listed in the project manual including any phasing or other milestones provided. The Project Coordinator shall incorporate all contractors’ items of work and issue project schedule. Upon written approval of the schedule by the Contractor and Construction Manager and review by the Architect, it shall with respect to time, become the essence of the Contract and the Contractor who does not comply may be held in violation of Article 8, of the General Conditions, “Delays and Extension of Time”. The project schedule may be changed or revised only with the written consent of the Architect, and Owner. If the Contractor does not comply with all the scheduling requirements of the Contract and time lines, the Owner reserves the right to deduct $800.00 from the Contract amount for each day that Contractor does not comply and Owner may also proceed with enforcing other requirements of the Contract including Article 2.4 of the General Conditions of the Agreement. No payment applications will be processed without an approved project schedule accepted by all contractors.

I. Any preparation, review, enforcement and updating of the project schedule do not make Owner and Architect liable to Contractor for time, cost overruns or schedule changes which are required to maintain project contract completion date and all milestone dates established in the Project Manual.

J. Contractor is responsible for determining the sequence and logic of activities, the time estimates of the detailed construction activities and the means, methods, techniques and procedures to be employed with regard to his portion of the Work. The Construc- tion Schedule shall represent Contractor’s best judgment of how he shall prosecute the Work in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall ensure that the Construction Schedule is current and accurate and is properly and timely monitored, updated and revised as Project conditions and the Contract Documents may require, and as may be directed by Project Coordinator.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 18

K. Contractor shall consult with his major Subcontractors relating to the preparation of his construction plan and Construction Schedule. Major Subcontractors shall receive copies of those portions of Contractor’s Construction Schedule that relate to their Work and shall be continually advised of any updates or revisions to the Construction Schedule as the Work progresses. When Contractor submits his Construction Sched- ule to the Project Coordinator or makes any proposed updates or revisions to such Schedule, it shall be concluded by Architect, Owner and Project Coordinator that Con- tractor has consulted with and has the concurrence of his major Subcontractors. Con- tractor shall be solely responsible for ensuring that all Subcontractors comply with the requirements of the Construction Schedule for their portions of the Work.

L. The Completion and Milestone Dates set forth in the Contract Documents represent only the major items of Work and may include interface dates with the construction activities of others. Completion and Milestone Dates are Contract requirements and are of the essence to the Contract Documents and to the coordination of the Work by the Contractor. Completion and Milestone Dates represent the latest allowable completion time for those portions of the Work to which each Date relates. The Dates are not intended to be a complete listing of all Work under the Contract Documents or of all interfaces with work performed by the Contractors or others. The Contractor shall determine the time requirements for all such interfaces and shall be responsible for planning, scheduling and coordinating the Work in order to complete in accordance with those requirements.

3.4 SCHEDULE UPDATES

A. A monthly Schedule Update Meeting will be held one (1) week prior to the progress meeting at the construction site to review and update the CPM Schedule. Project Coordinator and Contractor will attend the Schedule Update Meeting. Actual progress of the previous month will be recorded and scheduling of future work activities will be reviewed. The duration of activities and their logical connections may be revised as needed. Decisions made at these meetings and agreed to by all parties are binding with the exception that no contractual completion dates will be modified without formal written requests and acceptance as specified herein. Contractor must provide the following information for each update at a minimum:

1. Actual start and finish dates for all completed activities. 2. Actual start dates for all started but incomplete activities and estimated remaining durations.

B. Provide a Monthly Progress Status Report, which provides a narrative explanation of progress identified in the revised construction schedule. An electronic copy of each monthly schedule update is to be provided to the Architect and Owner at the end of each month. The electronic copy is to be provided with no restrictions for viewing and analyzing using the same software with which the schedule was created. The monthly status report shall indicate the following items:

1. Summarize revisions made to the Construction Schedule since the previous submittal. 2. Work completed during the reporting period. 3. A printed copy of the entire project schedule including the updated early and late dates, activity durations, predecessors and successors and a list of any logic and duration changes executed during the update period.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 19

4. Work anticipated to be started during the next period, including those activities already in progress. 5. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and their impact on the schedule. 6. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 7. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime Contractors. 8. Updated Tabulation of Contract Time and a printed copy of the project critical path. 9. An evaluation of the overall status of the schedule for the job.

C. Application for Payment: Contractor understands and agrees that the submission and acceptance of progress updates and the receipt of progress reports are an integral part and basic element of the Applications for Payment; and that Contractor shall not be entitled to any progress payment under the Contract Documents until Contractor has fully complied with the requirements of this Section.

D. Review by the Construction Manager and Owner of Contractor’s Construction Schedule, or any revisions or updates thereto, are advisory only and shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for accomplishing each portion of the Work within each and every applicable Completion Date. Omissions and errors in the approved or accepted Construction Schedule, or any revisions or updates shall not excuse performance, which is not in compliance with the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect does not make Owner or Architect liable to Contractor for time or cost overruns flowing from such omissions or errors.

3.5 RECOVERY SCHEDULES

A. Should the updated Construction Schedule, at any time during Contractor's performance, show, in the sole opinion of Architect that any Contractor is ten (10) or more days behind schedule for any Completion Date, Contractor shall within seven (7) day’s after notice by the Architect, prepare a recovery schedule at no cost to Owner explaining and displaying how Contractor intends to reschedule his Work in order to regain compliance with the Construction Schedule during the immediate subsequent pay period. Contractor shall also coordinate schedule changes for implementation by General Contractor in overall schedule.

1. If Contractor believes that all of the time can be recovered during the subsequent pay period, Contractor shall be permitted to prepare a recovery schedule as set forth below. However, if Contractor believes it shall take more than thirty (30) days to recover all of the lost time, he shall prepare and submit a request for revision to the Construction Schedule and comply with all of the requirements of a schedule revision as set forth.

2. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a limited duration recovery schedule, incorporating best available information from Subcontractors and others which shall permit return to Construction Schedule at the earliest possible time. Contractor shall prepare a recovery schedule to the same level of detail as the Construction Schedule for a maximum duration of one month. The recovery schedule shall be prepared in coordination with other Prime Contractors.

3. Within two (2) days after submission by the Contractor or by any Prime Contractor of a recovery schedule to Project Coordinator, Contractor shall participate in a conference with the Project Coordinator and Architect to review and evaluate the recovery schedule. Within two (2) days of the conference, Contractor shall submit

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 20

the revisions necessitated by the review for Project Coordinator's and Construction Manager’s review and acceptance. Contractor shall use the accepted recovery schedule as his plan for returning to the Construction Schedule.

4. Each Contractor shall confer continuously with the Project Coordinator to assess the effectiveness of the recovery schedule. As a result of this conference:

a. If the Architect determines Contractor is still behind schedule, Project Coordinator shall direct Contractor to prepare a schedule revision with the assistance of the Project Coordinator and comply with all of the requirements of a schedule revision as stated herein and the other requirements of the Contract Documents; provided, however, that nothing herein shall limit in any way the rights and remedies of Owner and Project Coordinator as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents; or b. If Project Coordinator determines Contractor has successfully complied with provisions of the recovery schedule, Project Coordinator shall direct Contractor to return to the use of the accepted Construction Schedule.

5. Nothing herein alters the obligation of Project Coordinator to resolve coordination and scheduling issues in dispute between and among Contractor and other Prime Contractors.

3.6 CAUSES FOR EXTENSIONS OF TIME

A. The Contract Times will be adjusted only for causes specified in this Contract. In the event any Contractor requests an extension of Contract Time, he shall furnish justification and supporting evidence per requests specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents. Each Contractor acknowledges and agrees that actual delays in activities, which, according to the CPM schedule, do not affect any contract completion date shown by the critical path in the network, do not have any effect on the Contract Time, and therefore will not be the basis for a change in Contract Time.

B. Contract Time extensions for weather delays will be based only on the following criteria.

1. General Requirements: Even though a cause of delay meets any, or all, of the conditions stated herein, it shall in all cases be presumed that no extension, or further extension, of time is due unless Contractor shall demonstrate that the delay is justified and had an impact to the critical path of the updated CPM schedule for the delay period. To this end, Contractor shall maintain adequate records supporting any claim for an extension of time and shall submit such records, including a revised CPM schedule showing the impact of the delay, with the claim. Claims due to weather shall be submitted on a monthly basis and within five days after the end of the previous month of such delay.

2. The Owner will determine Contractor’s entitlement to an extension of the Contract Time. Daily records, maintained by the Owner’s Representative shall be the official source for weather data related to precipitation and temperature. A time extension of no more than one day will be granted for one day of lost work, regardless of the number of allowable reasons for lost time. The period of any extension of time shall be only for the portion of the contract actually delayed due to the abnormal weather conditions. Any extension of Contract Time allowed shall be considered non-compensable and have no impact on Contract Price.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 21

3. Temperatures above or below the statistical mean are not considered to be justification for an extension of Contract Time.

4. Time extensions for snow shall be based on above normal snow for the project area and only based on direct impact to the CPM schedule. Only snow days with greater than 3” of snow cover will be considered in the request for time extension.

5. Time extensions for precipitation shall be based on above normal precipitation for the project area and only based on direct impact to CPM schedule. Only work days with precipitation greater than one-tenth inch (0.10”) shall be considered in the request for time extension.

3.7 ADJUSTMENT BY OWNER

A. From time to time it may be necessary for the Contract schedule and/or Contract Times to be adjusted by Owner due to the effects of job conditions, acts or omissions of other Contractors not directly associated with this contract, act of God, technical difficulties, unavoidable delays on the part of Owner or his representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate schedule adjustments and/or an extension of the Contract Time. Under such conditions, Owner shall direct Contractor to reschedule the work to reflect the changed conditions, and Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. Only the Owner in writing shall grant schedule extensions affecting the Contract Time. No additional compensation shall be made to Contractor for such schedule changes except for unavoidable overall Contract delays, in which case Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time extension. It is specifically noted that available Project Total or Free Float in the CPM schedule may be used by the Owner and his representative to accommodate any adjustments in time, therefore eliminating the need for a time extension.

3.8 FLOAT TIME

A. Without obligation to extend the overall completion date or any intermediate completion dates set out in the CPM network, Owner may initiate changes to the Contract work that absorb float time. Owner-initiated changes that affect the critical path on the CPM network shall be the sole grounds for extending (or shortening) said completion dates. Contractor initiated changes that encroach on the total float time identified in the CPM network may be accomplished with Owner's concurrence. Such changes, however, shall give way to Owner-initiated changes competing for the same total float time.

END OF SECTION 013200

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 22

SECTION 013300 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Submittal schedule requirements.

2. Administrative and procedural requirements for Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

3. Section 017840 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule: Within 30 days after the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include additional time required for review, ordering, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Format: Arrange the following in a tabular format:

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1

a. Scheduled date for first submittal.

b. Specification section number and title.

c. Description of work covered.

d. Submittal Type: Product data/shop drawing/samples/etc.

e. Name of subcontractor.

f. Projected transmittal date.

g. Projected Architect approval date.

h. Projected delivery date.

1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Electronic Documents: Electronic Reproductions and Photocopy Reproductions of Contract Drawings will not be accepted for Shop Drawing and Product Submittals. Under no circumstances will the Architect and his Consultants provide Electronic copies of the Construction Documents except as indicated below. The Construction Documents shall not be construed as dictating the ways and means of construction.

1. Floor Plan Backgrounds: The Architect will make available to each Prime Contractor, upon request, a copyright-protected electronic disc of the floor plan backgrounds of the building for the limited use in preparing coordination and shop drawings. The backgrounds will indicate only walls and doors. The backgrounds will be prepared in .dwg format issued electronically over the internet.

a. Each Prime Contractor will be required to sign and complete an “Agreement and Release” prepared by the Architect and pay a fee to cover the Architect’s expense and handling prior to the issuance of the electronic files in the form included in the Non- Technical Specifications as Exhibit “A”.

b. Refer to the General Conditions Article 3.12.14 for additional information.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that requires sequential activity.

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2

a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of contract time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittal.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Consultant Review: Submittals being issued to the architect’s consultants shall be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor.

D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.

2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name.

b. Date.

c. Name of Architect.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Name of subcontractor.

f. Name of supplier.

g. Name of manufacturer.

h. Submittal identification number.

i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3

4. All Prime Contractors shall utilize a 9+ character submittal identification numbering system in the following manner:

a. The first six digits are to be the applicable Specification Section Number.

b. The next three digits shall be the numbers (001, 002, 003, etc.) to sequentially number each initial separate item submitted. The last character shall be a letter (A-Z) indicating the submission or resubmission version, i.e. “A”= initial submission, “B”= 2nd submission, “C”= 3rd submission, etc. A typical submittal identification number would be as follows:

033000-004-B – (xxxx)

033000 – Specification for Concrete 004 – the fourth submittal under this specification section B – 2nd submission of that particular shop drawing xxxx – Brief description of items in submittal

5. All submittals shall be clearly identified using the submittal identification numbering system. The Contractor, on the individual items to be reviewed and on the transmittal cover sheet under which the submittals are shipped, shall provide the submittal identification number.

a. Electronic submittals shall have the submittal identification number indicated on the “Subject” line on submittals sent via email.

E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.

F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on Submittals.

G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.

3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect’s action stamp.

H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4

J. Color Finish Schedule: A finalized color schedule indicating color selections for all building materials will be provided by the Architect upon completion of all submittals for all products requiring a color selection have been submitted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

B. Electronic Submittals: At the Contractors option, submit electronic submittals via email in PDF format.

1. Architect, will electronically return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

a. Electronic reproductions of manufacturers color charts will not be accepted for color selection. Colors will be selected from an original document provided by the manufacturer.

C. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. Catalogs and product data sheets with multiple choices submitted without identifying which products and components will be provided for the subject project will be rejected.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts with products to be provided for this project clearly identified.

b. Manufacturer's product specifications.

c. Color charts (Hard copies only) for all colors, patterns, and textures available for each product. 1) Electronically transmitted color charts will be accepted for record purposes but will not be used for color selection.

d. Statement of compliance with specified reference standards.

e. Testing by recognized testing agency.

f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.

b. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.

D. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale and with the scale clearly indicated. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Schedules.

b. Compliance with specified standards.

c. Notation of coordination requirements.

d. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

e. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.

f. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches.

a. For Shop Drawings in format size of 11 inches by 17 inches or larger, provide one hard (printed) copy to the Architect along with the required electronic submittal.

E. Samples: Submit physical Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Electronically transmitted images of samples and/or color charts will be accepted for record purposes, but will not be used for color/finish selections.

1. Samples Submission Procedure: The Contractor shall submit color/ finish samples for each specified product. The Architect will review and select the colors and finishes for each product only after samples of all products with a color/finish component have been received and accepted for review and selection by the Architect.

a. The Architect, after Owner approval, shall issue a comprehensive Color and Finish Schedule for exterior colors/finishes and a comprehensive Color and Finish Schedule for interior colors/

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6

finishes. If submittal timing from the contractor allows, exterior color selections will be issued before interior colors selections.

b. In order to allow the Architect time to review and select colors/finishes, it is imperative the Contractor submit required samples on a timely basis immediately upon receipt of the “Notice to Proceed.”

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample.

b. Product name and name of manufacturer.

c. Sample source.

d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.

e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.

3. For projects where electronic submittals are made, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.

4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer’s color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit two full sets of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer’s product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record sample.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7

1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken.

1. NO EXCEPTION TAKEN – This action is assigned when the information provided requires no additional noted or comments on the submittal and the information provided is in general conformance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for purchase or fabrication.

2. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED – This action is assigned when the information provided requires only minor notes or comments be added or corrections made to the submittal and the information provided is in general conformance with the Plans and Specifications. For clarification, this action may include additional comments from the Architect indicating the extent of changes required.

3. REJECTED – This action indicates the information provided does not meet the intent of the design or is not specified on the Drawings and/or Specifications. Product substitutions made in this manner will be rejected. The Contractor shall not release any equipment or material for purchase or fabrication. The Architect will return the contents of the

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8

submittal at the Contractors expense. The Contractor shall resubmit the entire contents of the submittal.

4. REVISE AND RESUBMIT – This action indicated the information provided is incomplete or notes and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of some or all of the information. This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions, misrepresentations, and insufficient data that were received by the Architect. The Contractor may, at their option, release the equipment or material for purchase or fabrication and resubmit the information requested for additional action. All notations and comments must be in incorporated into the final product.

5. SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM – This action assigned indicates that information is missing from the Shop Drawing submittal. The Contractor should not release the equipment or material for purchase or fabrication.

END OF SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 9

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 014000 – QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit the Contractor's other quality-assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements.

3. Provisions of this Section do not limit requirements for the Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017330 “Cutting and Patching” for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspection activities.

2. Divisions 02 thru 33 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in “Quality Assurance” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Product Data, Shop Drawings and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the

QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014000 - 1

responsible design professional for each product and system specifically assigned to the Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:

1. Date issued.

2. Project title and number.

3. Testing laboratory/inspection agency name, address, and telephone number.

4. Dates and location of samples and tests or inspections.

5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.

6. Description of the work and test and inspection method.

7. Identification of product and specification section.

8. Complete test or inspection data.

9. Test and inspection results and interpretation of test results.

10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected work complies with the Contract document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.

1.4 QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Owner Responsibilities: Owner will appoint the following Independent Engineers and Testing Agencies:

1. Owner will engage the services of an Independent Geotechnical Engineer to observe earthwork operation, and to perform tests to monitor the performance of soils compaction and other excavation and backfill operations as required by the following Technical Specifications:

a. Section 312000 “Earthmoving.”

b. Section 321100 “Unbound Pavement Base Courses.”

c. Section 329221 “Synthetic Turf Stone Subbase.”

QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014000 - 2

d. Section 334100 “Storm Utility Drainage Piping.”

2. Owner will engage the services of an Independent Testing Agency to perform Structural Tests and Special Inspections required by the Technical Specification. This inspection work includes all concrete, asphalt, fireproofing and structural steel inspections including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Cast-in-place concrete.

b. Concrete work for utilities.

c. Unit masonry assemblies.

d. Structural steel.

e. Steel joists.

f. Steel deck.

g. Fire-resistive joint systems and penetration firestopping.

h. Asphalt paving.

i. Cement concrete pavement.

B. In addition to the Owner’s Independent Engineers and Testing Agencies, each Prime Contractor will appoint and employ services of an Independent Firm(s) to perform inspection and testing of material and equipment as called for by the Specifications. Employment of these firm(s) will in no way relieve the Prime Contractor’s obligations to perform the Work of the project in accordance with the Contract Documents.

C. Both the Owner’s and Prime Contractor’s Testing Agencies will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the Owner’s Representative and the Architect/Engineer.

D. Four copies of each test and inspection report conducted by the Testing Agency shall be promptly submitted to the Owner’s Representative. Where required by governing authorities, the Independent Firms also shall submit copies of the report directly to the governing authorities in the quantities required by the governing authorities. These reports will indicate observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance of the Work with Contractor Documents. Owner’s Representative shall distribute the reports to the Architect/Engineer and other parties affected.

E. Each Prime Contractor shall cooperate with the Testing Agency. Furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, access to work and assistance as requested.

F. Each Prime Contractor shall coordinate its work with the Owner’s Independent Testing Agency or its own testing and inspection agency so that testing and

QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014000 - 3

inspection personnel are on site when the work to be tested or inspected is performed.

1. Each Prime Contractor is responsible to contact the Owner’s Testing and Inspection Firm(s) at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the required test or inspection. The Owner’s Representative is not responsible to contact the Owner’s Testing and Inspection Firm(s)

2. Prior to such work being performed, Prime Contractor shall:

a. Verify required laboratory personnel are present.

b. For work inspected or tested by its own testing and inspection agency, verify tests are made in accordance with specified standards.

c. Review test reports for compliance with specified standards.

d. For work inspected or tested by its own testing and inspection agency, and for which acceptable results were not achieved, perform any and all required rework, and re-inspection and retesting.

e. For work inspected or tested by the Owner’s testing and inspection agency, and for which acceptable results were not achieved, perform required rework and coordinate with Owner’s Representative for re-inspection and retesting.

f. For work inspected or tested by its own testing and inspection agency, submit testing and inspection reports to the Architect/Engineer and the Owner’s Representative.

3. When a specific Prime Contractor’s work does not meet specified requirements, reworking and retesting or re-inspection shall be performed by Owner’s Testing and Inspection Agency. Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with retesting and re-inspection. Owner from the Contractor’s Contract Sum shall recover such costs.

G. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor’s responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements.

1. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

2. Notify testing agencies at least 72 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.

QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014000 - 4

3. Where quality-control services are indicated as the Contractor’s responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

a. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

H. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor’s responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

1. Cost of retesting/reinspecting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original construction.

I. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work.

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.

3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples.

4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.

5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.

6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by testing agency.

7. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site.

J. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

K. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests.

QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014000 - 5

1. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.

1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State in which the Project is located.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample-taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities.

C. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 014000

QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014000 - 6

SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Sewers and drainage. 2. Water service and distribution. 3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water facilities. 4. Heating, ventilation and cooling facilities. 5. Electric power service. 6. Lighting. 7. Telephone service.

C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Project identification and temporary signs. 2. Waste disposal facilities. 3. Field offices. 4. Storage and fabrication sheds. 5. Lifts and hoists. 6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.

D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Environmental protection. 2. Storm water control. 3. Tree and plant protection. 4. Pest control. 5. Site enclosure fence. 6. Security enclosure and lockup. 7. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 8. Temporary enclosures. 9. Temporary partitions 10. Temporary floor protection. 11. Fire protection. 12. Site security lighting.

E. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Summary of Multiple Prime Contracts". 2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

3. Division 01 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. 4. Division 32 Sections for construction and maintenance of asphalt paving and cement concrete pavement for temporary roads and paved areas. 5. Divisions 23 through 28 for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 6. Division 01 Section 017419 “Construction Waste Management” for additional information and procedures.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect and Construction Manager, permanent or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.

1.3 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

A. General: Each prime Contractor is assigned specific responsibilities for certain temporary services and facilities used by other prime Contractors, and other entities at the site. The Contractor for General Construction is responsible for providing temporary services and facilities that are not normal construction activities of other prime Contractors and are not specifically assigned otherwise. All contractors must review this entire specification for temporary requirements in each contract.

B. EACH PRIME CONTRACTOR is responsible for:

1. Installation, operation, maintenance and removal of each temporary service or facility usually considered at its own normal construction activity, as well as the costs and use charges associated with each such service or facility. 2. Plug-in electric power cords and extension cords, and supplementary plug-in task lighting and special lighting necessary exclusively for its own activities. 3. Its own storage and fabrication sheds, which will be located on the property as per the attached Site Logics Plan. 4. Heat, ventilation, humidity control and enclosure of the building where these utilities are necessary exclusively for its own activities. 5. Temporary heat as required over the supplied 60-degree F. 6. All hoisting requirements, including hoisting loads in excess of 2-ton, hoisting material or equipment into spaces below grade, and hoisting requirements outside the building enclosure. 7. Collection and disposal of its own hazardous, dangerous, unsanitary or other harmful waste material. 8. Secure lockup of its own tools, materials and equipment. 9. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities necessary exclusively for its own construction activities. 10. General hoisting facilities.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

11. Collection and disposal of fluid wastes, including any water containing effluents with or without solids until permanent sewer systems are functional and if permanent systems are equipped and/or permitted to accept such effluents. 12. Separation and disposal of solids prior to release into permanent sewer system. 13. Contractor’s responsibility is to perform regular clean up and place construction debris in designated container. Refer to Waste Disposal and Clean Up, Article 3.3.D. 14. Contractor is responsible for management and disposal of all waste generated from all construction activities. 15. Regular cleanup of construction waste to keep a clean and safe construction site. Construction Manager will re-assign clean up to other contractors and charge the contractor who is not performing the regular cleanup. 16. M/E/P Prime Contractors shall coordinate its Construction Waste Management Plan (CWMP) with General Contractor who will be responsible for disposal requirements. 17. Waste disposal support as per Article 3.3D. 18. To provide their own wireless telephone and data service to their own construction trailer and staff.

C. The Contractor for General Construction is responsible for:

1. Temporary facilities and controls that are not otherwise specifically assigned to the Plumbing Contract, Mechanical Contract and Electrical Contract. 2. Temporary toilets, including disposable supplies. 3. Temporary wash facilities, including disposable supplies. 4. Containerized bottled-water type drinking water units for the field office. 5. Temporary Field Trailer for the Construction Manager (CM) and project meeting office. 6. Temporary Dust-Proof partitions. 7. Temporary Door Protection. 8. Temporary fire protection. 9. Temporary enclosure of window and door openings until permanent window and door installation (Only in emergency, as General Contractor is only to remove quantity of existing windows that would be replaced with new same day). 10. Project identification and temporary signs. 11. Rodent and pest control. 12. Barricades, warning signs and lights. 13. Site enclosure fences (chain link fence). 14. Site security. 15. Temporary sidewalks and fencing. 16. Security enclosure and lockup. 17. Environmental protection. 18. Temporary floor protection. 19. Temporary fire extinguishers/protection. 20. Traffic controls.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

21. Implementation of a construction waste management plan for the project and provide disposal facilities for all Trades except Roofing Contract. 22. Snow removal 23. Dust control

D. The Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) Contractor is responsible for:

1. Temporary gas service for heating requirements of HVAC Contractor only. 2. Permanent and/or temporary heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) and dehumidification prior to Substantial Completion for each construction building area until after owner occupancy. 3. Security enclosure and lockup in coordination with General Prime Contractor. 4. Dewatering and drainage for work under scope.

E. The Electrical Contractor is responsible for: 1. Temporary electric power service and distribution. This includes office trailer services and distribution for each of the Prime Contractors. Electrical service for tennis courts to be utilized. Coordinate temporary service requirements with the Construction Manager. 2. Temporary lighting for building and site, including staging area. Existing parking lot lighting in the staging area can be utilized. 3. Power lines and outlets for temporary electric water coolers. 4. Dewatering and drainage for work under scope. 5. Electrical connections to existing systems and temporary facilities and controls furnished by the General Construction Contract, Plumbing Contract, Mechanical Contract and Electrical Contract.

F. The Plumbing Contractor is responsible for: 1. Temporary sewers and drainage. 2. Dewatering facilities and drains for all work that is Plumbing Contractors responsibilities and once permanent construction is installed e.g. once permanent deck or waterproof decking is installed. 3. Security enclosure and lockup in coordination with the General Construction Prime Contractor. 4. Piped storm water from roof sections as schedule dictates. 5. Plumbing connections to existing systems and temporary facilities and controls furnished by the General Construction Contract, Mechanical Contract, Electrical Contract, Plumbing Contract, and Roofing Construction Contract.

1.4 USE CHARGES AND OUTLINE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Owner's construction forces. 2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect and Construction Manager (CM). TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

4. Testing agencies. 5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Water Service: Connect to Owner’s existing water service. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. Owner shall pay for all metered use charges from their building for temporary service for this project.

C. Sewer Service: Each individual Contractor shall be responsible for collecting and disposing of any water containing solids or other effluents with or without solids that are to be disposed of as a function of their work until the permanent septic or sewer system is fully functional and operational. Any effluents not permitted to be discharged into sewer or septic system shall be collected and disposed of by each Contractor responsible for generating the discharge.

D. Electric Service: Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install temporary power service for construction activities. Electrical Contractor shall take over the usage changes for the tennis court service that will be used to feed trailers. Owner shall pay for all other metered use charges from their building for temporary service for the addition and field house.

E. HVAC Service: 1. HVAC Contractor shall be responsible to maintain and operate HVAC systems in existing building at all times. Utility costs, if existing or new systems are used, will be paid by Owner. 2. Owner will not be responsible for any costs for servicing, maintaining or operating temporary or permanent systems until after substantial completion of each phase. 3. HVAC Contractor must maintain, operate and extend equipment warranties as required to provide the Owner with a new clean system with all warranty periods in effect as of substantial completion. 4. HVAC Contractor shall provide sufficient filter changes during the course of construction to ensure new equipment is not affected by construction debris and will replace the filters after the date of substantial completion.

F. Clarification of Utility Use Charges: 1. Each Contractor is responsible for their own wireless telephone and data service for their trailer and staff. General Contractor is responsible to provide and monthly charges for data service (25Mbps/3Mpbs minimum) to the Construction Manager’s Trailer.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241.

1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND OPERATION

A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service.

1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent system and service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent system and service during its use as a construction facility before Owner’s acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work:

1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Construction Manager. Provide materials suitable for use intended.

B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm) 11-gauge galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with movable supported ballast systems. At select locations where approved by CM provide driven posts.

C. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.

D. Water: Potable. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

E. Pavement and Concrete: Comply with Division 3 and 32 Sections.

F. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section “Rough Carpentry”.

G. Roofing: Standard-weight, mineral-surfaced, asphalt shingles or asphalt- impregnated and –coated, mineral-surfaced, roll-roofing sheet.

H. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively.

I. Paint: Comply with requirements.

J. Temporary Floor Protection: 10 mil plastic with ¾” plywood and all joints taped.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended.

B. Field Offices: The intent of the project is for the Contractors stage trailers at the existing tennis court.

C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA- recommended classes for exposures.

1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure.

D. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber- reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.

E. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units with both hot and cold water, including paper cup supply.

F. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.

G. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

H. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION AND REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available, provide trucked-in services. 3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose.

B. Sewers and Drainage by General Contractor: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner.

1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. 2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by sewer department officials. 3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly. 4. Provide temporary filter beds, settlement tanks, separators, and similar devices to purify effluent to levels acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 8 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

C. Water Service by Plumbing Contractor: Use of Owner's new water service facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

1. Provide rubber hoses in good condition as necessary to serve Project site. 2. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. 3. Provide a minimum of 30-psi (200-kPa) static pressure at highest point.

D. Sanitary Facilities and Drinking Water by General Contractor: Provide temporary toilets, hand/wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

1. Drinking Water: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. 2. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, hand sanitizer and similar disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material. 3. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will not be permitted. Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Provide a minimum of 6 units for the entire construction period. 4. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled. 5. Provide safety showers, eyewash fountains, and similar facilities for convenience, safety, and sanitation of personnel.

E. Chain Link Fence: The General Contractor shall provide temporary galvanized chain link fence, 6’-0” high, 11-gauge wire in a 2” mesh with top and bottom selvages knuckled. The General Contractor shall secure the site and furnish gates as shown on Site Logistics Plan. The fencing and gates shall be relocated and adjusted during the project as required.

F. Temporary/Existing/Permanent HVAC: The HVAC contractor shall provide HVAC up to Substantial Completion for all construction areas and shall comply with the following:

1. When noted above, the HVAC contractor shall provide, maintain and operate sufficient temporary heating/cooling. If the new permanent heating or cooling system is used during this period, the HVAC contractor shall professionally clean all HVAC systems and provide report showing same.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 9 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

2. The HVAC Contractor shall properly protect all HVAC equipment / systems from construction air dust and debris beginning from initial installation. 3. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 4. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. 5. Maintain the temporary heat to a minimum of 60 degrees F. 6. Portable heaters will not be acceptable during final finishing operations. 7. The new permanent heating and exhaust system or any portion thereof may be used by the HVAC Contractor to provide temporary heat and exhaust as required for the proper prosecution of the work only when outside air is supplied directly to the burners. The HVAC Contractor shall, when operating the permanent system do all servicing and adjusting to maintain the system in proper running order to prevent damage to the building or its equipment during the construction period. Units placed in permanent operation must be fully controlled using the final control system operational sequence. 8. When the HVAC Contractor performs startup and begins using the permanent HVAC systems, the Contractor must provide pre-filters, return air filters, plenum filters and or other modifications to the systems necessary to prevent dirt, dust and other contaminants from entering the system. If measures implemented do not prevent dust from entering the systems, the HVAC Contractor shall perform cleaning of duct, coils and other HVAC components necessary to provide clean HVAC systems at Substantial Completion of the Project. 9. Prior to turning over the new permanent heating and ventilating system to the Owner, the HVAC Contractor shall thoroughly clean the system, provide new filters, make re-adjustments as required and bear all cost to place the system in first class operating condition. The warranty period of individual pieces of equipment of the permanent system used during the construction period shall be extended during the temporary use period and the starting date used for determination of expiration for such warranties shall begin upon final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 10. Work which is damaged as a result of improper or insufficient climate control shall be removed and replaced

G. Ventilation and Humidity Control by General Contractor:

1. Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

2. Temporary Humidity Control:

a. General: Where control of ambient humidity is required for proper performance of the work, or for curing/drying of installed work, or for protection of installed work from deterioration due to variations in TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 10 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

ambient conditions and/or adverse effects of high humidity, the Contractor shall provide temporary humidification or dehumidification equipment to maintain the required conditions. This equipment may require air conditioning to achieve the desired results and maintain the project schedule. Determination of the required equipment is the responsibility of the Contractor. Coordinate the use of the equipment with temporary heating to produce the required conditions with a minimum overall use of energy. b. Construction Dehumidification (ongoing): The Contractor shall provide portable dehumidification units for use during construction. Units shall be provided as required to maintain optimal building moisture conditions required for the proper performance of the Work. Moisture levels shall be maintained throughout both occupied and unoccupied areas of the facilities. c. Minimum requirements are as follows: Units shall be refrigeration-based and shall include standard 115V power cord, humidistat, integral condensate pump, wheels and handle. Units shall be as manufactured by Ebac or approved equal. Dehumidifier capacities and quantities shall be as follows: i. Quantity 15 - Minimum 25 gallons/day capacity (Ebac BD150CR or equal). ii. Locations shall be as agreed upon in the field with the Architect and Construction Manager. d. Contractor shall furnish and install drainage hoses and connections to discharge condensate to exterior of building at locations acceptable to the Construction Manager and Architect.

e. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible to distribute power sources throughout each area of the building dedicated for the purpose of power for these dehumidification units. This power shall be in addition to power required by the trades for performance of their Work.

H. Electric Power Service by Electrical Contractor: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, and automatic ground-fault interrupters.

1. Install power distribution wiring overhead or underground and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. 2. Electric power service including all necessary poles and accessories shall be extended from existing building. 3. If necessary, provide adequate temporary electric service and for the following temporary field offices for light, power, heating and cooling located on the site:

1. General Contractor 2. HVAC Contractor 3. Plumbing Contractor 4. Electrical Contractor 5. Roofing Contractor 6. Construction Manager TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 11 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

4. Provide or extend the following temporary construction electric services to each construction phase within thirty (30) days of Notice to Proceed unless noted otherwise: 1. 120/208 volt three phase, four-wire wye with a solid neutral service. 2. Transformation and power distribution as required for temporary needs specified unless noted otherwise on drawings. 3. Power receptacles distributed across the building as the project develops. Minimum requirements for each phase are as follows: - Thirty (30) 120 volt receptacles - Twenty (20) 240 volt receptacles 4. Temporary power for trailers and construction area.

5. All extensions from the temporary power receptacles shall be provided by the parties requiring power.

I. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's electric power service will be permitted, as long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.

J. Electric Distribution by Electrical Contractor: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment in new and existing building areas.

1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio. 2. Provide warning signs at power outlets other than 110 to 120 V. 3. Provide metal conduit, tubing, or metallic cable for wiring exposed to possible damage. Provide rigid steel conduits for wiring exposed on grades, floors, decks, or other traffic areas. 4. Provide metal conduit enclosures or boxes for wiring devices. 5. Provide 4-gang outlets, spaced so 100-foot (30-m) extension cord can reach each area for power hand tools and task lighting. Provide a separate 125-V ac, 20-A circuit for each outlet. 6. At earliest feasible time, but no later than 120 days prior to Substantial Completion of each phase provide permanent electric distribution systems.

K. Lighting by Electrical Contractor: Provide and maintain temporary lighting with local switching (use of breakers not permitted) that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. Wherever overhead floor or roof deck has been installed, the Electrical Contractor shall provide temporary lighting with local switching.

L. Wireless telephone and data service shall be provided by each Prime Contractor for their use. General Contractor is responsible to provide and monthly charges for data service (25Mbps/3Mpbs minimum) to the Construction Manager’s Trailer.

M. Use of Permanent HVAC Systems during Construction prior to Substantial Completion:

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 12 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1. The MC is responsible for having available, operational and permanent HVAC systems for use as temporary heating, cooling, and dehumidification sixty days prior to the date of Substantial Completion. Use of the permanent system will be allowed only upon approval of the Owner/Architect/Engineer and when it can be demonstrated that construction activities will not contaminate the HVAC System. 2. The EC shall have all permanent HVAC equipment and Systems powered and ready for Use. 3. The MC shall operate and maintain the permanent systems when used for temporary heating, cooling, and dehumidification. These systems must be made available for use within sixty days of the date of Substantial Completion. Failure of the MC to have such systems available, in that timeframe to accommodate the work, will result in the MC being held accountable for any associated delays, costs, claims, etc. 4. Utility Costs: The Owner shall pay for all operating and maintenance costs associated with utilization of the permanent HVAC system as required above. 5. The MC shall provide temporary MERV 13 pleated filters over return air grilles and open return air ducts when equipment is operating during construction. Seal edges of filters with tape or other tight seal so air passes through the filter not around the filter. Replace soiled/dirty filters as needed, based on daily inspections, with a replacement of temporary filters every two weeks of system operation and use or as required. 6. Before final testing, adjusting, and balancing, which must be achieved before Substantial Completion, the MC shall provide the specified permanent filters and any pre-filters. Clean and sanitize (with appropriate disinfectant) the entire air distribution system, duct work, air outlets, coils and equipment to remove dust and debris using high powered HEPA vacuum machines and provide documented evidence of same.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES AND INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. 2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. 3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will not be permitted to use permanent facilities.

B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas by General Contractor: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period. Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 13 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Division 31 Section “Earthwork”. 3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regarding, proof rolling, compacting, and testing. 4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Division 32 Section “Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving”. 5. Provide dust-control treatment that is non-polluting and non-tracking. Re-apply treatment as required to minimize dust. 6. Cooperate with Work by others on the adjoining property construction.

C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use same facilities. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining property nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities by General Contractor. 2. Before connection and operation of permanent drainage piping system, provide temporary drainage where roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is completed by Plumbing Contractor. 3. Contractor installing drains and any pipes for storm or sanitary systems shall verify that all systems are clear of debris prior to substantial completion. If necessary, flush all systems. 4. Remove snow and ice around the project site as required to minimize accumulations by General Contractor. Remove snow and ice on the roof as required to minimize accumulations by General Contractor. 5. Remove water from trenches, excavations or other work of each contract by individual Contractors.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 14 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

D. Waste Disposal Facilities and Cleanup: Each Prime Contractor will provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle regular waste generated from construction operations. Each Prime Contractor is responsible for collecting, and disposing of, their respective construction waste generated from building construction, demolition and site work operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste and dispose of this waste.

1. Contractor shall perform waste collection and disposal on a daily basis for all site and building areas in full compliance with the waste management plan. 2. Contractor shall clean up all work areas on a daily basis. This includes site and building areas. Contractor shall also segregate materials and place them in designated containers. 3. General Contractor shall be responsible for daily cleanup of all areas of the building unless noted otherwise below. HVAC contractor shall be responsible for daily cleanup of all mechanical and electrical rooms. All contractors shall be responsible for daily cleanup of the areas in which they are working. 4. Owner, after consultation with the Construction Manager, shall deduct $200.00 per day from each contractor that is not performing the required daily cleanup. The total amount will be deducted from the contractor’s contract amount. Construction Manager will re-assign cleanup or hire independent contractor to perform cleanup. Construction Manager may also withhold processing of payment request until cleanup duties are resumed to Construction Manager’s satisfaction. 5. Each Contractor is responsible for removal of their respective waste from building demolition and site work demolition and new site and shall follow procedures to direct as much waste as possible from the landfill. 6. Each Contractor shall coordinate the locations of the waste containers with the other contractors and the site logistics plan. All locations to be confirmed with the Construction manager prior to placement.

E. Janitorial Services by General Contractor: Provide janitorial services on a weekly basis for Construction Manager’s temporary offices, first-aid stations and toilets.

F. Field Offices: 1. Each Prime Contractor shall provide an insulated, weathertight temporary office of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel at the Project site. Wood clad exteriors shall not be permitted. 2. Field Office for Construction Manager: The Contractor for General Construction shall provide, within a month of Notice to Proceed, a new or like-new insulated, weather-tight, prefabricated or mobile office unit or similar job-built construction with lockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable finishes. Provide heated and air-conditioned units with windows and lockable doors on foundations adequate or office loading. Space shall include a 12’ x 60’ trailer with the following:

i. Two offices furnished with drawing table, work desk with storage drawers and rolling office chair, two (2) found-drawer fire rated cabinets and drawing rack with drawing brackets. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 15 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

ii. A room not less than 400 sq. ft. for project meetings furnished with a conference table, 15 folding chairs and a tack board. This room will be dedicated for CM use and Project Meetings only.

Locate facility where it will serve the project adequately and result in minimum interference with the performance of the work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. Furnish facility prior to start of work and remove facility at final completion of project. Provide all utilities to service facility, including electric service, lighting and facilities for high speed internet service (25Mbps/3Mpbs minimum).

G. Traffic Controls by General Contractor: Provide temporary traffic controls at junction of temporary roads with public roads. Include warning signs for public traffic and "STOP" signs for entrance onto public roads. Provide construction site signage on adjacent roads and site to direct public and construction traffic (both vehicular and pedestrian), comply with CM and Owner’s request for all site and road signage. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION - BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site.

B. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security.

C. Site Security: Ensure all windows, doors and gates are closed and secured at the conclusion of each day in scheduled work areas.

D. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. 1. For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges, and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8-inch thick exterior plywood. 2. Where indicated on phasing plan provide concrete ‘Jersey’ barriers.

E. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 16 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. 2. Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar materials. 3. Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing, wood-framed construction. 4. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials. 5. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 sq. ft. in area, use fire-retardant-treated material for framing and main sheathing.

F. Temporary Dust-proof Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof, floor-to-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4- inch studs on 16” center, 1 layer of 10-mil polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary enclosure. Cover floor with 1 layer of 10-mil polyethylene sheets, extending sheets 18 inches up the side walls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. 2. Occupant Side: ¾” Drywall, drywall compound and painted. 3. Construction Side: ¾” Fire Rated Plywood 4. Seal joints and perimeter. No door openings permitted. 5. Protect air-handling equipment. 6. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas.

G. Temporary Door Protection: Provide dust-proof measures at corridor doorways to enclose space and limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner from fumes and noise. Place at any door opening / folding partition at the perimeter of a construction phase when school is in session. 1. Lock Door and cover opening with 1 layer of 10-mil polyethylene sheet on construction side of door. Adhere polyethylene to door frame using spray glue and duct tape. Repair door frames per Cutting and Patching Specifications. 2. Seal all joints at perimeter.

H. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.

1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above. 2. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire- protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 17 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

I. Fire Extinguishers: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers. 1. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. 2. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher in each phase at or near each usable exit. 3. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 4. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-protection facilities, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas. 5. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition.

J. Negative Air Equipment: For each Phase within the building, Contractor to provide sufficient negative air equipment to ensure that dust and fumes does not enter the occupied space.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations.

C. Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight.

D. Temporary Facility Changeover for Security and Protection: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

E. Termination, Removal and Temporary Facility Changeover: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. Individual contractor signs will not be permitted.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 18 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." 4. Replace significantly worn parts and parts that have been subject to unusual operating conditions. 5. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use.

3.6 NO SMOKING

Smoking or vaping of any kind will not be permitted on the entire site.

3.7 IDENTIFICATION OR SIGNS

Only one project sign will be permitted for the site, provided by the General Contractor and listing all contractors. Individual contractor signs will not be permitted. 1. Sign will include space for logos from CM, Architect, Engineers and the five primes. 2. See drawings for project information.

3.8 COMPLIANCE WITH TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

If contractor does not comply with any of the requirements of this section CM reserves the right to recommend that the Owner withhold adequate funds from payment applications to pay for completing the work.

END OF SECTION 015000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 19

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 016000 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage and handling; manufacturers’ standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

1. Multiple Prime Contracts: Provisions of this Section apply to the construction activities of each Prime Contractor.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 012300 “Alternates” for products selected under an alternate.

2. Section 012500 “Substitution Procedures” for administrative procedures for handling requests for material substitutions.

3. Sections 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout.

4. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," “equipment,” "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled- content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1

Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified project.

B. Basis-Of-Design Product Specifications: A specification in which a single manufacturer’s product is named and accompanied by the words “Basis-of- Design Product,” including make or model number or other designation.

1. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, physical properties, dimensions, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

C. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Bidder.

D. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required or incorporated into the Contract Documents, to extend time limit provided either by manufacturers warranty or to provide more rights for Owner.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular form, showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product.

1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals.

2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:

a. Specification Section number and title.

b. Generic name used in Contract Documents.

c. Proprietary name, model number and similar designations.

d. Manufacturer's name and address.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2

e. Supplier's name, address, telephone number and name of contact personnel.

f. Installer's name, address, telephone number and name of contact personnel.

g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.

h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date.

3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Notice to Proceed, submit two copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data, and variations from Contract requirements.

a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in Contract period.

4. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Notice to Proceed, submit three copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data, and for variations from Contract requirements.

5. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of receipt completed product list. Architects response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect’s response or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply with the Contract Documents.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product comparable with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Each Prime Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other Contractors.

2. If a dispute arises between Contractors over concurrently selectable, but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.

3. The material selected by the Architect shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3

surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.

1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface that is not conspicuous.

2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential operation, including the following:

a. Name of product and manufacturer.

b. Model and serial number.

c. Capacity.

d. Speed.

e. Ratings.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturers written instructions.

1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner 48 hours in advance of major deliveries.

2. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

3. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other losses.

4. Deliver products to Project site in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing.

5. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

6. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

7. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4

8. Store products subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

9. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.

10. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer’s disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer’s Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Refer to Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 “Closeout Procedures.”

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Where the products are accompanied by the term “as selected,” Architect will make selection.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5

4. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the specifications establish “salient characteristics of products.

5. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term “or approved equal,” comply with provisions in “Comparable Products” Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

B. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing product selection are as follows:

1. Non-Proprietary Specifications: When the Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

2. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that comply with requirements.

3. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.

4. Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed or another product that complies with requirements.

5. Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed or another manufacturer that complies with requirements.

6. Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis-of-Design Product[s]" are included and also introduce or refer to a list of manufacturers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.

7. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where the Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 6

8. Visual Matching Specifications: Where Specifications require “match Architect’s Sample,” provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect’s sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

9. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures” or similar phrase, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with specified requirements.

a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase “standard range of colors, patterns, textures” or similar phrase, Architect and Owner will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer’s product line that does not include premium items.

b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase “full range of colors, patterns, textures” or similar phrase, Architect and Owner will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer’s product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COLOR SELECTION

A. Pre-Selected Colors: Where colors have been specifically identified in the Contract Documents, the products provided by the Contractor shall match the selected color to the satisfaction of the Architect or the product will be rejected as non-conforming materials.

1. Manufacturers listed in the specification sections are capable of manufacturing the product specified but may not manufacture the specific selected color identified in the Contract Documents as part of their running line.

B. If additional up-charges are associated with providing the colors identified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be responsible for all such costs and no additional cost to the Owner above the Contract Sum will be considered.

C. Colors Selected During Construction: Products will be selected by the Architect from the standard colors of any of the listed or approved manufacturers, unless otherwise indicated or a specific color or color price range has been identified prior to bidding.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 7

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 017300 – EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.

2. Field engineering and surveying.

3. Installation of the Work.

4. Progress cleaning.

5. Starting and adjusting.

6. Protection of installed construction.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.

2. Section 017330 “Cutting and Patching” for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.

3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for final cleaning.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.

1. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

B. Certified As-Built Underground Utilities Surveys: Submit two copies signed, sealed, and dated by land surveyor. Certified surveys shall be provided on electronic CAD files in format as directed by the Architect.

EXECUTION 017300 - 1

1. Certified survey shall be in a .dwg model space format, compatible with AutoCAD 2013. The .dwg format shall be comprehensive, including all the data required in Section 3.4 on separate and distinct layers according to discipline.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, underground utilities and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

3. General Contractor is responsible for providing the physical markings of all existing utilities including those on site as indicated on Drawings or that may be identified in the field. The locations shown on the drawings are approximate. The Contractor must include in his proposal the cost for hand-dug test holes, or other means, to ascertain the precise position of such underground facilities on the site owned by the Owner. This verification should be performed for any utilities.

EXECUTION 017300 - 2

B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

4. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

1. Description of the Work.

2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.

3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.

4. Recommended corrections.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner not less than 30 days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s written permission.

3. All utility interruptions shall be scheduled for weekends or holidays.

EXECUTION 017300 - 3

C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

D. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

E. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to layout the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly.

B. Engage a land surveyor experienced in laying out the Work using the following accepted surveying practices:

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.

2. Establish limits on use of Project site.

3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.

4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.

5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.

6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.

7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay-out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

EXECUTION 017300 - 4

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.

1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding.

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.

2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.

3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.

C. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and site work.

3.5 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SURVEY

A. The Land Surveyor shall record the location, inverts, etc. of all the following underground utilities, beyond the exterior face of the building:

1. Storm Water: Include all inverts, top of rim or grate, pipe sized, and locations.

2. Storm Water Structures: Include elevations of all top of grate, bottom of structures, and pipe sizes.

EXECUTION 017300 - 5

3. Underground Drainage System: Include inverts, top of rim or grate, and locations.

4. Underground electric, telephone, cable television, manholes, power and control lines, spare conduits for future uses, computer conduits, etc. Provide locations and elevations.

5. Sanitary Sewer System Including All Structures: Provide locations, inverts, top of rim or grate, and bottom of structures.

6. Water distribution system, electric, telephone and cable television lines shall be located at 50 foot intervals and at changes in horizontal and vertical direction of line. Around turns, where the radius is less than 100 feet, the interval shall be 25 feet.

7. Natural gas system distribution piping, piping sizes, locations and elevations.

B. The Land Surveyor shall coordinate obtaining all the above improvements information with the Contractor making the installation since trenches for utilities will be backfilled as soon as the lines are installed.

C. Contractor shall prepare all drawings necessary to record the specified information. Drawings shall indicate all property lines, and new structures, etc.

3.6 LAND BASED SURVEY

A. General Contractor shall provide a registered site drawing prepared by a registered surveyor within 14 days of Substantial Completion with the following information:

1. Property lines with metes and bounds.

2. Overall dimensions of structures and location of structures in relation to property lines.

3. Location and dimension of setbacks, easements and rights-of-way.

4. Location of structures, wooded areas, watercourses, rock outcrops, culverts and other significant physical features on the site.

5. Name of Owners of the adjoining properties. Provide information on adjoining properties as required by the Township/Borough Ordinance, including, but not limited to lot number, plat name, recording reference number, etc.

6. Utility Data as Follows:

a. Location of utility lines and structures, including, but not limited to electricity, gas, water, sanitary, telephone, cable and fiber cable.

EXECUTION 017300 - 6

b. Location and identification of storm sanitary structures, including, but not limited to manholes, cleanouts, inlets, catch basins, yard drains and endwalls. Include elevations at top and invert of each structure.

c. Location, size, type and invert of pipes flowing into and from each storm and sanitary structure.

7. Locations and trunk diameters of existing trees and tree masses located within the project site.

8. Topographic contours with two foot intervals for overall site plan.

9. Driveway and parking areas, sidewalks, and stairs, ball fields (indicating limits of infields), running tracks, bleachers and other physical features (e.g. lighting standards, fencing, benches, paving types (concrete, bituminous, brick) curb types (concrete bituminous), etc.).

10. Elevations at perimeter of buildings, sidewalks, areaways, curbs finish floor elevations at each entry of each building and other site elements. Provide sufficient spot elevations to indicate drainage patters and vertical elevation changes (e.g. stairs, loading docks, etc.). Provide floor elevations inside building.

11. Names, dimensions and rights-of-way of adjoining streets at intersecting driveways and streets along and within 100 feet of the property frontage.

12. Utilize the same benchmark as the original survey. A copy of which was provided for your information at the onset of the project.

13. Final drawing survey to be submitted electronically on a compact disk, in AutoCAD DWG format.

3.7 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.

3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

EXECUTION 017300 - 7

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels exceeding 80 dbA.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

I. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

J. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

K. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. Refuse Removal, General: General Contractor shall provide sufficient dumpster service for the disposal of all waste and rubbish. Clean project site and work

EXECUTION 017300 - 8

areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Construction Waste: Each Prime Contractor shall be responsible to collect and to deposit his construction waste, defined as debris, rubble, and scrap resulting from construction activities, in the dumpsters daily (daily cleanup).

D. Trash: Each Prime Contractor shall be responsible for collecting and depositing his trash, defined as food waste, paper, and other non-construction waste, in the trash dumpster daily (also part of daily cleanup).

E. As part of its daily cleanup, each Prime Contractor shall remove its construction waste and trash from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawlspaces, and other enclosed or remote spaces, on a daily basis and prior to enclosing those spaces.

F. General Contractor will be responsible for the removal of all construction waste and trash from the jobsite, and the overall cleanliness of the entire jobsite

G. General Contractor shall broom clean the entire project at least once a week.

1. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to starting surface finishing, and continue through to Substantial Completion or acceptance to Owner.

H. No burning of construction waste or trash is allowed.

I. The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing 55 gallon trash collection barrels, or similarly sized and durable containers, within the building construction areas. General Contractor shall be responsible for emptying the barrels at the end of each day. The quantity and location of trash barrels shall be determined by Owner based on the number of workers on site.

J. Prime Contractors shall collect and remove their own liquid waste from the jobsite. Hazardous materials shall not be placed in the dumpster, but shall be

EXECUTION 017300 - 9

removed from the site by the Prime Contractor responsible for the material. All costs associated with a violation will be the responsibility of the Prime Contractor.

K. General Contractor shall maintain and clean existing asphaltic parking and access roads used by any and all Prime Contractors. General Contractor also shall be responsible for keeping public roads adjacent to the project site clean at all times during the contract term.

1. General Contractor shall clean public roads within a four-hour period after being directed to do so by either the Owner, or the Owner, or Borough.

2. General Contractor shall clean existing asphaltic parking and access areas within a 24-hour period after being directed to do so by either the Architect or the Owner.

3. Cleaning shall include the removal of mud, dirt, dust, gravel and any other materials associated with the Work.

4. Water used to wash dirt off roads shall not be released into the existing sewers, and shall not be pushed onto the road shoulder. A mechanical street sweeper, that collects the water it uses to clean the pavement, shall be used.

L. The General Contractor shall clean the construction site, including the building pad, of all trash and debris on a weekly basis and as directed by the Owner. To eliminate the potential infestation of rodents all discarded food and trash shall not be allowed to accumulate around the construction site.

M. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

N. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

O. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

P. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

Q. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

EXECUTION 017300 - 10

R. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Control Services."

3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

END OF SECTION 017300

EXECUTION 017300 - 11

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 017330 – CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the building including cutting and patching of existing roof system.

2. Divisions 2 through 31 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.

a. Refer to Divisions 21 through 28 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching plumbing, mechanical, and electrical installations.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation of new work or performance of subsequent Work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent Work whether indicated on Demolition Drawings or not.

1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 017330 - 1

B. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

D. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations by methods and with materials so as not to void warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, registered in the state of Pennsylvania, to provide engineering calculations and details where cutting and patching Work involve adding reinforcement to structure elements.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 017330 - 2

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed.

1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.

B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

C. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 “Summary of Work.”

D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas.

3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 017330 - 3

C. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

D. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.

b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 017330 - 4

a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.

E. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

END OF SECTION 017330

CUTTING AND PATCHING 017330 - 5

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 017700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures.

2. Final completion procedures.

3. Warranties.

4. Final cleaning.

5. Repair of the Work.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements.

2. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.

3. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train the Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products, equipment, and systems.

4. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products of those Sections.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion:

1. Application for Payment: If the Application for Payment coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documents for completion as indicated in these

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1

SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging non-hazardous construction waste. 2. Recycling non-hazardous construction waste. 3. Disposing of non-hazardous construction waste.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section 01 12 00 "Summary of Multiple Prime Contracts" for coordination of responsibilities for waste management. 2. Division 01 Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for environmental-protection measures during construction and location of waste containers at Project site. 3. Division 02 Section “Selective Demolition” for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements. 4. Division 31 Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. 5. All Division 02-33 Sections for disposal requirements for construction waste.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, paint, or the like.

B. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

C. Demolition Waste: Site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.

D. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitability, corrosiveness, toxicity or reactivity. Asbestos is considered hazardous for the purposes of this specification.

F. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 017419 - 1 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

G. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste.

H. Salvage: Recovery of construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

I. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. J. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste.

K. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure.

L. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged.

M. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. The Owner has established that this Project shall generate the least amount of waste possible and that processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors shall be employed

B. All Contractors and Subcontractors are required to dispose of their construction waste in accordance with Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls and this section and its provisions throughout construction.

C. Of the waste that is generated by construction, as many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled. Waste disposal in landfills or incinerators shall be minimized, thereby reducing disposal costs.

D. Salvage/Recycle Requirements: Salvage and recycle as much non-hazardous construction waste as possible including the following materials:

1. Demolition Waste: a. Concrete. b. Concrete reinforcing steel. c. Non-asbestos plaster. d. Concrete masonry units. e. Wood studs. f. Wood joists. g. Plywood and oriented strand board. h. Wood paneling. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 017419 - 2 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

i. Wood trim. j. Structural and miscellaneous steel. k. Rough hardware. l. Insulation m. Doors and frames. n. Door hardware. o. Windows. p. Glazing. q. Metal studs. r. Gypsum board. s. Acoustical tile and panels. t. Equipment. u. Cabinets. v. Plumbing fixtures. w. Piping. x. Supports and hangers. y. Valves. z. Mechanical equipment. aa. Refrigerants. bb. Electrical conduit. cc. Copper wiring. dd. Lighting fixtures. ee. Lamps. ff. Ballasts. gg. Electrical devices. hh. Switchgear and panelboards. ii. Transformers.

2. Construction Waste: a. Lumber. b. Wood sheet materials. c. Wood trim. d. Metals. e. Insulation. f. Carpet and pad. g. Gypsum board. h. Piping. i. Electrical conduit. j. Packaging: Salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 7) Plastic pails. k. Beverage containers.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 017419 - 3 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with all applicable local ordinances and regulations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate, label, and maintain specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. 3. Comply with Division 01 Section 001500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.

B. Hazardous wastes: Hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored, and disposed of according to local regulations.

3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. For any salvaged Items identified by the Owner or Architect for Reuse in the Work or for the Owner’s use, the General Contractor shall: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL

A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to the respective Contractor.

C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 017419 - 4 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

D. General Contractor shall provide appropriately marked containers or bins for recyclable waste, for all trades, until they are removed from Project site. Include a list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. 1. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

E. Each Contractor shall coordinate with General Contractor to ensure removal of all waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.

3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 5. Site-Clearing Wastes: Chip brush, branches, and trees on site, and use the chipped organic waste as organic mulch.

B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. a. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood

C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill or recycle.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, each Contractor shall coordinate with General Contractor to ensure removal of all their waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 017419 - 5 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

C. Disposal: Each Contractor, shall coordinate with General Contractor to ensure removal of all their waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

END OF SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 017419 - 6 Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

a. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, using a multiple of one and one-half (1-1/2) times the cost of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.

B. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

3. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

5. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.

6. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.

7. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems.

8. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.

9. Participate with Architect and Owner in conducting final inspection and walkthrough with local building code officials

10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements.

11. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.

12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

13. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records.

C. Punch List Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2

additional items identified by Architect, which must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

a. If a re-inspection identifies work that remains uncompleted, the Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of additional inspections by the Architect. The Architect will submit a time and material invoice to the Owner who will deduct the amount from the balance due to the Contractor.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.4 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit final Application for Payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required.

a. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.

b. Submit Exhibit “Q” Certification of Punch List Completion.

2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion Punch List inspection of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.

5. Submit AIA Document G706, Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims.

6. Submit AIA Document G706A, Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens.

7. Submit AIA Document G707, Consent of Surety to final payment.

8. Prior to receiving final payment, the Contractor shall submit marked-up As-Built Contract Drawings as describer in Section 017840 “Project Record Documents.”

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3

9. Submit electronic files produced by a registered land surveyor indicating the accurate location of all site utilities and storm water lines as specified in Section 017300 “Execution."

10. Submit final meter reading for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion, or when the Owner took possession of responsibility for the corresponding elements of the work.

1.5 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES

A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

E. Prior to the expiration of the Contractor’s one-year warranty period, each prime contractor shall attend a walk-through with the Owner and resolve any open warranty items within two weeks of the date of the walk-thorough.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4

2.1 MATERIALS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Each Prime Contractor is responsible for final cleaning of the Work included in their contract. The General Contractor is responsible for overall coordination of the final cleaning. If any Contractor fails to provide final cleaning as specified herein, the Owner reserves the right to perform the final cleaning either with their own personnel or an outside agency.

1. The cost of final cleaning if performed by the Owner or their representative shall be deducted from the amount due to the Contractor responsible. If the responsible Contractor cannot be identified, The Owner will apportion the cost to each individual Contractor as necessary.

C. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated phase of the Project.

a. Clean Project site, yard and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste materials, litter and foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted, mulched, or paved, to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material from Project site.

e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to the building.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5

f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt- and dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original and intended condition.

g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes and similar spaces.

h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.

i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer’s recommendations if visible soil or stains remain.

j. Clean all vinyl composition tile, quarry tile, and ceramic tile floors. 1) Owner’s personnel will do waxing and polishing of vinyl composition tile floors.

k. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. Clean all frames retaining glass and mirrors.

l. Remove labels that are not permanent.

m. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates.

n. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings and other foreign substances.

o. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.

p. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.

q. Replace air disposable filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.

r. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 6

s. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes and reflectors to function with full efficiency.

t. Leave the Project clean and ready for occupancy.

D. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the construction period.

E. Compliances: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner.

F. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 “Construction Waste Management.”

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK

A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials.

2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.

4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

END OF SECTION 017700

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 7

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 017823 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.

2. Emergency manuals.

3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.

4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, finishes, systems, and equipment.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.

2. Section 017840 “Project Record Documents” for preparing Record Drawings for the Project.

3. Section 019113 “General Commissioning Requirements” for related commissioning activities.

4. Division 02 through 33 Sections for specific operations and maintenance manual requirements for products in those sections.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Format: Submit manuals electronically in PDF format via wetransfer.com. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals.

B. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual in at least 21-days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Architect will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable and will electronically return file.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1

C. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form at least 21-days before Final Inspection. Architect will return one copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.

1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect’s comments. Electronically submit copy of each corrected manual within 15-days of receipt of Architect’s comments.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY

A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:

1. List of documents.

2. List of systems.

3. List of equipment.

4. Table of contents.

B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.

C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.

D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with the same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation used according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, “Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems.”

2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL

A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page.

2. Table of contents.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2

3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual.

2. Name and address of Project.

3. Name and address of Owner.

4. Date of submittal.

5. Name address, and telephone number of Contractor.

6. Name and contact information for Architect.

7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals.

8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.

1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by- 11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.

a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system.

b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.

2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3

3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment.

4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper.

5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.

a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts.

b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.

2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency.

2. Emergency instructions.

3. Emergency procedures.

B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:

1. Fire.

2. Flood.

3. Gas leak.

4. Water leak.

5. Power failure.

6. Water outage.

7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.

8. Chemical release or spill.

C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4

D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping.

2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.

3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.

4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

2.4 OPERATION MANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.

2. Operating standards.

3. Operating procedures.

4. Operating logs.

5. Wiring diagrams.

6. Control diagrams.

7. Piped system diagrams.

8. Precautions against improper use.

9. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

B. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number.

2. Manufacturer's name.

3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.

4. Equipment function.

5. Operating characteristics.

6. Limiting conditions.

7. Performance curves.

8. Engineering data and tests.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5

9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures.

2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.

3. Routine and normal operating instructions.

4. Regulation and control procedures.

5. Instructions on stopping.

6. Normal shutdown instructions.

7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.

8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification.

2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number.

2. Manufacturer's name.

3. Color, pattern, and texture.

4. Material and chemical composition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 6

5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures.

2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.

3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.

4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.

5. Repair instructions.

E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed.

2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.

3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.

4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 7

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions.

2. Troubleshooting guide.

3. Precautions against improper maintenance.

4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.

5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.

E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.

2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.

F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.

H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Operation & Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use emergency personnel and by Owner’s operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 8

C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material and finish incorporated into the Work.

D. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

E. Manufacturers Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data includes more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.

1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers standard printed data is not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.

END OF SECTION 017823

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 9

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 017840 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following:

1. Marked-up copies of Contract Drawings.

2. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.

B. Multiple Prime Contracts: Each Prime Contractor is responsible for obtaining, maintaining, and recording Project Record Document information for its own part of the Work.

C. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract including Substantial Completion and Final Completion procedures warranties, and final cleaning.

2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

3. Divisions 02 thru 33 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of products in those Sections.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Record Drawings: Each Prime Contractor shall scan and submit one marked-up .pdf set of record drawings electronically to the Architect and Construction Manager.

1. Submit each drawing whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017840 - 1

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record As-Built Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line paper copies of the Contract Drawings to be designated for as-built record drawings. Each Prime Contractor will be required to update the as-built drawings on a weekly basis.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.

b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.

c. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.

b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.

c. Depths of foundations below floor lines.

d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.

e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.

f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.

g. Actual equipment locations.

h. Duct size and routing.

i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.

j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.

k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.

l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.

m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.

n. References related to Shop Drawings and Submissions.

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017840 - 2

4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

2.3 TOWNSHIP/BOROUGH REQUIREMENTS FOR RECORD DRAWINGS

A. In addition to requirements specified in this Section and other Sections of the Specifications, Record Drawings shall include the requirements of the Code Enforcement office and Township, City, and/or Borough officials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and revisions to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for the Architect’s and Owner’s reference during normal working hours.

END OF SECTION 017840

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017840 - 3

Radnor High School Additions & Renovations Commission Number 696 Radnor Township School District

SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.

1. At completion of training submit two complete training manuals for Owner’s use.

B. Qualification Data: For facilitator or instructor.

C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time.

D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.

E. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Demonstration and training sessions shall be video recorded and downloaded onto thumb drive(s).

1. Thumb drive(s) shall be submitted with Operation and Maintenance submittal.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 1

extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

C. Schedule training only after all systems have been tested and are fully operational.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner’s personnel.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content.

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

1.6 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections and as follows:

1. HVAC Systems including air-handling equipment, air distribution systems and terminal equipment and devices.

2. HVAC instrumentation and controls.

3. Electrical service and distribution system.

4. Packaged engine generators including transfer switches.

5. Lighting equipment and controls.

6. Communication systems including equipment. Inter-communication, clocks and programming voice and data and television.

7. Food service equipment.

8. Fire suppression system.

9. Plumbing systems.

10. Equipment.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 2

11. Finishes.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.

b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.

c. Operating standards.

d. Regulatory requirements.

e. Equipment function.

f. Operating characteristics.

g. Limiting conditions.

h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals.

b. Systems and equipment operations manuals.

c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

d. Project Record Documents.

e. Identification systems.

f. Warranties and bonds.

g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages.

b. Instructions on stopping.

c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 3

d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.

e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.

f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures.

b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.

c. Routine and normal operating instructions.

d. Regulation and control procedures.

e. Control sequences.

f. Safety procedures.

g. Instructions on stopping.

h. Normal shutdown instructions.

i. Operating procedures for emergencies.

j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.

k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.

l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments.

b. Checking adjustments.

c. Noise and vibration adjustments.

d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions.

b. Test and inspection procedures.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 4

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures.

b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.

c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.

d. Procedures for routine cleaning

e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.

f. Procedures for routine maintenance.

g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions.

b. Repair instructions.

c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.

d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.

e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual.

B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 5

B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.

D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals.

E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.

F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and remove from Project site. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use.

END OF SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 6